3 1761 08824377 9
mm<
^resentch to
of tl]e
Professor W.S. Milner
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2011 with funding from
University of Toronto
http://www.archive.org/details/latinphrasebooktOOmeis
>
LATIN PHRASE-BOOK
!
Il'^in phrase-book
rMEi
BY
SSNER
TRANSLATED FROM THE SIXTH GERMAN EDITION
WITH THE ADDITION OF
SUPPLEMENTARY PHRASES AND REFERENCES
BY
H. W. AUDEN, M.A.
ASSISTANT MASTER AT FETTES COLLEGE, EDINBURGH ; LATE SCHOLAR
OF Christ's college, Cambridge, and bell
UNIVERSITY SCHOLAR
^
dr
^
^-^ •\
iLontron
MACMILLAN AND CO.
AND NEW YORK
1894
All rights reserved
I
»
'i
s
\
u
^
PREFACE
Although, ideally speaking, a phrase-book should always
be compiled by the pupil himself from his own individual
observation, yet in these days, when an extended curri-
culum tends to curtail considerably the amount of Latin
read, it seems to me that anything which may help boys
to some knowledge of Latinity in a short time is not
wholly useless. Hence this translation. The use of
such books as Meissner's Phraseologie involves no new
and untried principles, witness the excellent results
obtained in Germany, where the book has passed through
six editions. It has also been translated into French
(the translation is now in its third edition) and Italian.
My best thanks are due to Professor Meissner for his
courtesy in allowing me to make this translation, also
to Professor Pascal of Reims, to whose admirable trans-
lation I am much indebted.
H. W. AUDEN.
Fettes College, Edinburgh,
1894.
CONTENTS
/i>
I. The World and Nature —
1. The World — Creation
2. The Earth and its Surface .
3. Water — Rivers — Sea
4. Fire
5. Air — Sky — Climate — Heavenly Bodies
6. Natural Phenomena
II. Space and Time —
1. Points of the Compass — Situation
2. Boundary — Territory — Distance
3. Road — Travel ....
4. Coming — Going ....
5. Riding — Driving
6. Walking — Footsteps — Direction
7. Movement in General
8. Time in General
9. Year — Seasons ....
10. Day — Divisions of the Day .
III. Parts of the Human Body
IV. Properties 'Of the Human Body —
1. Feelings. — Sensations — Powers
2. Birth — Life ....
3. Time of Life ....
I
2
3
5
6
7
9
10
II
13
14
15
16
18
21
22
24
29
30
32
Vlll
LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
4. Hunger — Thirst
5. Laughter — Tears
6. Health — Sickness
7. Sleep — Dreams .
8. Death .
9. Burial
V. Human Life ; its various Relations and Con
DITIONS —
1. Circumstance — Situation — Difficulty .
2. Commencement — End — Result
3. Cause — Motive — Origin ....
4. Regard — Importance — Influence — Power-
Inclination
5. Opportunity — Possibility— Occasion — Chanc
6. Success — Good Fortune
^ 7. Misfortune — Fate — Ruin
8, Danger — Risk — Safety
- 9. Assistance — Deliverance — Consolation
10. Riches — Want — Poverty ....
1 1 . Utility — Advantage — Harm — Disadvantage
' 12. Goodwill — Kindness — Inclination — Favour
13. Benefit — Gratitude — Recompense .
14. Merit — Value — Reward ....
1 5. Requests — Wishes — Commissions — Orders
» 16, Friendship — Enmity — Reconciliation .
17. Authority — Dignity
18. Praise — Approval — Blame — Reproach .
19. Rumour — Gossip — News — Mention .
20. Fame — Reputation
" 21. Honour — Disgrace^Ignominy
22. Effort — Industry — Labour — Exertion .
23. Business — Leisure — Inactivity — Idleness
24. Pleasure — Recreation ....
VI. The Mind ; its Functions —
I. Genius — Talent — Intelligence
75
CONTENTS
IX
9-
lO.
II.
12.
Imagination — Thought .
Conceptions — Ideals — Perfection .
Opinion — Prejudice — Conjecture .
Truth — Error
Choice — Doubt — Scruple .
Knowledge — Certainty — Persuasion
Plan — Advice — Deliberation .
Resolve — Design — Intention .
Object — Aim — Hesitation — Delay .
Remembrance — Forgetfulness
Theory— Practice — Experience
76
77
78
80
82
83
84
85
86
87
90
VII. The Arts and Sciences —
Scientific Knowledge in General — Litera
TURE
Learning — Erudition ....
Culture — Civilisation ....
Education — Instruction — School — Profes
SION
Example — Pattern — Precedent
Philosophy
The Parts of Philosophy
System — Method — Principles .
Species — Definition — Classification — Con
nection
10. Proof — Refutation
11. Conclusion — Hypothesis — Inference
12. Debate — Controversy ....
13. Agreement — Contradiction .
14. Particular Sciences (History — Mythology —
Chronology — Geography — Mathematics — Natural
Science-^Astronomy) ......
15. Art in General
16. Poetry — Music— Painting — Sculpture .
17. The Drama
91
93
95
96-
99
lOI
102
103
104
106
106
107
109
no
114
115
117
LATIN PHRASE BOOK
PACE
VIII. Speech and Writing —
1. Speech in Generai 120
2. Style — Expression 123
3. Delivery— Voice 129
4. Subject-Matter— Argument . . . .130
5. Question— Answer 131
6. Humour — Earnest 132
7. Language— Use of Language — Translation
— Grammar 133
8. Sentence— Period— Words— Proverbs— Syl-
lables ........ 13c
9. Writing— Writers — Books . . . .140
10. Letters 144
IX. The Emotions —
1. Disposition — Emotion in General.
2. Joy — Pain
3. Vexation — Care — Equanimity — Content
MENT — Affliction
4. Fear — Terror — Anxiety ....
5. Courage — Discouragement — Pusillanimity
— Pride — Arrogance — Insolence .
6. Presence of Mind — Composure— Despair
7. Hope — Expectation
8. Pity — Pardon — Want of Feeling — Cruelty
' 9. Love — Longing — Admiration — Enthusiasm
10. Belief — Confidence — Loyalty — Protection
— Promise — Veracity [fides, fidiicia)
11. Suspicion — Presentiment
* 12. Hatred — ^Jealousy — Envy
13. Discontent — Anger — Revenge — Fury .
145
146
148
149
150
152
153
155
156
158
160
161
162
X. Virtues and Vices —
1. Virtue — Morality 164
2. Vice — Crime 165
3. Desire — Passion— Self-Control . . .166
CONTENTS
XI
PAGE
i68
XIII. Commerce and Agriculture —
1. Commerce in General — Purchase — Price
2. Money — Interest — Loans
3. Money-Matters — Accounts — Audit
4. Rate of Interest
5. Profit — Credit — Debt ....
4. Wrong — Insult — Outrage — Offence
5. Violence — Ambuscade — Threats
6. Appearance — Deceit — Falsehood — Derision
7. Duty— Inclination
8. Reason — Conscience — Remorse
9. Measure — Standard — Limit — Moderation
ID. Morals — Immorality— Principles — Character 175
XI. Religion —
1. God — Worship
2. Religion — Religious Scruple — Oath
3. Belief — Unbelief — Superstition .
4. Prayers — Wishes — Vows .
5. Sacrifice — Festival ....
6. Oracle — Prodigies — Auspices — Presage
XII. Domestic Life —
1. The House and its different Parts
2. Domestic Matters — Property
3. Habitation — Clothing
4. Food — Drink
5. Subsistence in General .
6. Expenditure — Luxury — Prodigality
7. Hospitality
8. Sociability — Intercourse — Isolation
9. Conversation — Audience — Conference
ID. Greeting — Farewell
11. Betrothal — Marriage — Divorce
12. Will — Inheritance ....
13. Custom — Usage
169
170
171
173
174
177
178
180
181
182
183
185
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
195
197
158
199
200
201
202
204
205
206
xu
LATIN PHRASE BOOK
6. Building
7. Agriculture-
-Management of Stock
XIV. The State—
1. Constitution — Administration — Government
2. Civil Rights— Rank
3. Dignity — Position — Honours — Pre-eminence
4. Public Meetings — Suffrage ....
5. Laws — Bills
6. Popular Favour — Influence — Unpopularity
7. Party-Spirit — Neutrality — Politics — Aris-
tocracy— Democracy ....
8. Demagogy — Revolution — Rebellion — An
ARCHY
9. Proscription — Confiscation — Banishment —
Amnesty
10. Power — Monarchy — Royalty .
11. Slavery^Freedom .
12. Revenue — Colonies — Provinces
13. Magistracies —
(a) Candidature — Election .
{b) Particular Magistracies .
14. The Senate ....
XV. Law and Justice—
1. Law in General
2. Inquiry — Testimony — Torture
3. Process — Defence
4. Accusation — Verdict — Decision
5. Guilt
6. Punishment — Acquittal .
XVI. War—
1. Levies — Military Oath — Armies in General
2. Pay — Service — Commissariat .
3. Command — Discipline
4. Weapons
PAGE
208
208
210
216
217
219
220
223
224
226
227
228
230
233
235
237
239
240
241
243
244
246
248
249
250
CONTENTS
xiii
PAGE
5. War
• 251
6. The Army on the March
• 253
7. The Camp
• ^^^
8. A Siege • \ • • '
9. Before the FfGht
• 257
. 260
10. The Fight —
{a) The Fight in General ....
. 261
(^) The Attack ...»<* . . .
. 262
{c) Close Quarters
. 264
[d) Tactics — Reinforcements
264 i
{e) Successful Attack .....
265
(/) Retreat— Flight— Pursuit
. 266
{g) Defeat — Massacre — Wounds — Losses
. 267
II, Victory — Triumph
. 269
12. Truce— Peace — Treaties — Alliance
. 270
13. Conquest — Submission ....
. 271
XVII. Shipping —
I. Naval Affairs in General
. 272
2. Voyage — Shipwreck — Landing
• 273
3. A Naval Battle
• 275
Appendix
• 277
Latin Index
. 283
I. THE WORLD AND NATURE
I. THE WORLD— CREATION
reru7n or mundi universitas — the universe.
rerum natura or simply natura — creation ; nature.
haec omnia^ quae videmus — the visible world.
totius mundi convenientia et consensus — the perfect
harmony of the universe.
deus mundum aedificavit^ fabricatus est^ ^ff^cit (not
creavit) ^ — God made the world.
deus est mundi procreator (not creator)^ aedificator,
fabricator^ opifex rerum — God is the Creator of the
world.
element a ; initia ox principia rerum — the elements.
elemenia et taf?iquam se7?iina rerum — the elements and
first beginnings.
nutus et pondus or simply nutus {poTrrj) — gravity.
^ Creare is usvially employed in the sense of producing, originating,
causing, e.g. slmilitudo creat errorein ; pericuhim alicui creare. It
has, however, occasionally the meaning to create, e.g. De Fin. rerum
quas creat natura,
iE B
2 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
2. THE EARTH AND ITS SURFACE
orbis terrae, terraruin ^ — the earth ; the globe.
{terra) continens (B. G. 5. 8. 2) — the continent.
terra (regto) mediterranea — an inland region; the in-
terior.
interior Asia ; interiora Asiae — the interior of Asia.
sinus m'bis (Sail. Cat. 52. 35) — the heart of the city.
in ipsam or intimain Graeciam penetrare — to pene-
trate into the heart of Greece.
terra effert (more rarely y^r/,^ but not profert) fruges —
the earth brings forth fruit, crops.
terra fundit fruges — the earth brings forth fruit abund-
antly.
ani7nata {anijnalia) inaniniaque (not inani?nata) —
animate and inanimate nature.
ea, quae terra gignit
ea^ quae e terra gignuntur
ea^ quae a terra stirpibus continentur
ea quorui7i stirpes terra continentur ^
(N. D. 2. 10. 26)
arbores stirpesque^ herbae stirpesque
(DeFin. 5. 11. -^i)
radices agere (De Off. 2. 12. 73) — to take root.
genimas agere — to bud, blossom.
gemmae proveniunt — the trees are budding.
arbores frondescunt — the trees are coming into leaf.
rami late diffunduntur — the twigs are shooting out,
spreading.
^ To the Romans orbis terraruin (more rarely orbis terrae) meant
all those countries which made up the Roman Empire.
^ fei're is also used metaphorically, to produce, e.g. haec aetas
perfectiun oratorem tulit (Brut. 12. 45).
the vegetable king-
dom.
EARTH AND ITS SURFACE WATER 3
monies vestiti si/vis — wooded hills.
SU77WIUS moiis — the top of a mountain.
cubnina A/pmm — the summits of the Alps.
S2il) 7'adidbus montis^ i7i i7ifi77io 77i07tfe, sub 77i07ite — at the
foot of the mountain.
siiperare Alpes^ Fyre7iaeu77i^ Apen7ii7iu77i ^ (both always in
the sing.) — to cross the Alps, Pyrenees, Apennines.
altissi77iis 77i07itibus U7idique C07tfi7teri — to be shut in on all
sides by very high mountains.
prospectus est ad aliquid — one has a view over . . . ; one is
able to see as far as . . .
collis leTiiter ab infi77io acclivis (opp. leTiiter a su77i77to
declivis) — a gentle ascent.
ad extre77iu77i tu77iulu77i — on the edge of the hill.
loca edita, superiora — heights, high ground.
loca aspera et montuosa (Plane. 9. 22) — rough and hilly
ground.
loca plaTia or simply plaTta — level country ; plains.
saxa praerupta — steep rocks.
loca tTtculta — uncultivated districts.
loca deserta (opp. frequentid) — deserts.
loca a77ioe7ta^ a77ioenitas locoruTti — pleasant districts ; charm-
ing surroundings.
3. WATER— RIVERS— SEA
suf7i77ia aqua — the surface of the water.
ex aqua exstare — to stand out of the water.
aqua est u77ibilico telzus — the water reaches to the waist.
aqua pectus aequat^ superat — the water is up to, is above,
the chest.
^ ^\xi Pyrenaei monies, saltusocoxx (B. G. i. i. 7 ; B. C. i. 37, i).
4 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
{se) ex aqua emergere ^ — to come to the surface.
aquam ex flumine derivare — to draw off water from a
river.
aquam ducere per hortum — to bring a stream of water
through the garden.
aquae ductus (plur. aquarum ductus) ^ — a conduit ; an
aqueduct.
agros irrigare — to irrigate fields.
aqua viva, profluens (opp. stagnuvi) — running water.
aqua iugis, perennis — a perpetual spring.
frigidd, calidd /avari (P\in. Ep. 3. 5. 11) — to take a cold,
warm, bath.
aquae, aquarum inops — ill-watered.
fluctuare ox fluctuari — driven by the waves.
fluctibus iactari — tossed hither and thither by the waves.
fluctibus (undis) obrui^ submergi — to be engulfed.
gurgltibus hauriri — to be drowned in the eddies.
flu77ien citatum fertur — the river flows with a rapid
current.
Jlumen imbribus auctum — a river swollen by the rain.
flmnen super ripas effimditur\ the river is over its banks,
flumen extra ripas diffluit J is in flood.
/lumen agros inundat^ — the river floods the fields.
flumen vado transire — to wade across, to ford a river.
■^ Also used metaphorically, e.g. {se) emej-gere ex malis (Nep. Att.
II. i)to recover from misfortune. So emergere e fluctibus servitutis
(Harusp. Resp. 23. 48).
^ aqicae duetto — the action, process of drawing off the water;
canalis = \hQ. water-pipe, channel, conduit.
^ So metaphorically, aere alieno obriitum esse, to be over head and
ears in debt ; nomen alicuius obruere perpetua oblivione, to drown
a person's name in oblivion.
^ Inundation = ^/z/z/z'^, not inundatio which is post-classical.
SEA — FIRE 5
flumine secundo — with the stream ; downstream.
flumine adverso — against the stream ; upstream.
Rheniis oritur ox profliiit ex Alpibus — the Rhine rises in
the Alps.
accessus et recessus aestuum — ebb and flow (of tide).
decessus aestus — the ebb.
aestiis 7naritimi 77iutuo accedenfes et recedefites (N. D. 2. 53.
132) — the alternation of tides.
aestus ex alto se mcitat ifi. G. 3. 12) — the tide is coming in.
aestu rursus ??iinuente — when the tide begins to go down.
7fiare ventorum vi agitatur et turbatur — there is a storm at
sea.
mare mediufn or internum ^ — the Mediterranean Sea.
4. FIRE
ig?tem facere, accendere — to light, make a fire.
ignem tectis inferre, subicere — to set fire to houses.
ignem concipere, comprehendere — to take fire.
ignem excitare (pro Mur. 25. 51) — to make up, stir up a
fire.
ignem a/ere — to keep up a fire.
accendere, incendere aedificia — to set buildings on fire.
inflammare urbem — to set fire to a city.
fla7nmis cornpi — to be devoured by the flames.
incendio flagrare, or simply conflagrare, ardere (Li v. 30. 7)
— to be on fire, in flames.
incendio deleri, absumi — to be burned to ashes.
igni cremari, necari — to perish in the flames.
^ The Romans called it mare nostrum (B. G. 5. i). Similarly mare
Oceanus (B. G. 3. 7), the Atlantic ; mare superum, the Adriatic (Att.
8. 16. i) ; 7?ia)'e infenun, the Etruscan Sea (Att. 8. 3. 5).
6 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
igfiem concla7nare — to raise an alarm of fire.
ventus ignem distuUt (B. G. 5. 43) — the wind spread
the conflagration.
5. AIR— SKY— CLIMATE— HEAVENLY BODIES
a'er terrae circumiectus or
circ2i7nfusus Vthe atmosphere.
a'er qui est terrae proxijuiis
susplcere ^ (in) caelum \
, ^ „ „ „ J to raise the eyes to heaven ;
oculos tollere, attollere ad\
, to look up to the sky.
caelum J
sub divo — in the open air.
orbis finiens (Div. 2. 44. 92) — the horizon.
caelum or natura caeli — climate.
caelum salubre, salubritas caeli (opp. grave, gravitas) —
healthy climate.
caeli tejuperatio 1 ,.
- . ^temperate chmate.
aer calore et jrigore temperatus \
caeli asperitas — rough climate.
caeli varietas — variable climate.
caelestia — (i) the heavenly bodies, (2) celestial pheno-
mena.
sol oritur, occidit — the sun rises, sets.
ortus, occasus soils — sunrise ; sunset.
sol'^ {luna) deficit, obscuratur — the sun, moon, is eclipsed.
soils defectio — an eclipse of the sun.
luna crescit ; decrescit, senescit — the moon waxes, wanes.
^ suspicere is also used figuratively, to look up to, esteem, honour,
e.g. viros, honores. Similarly despicere.
2 For an account of an eclipse vid. Li v. 44. 37.
NATURAL PHENOMENA 7
inotus stellarum co?islantes et rati — the regular courses of
the stars.
cursiwi co7ificere in caelo — to run its course in the sky.
caelum astris distinctu7n et ornatimi — the star-lit sky ; the
firmament.
nox sideribiis illustris — a star-light night.
stellae errajites^ vagae — the planets.
stellae ifierratites (N. D. 2.'j
21. 54) Vthe fixed stars.
sidera certis locis infixa J
orbis lacteus — the milky way.
orbis signifer — the zodiac.
vertex caeli, axis caeli, cardo caeli — the pole.
orbis ^ pars {terrae\ cinguliis — a zone.
orbis medius — the temperate zone.
6. NATURAL PHENOMENA
vocis imago, or simply imago ^ — an echo.
saxa voci respondent or resonant — the rocks re-echo.
ventus remittit (opp. increbrescit) — the wind is falling.
ventus cadit, cessat — the wind dies down, ceases.
ventis secundis, adversis uti — to have favourable, contrary,
winds.
ventus se vertit in Africuni — the wind is turning to the
south-west.
tempestas cooritur — a storm is rising.
imber tenet (JAy. 23. 44. 6) — the rain continues.
imbres repente effusi^r—iH sudden shower.
tempestatem idoneam, bona?n nancisci — to meet with good
weather.
^ Also metaphorically, e.g. gloria viriiiti resoftai taviqiiani itnago
(Tusc. 3. 3), glory is as it were the echo of virtue.
8 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
calor se frangit (opp. increscit) — the heat is abating.
sol ardet, urit — the sun burns, scorches.
ardore soils torrerl — to be dried up by the sun's heat.
tanta vis frigoris insecuta est^ ut — the frost set in so
severely that . . .
frlgore {gelu) rigere, torpere — to be numb with cold.
frigore confici — to freeze to death.
aestus et frigoris patlente7n esse — to be able to bear heat
and cold.
tempestas cum magno fragore (caeli) tonltrlbusque (Li v. i.
1 6) — a storm accompanied by heavy claps of
thunder.
caelum tonitru contremit — the heavens are shaken by the
thunder.
fulmina ^ 7?tica?tt — the lightning flashes.
fulmen locum tetigit — the lightning has struck some-
where.
fulfnine tann. ici \ . ,,,.,.
^ .Vto be struck by lightnmg.
de caelo langi, percuhx
fulmine ictus — struck by lightning.
eruptiones igniu7?t Aetnaeoru77i — an eruption of Etna.
Vesuvius evo77iit (more strongly eructai) ig7ies — Vesuvius
is discharging flame.
venti ab ortu soils fla7it — the east winds are blowing.
^ Used sometimes figuratively, e.g. ftdmen verborum, fubnina
eloquentiae^ ftdmina fortunae (Tusc. 2. 2^), ftdmina imperii (Balb.
15- 34).
POINTS OF THE COMPASS SITUATION 9
II. SPACE AND TIME
I. POINTS OF THE COMPASS— SITUATION
spectare in (vergere ad) oriente??i {solem\ occidentem ^ {sole7n\
ad meridiem^ in septentriones — to lie to the east,
west, south, north.
spectare inter occasutn so/is et septentriones — to be situate
to the north-west.
Germania quae or Germaniae ea pars quae, ad orientein,
occidentem vergit — eastern, western Germany.
est a septe7itrionibus collis — a hill lies to the north.
situs loci — the situation of a place.
natura loci — the natural position of a place.
opportunitas loci (B. G. 3. 14) — the advantageous situation
of a place.
opportuno loco situ7n or positum esse — to be favourably
situated.
urds situ ad aspectum praeclara est — the city is very beauti-
fully situated.
oppidu?n 7?iari adidcet — the town lies near the sea.
villa tangit via7n — the country-house stands near the road.
oppidu77i colli i77ipositu77i est — the town stands on rising
ground.
oppidu77i 7nonti subiectu7}i est — the town lies at the foot of
a mountain.
promunturiu7n i7i 77iare procurrit — a promontory juts out
into the sea.
^ " The east " and " the west ^'' = orieiiiis, occidentis {soils) terrae,
partes, regiones, gentes. The adjectives orientalis, occidentalis are
not used in good Latin. The north, i.e. northern countries, is
represented by terrae septentrionibtis sttbiectae ; the south by terra
australis.
lo LATIN PHRASE BOOK
paeiiinsula in mare exciirrit^ procui'rit — a peninsula pro-
jects into the sea.
promiinturium superare — to double a cape.
urbs in sijiu sita est — the city is situate on a bay.
2. BOUNDARY— TERRITORY— DISTANCE
ta?igere, attingere terrani\ to be contiguous, adjacent
finiti77iiim ^ esse terrae J to a country.
continentem esse terrae or cum terra (Fam. 15. 2. 2) —
to have the same boundaries ; to be coterminous.
Gallia Rhodano continetur {vid. p. 46, note) — Gaul is
bounded by the Rhine.
Rhodamis Sequdnos ab Helvetiis dividit — the Rhine is the
frontier between the Helvetii and the Sequani.
fines (imperii) propagare J extendere, {longius) proferre — to
enlarge the boundaries of a kingdom.
(ex) finibus excedere — to evacuate territory.
in Sequanis — in the country of the Sequani.
in Sequanos proficisci — to invade the territory of the
Sequani.
porrigi ad septentriones — to stretch northwards.
haec gens pertinet usque ad Rhenum — the territory of this
race extends as far as the Rhine.
in latitudine77i, in longitudinem patere — to extend in
breadth, in length.
late patere"^ (also metaphorically vid. p. 138) — to have a
wide extent.
^ vicinuni esse, to be neighbouring ; used of houses, gardens, etc.
^ patere denotes extension in its widest sense ; pertinere, extension
from one point to another, e.g. ars et late patet et ad yniiltos pertinet
(De Or. I. 55. 235) ; ex eo oppido pars ad Helvetios pertinet (B. G.
I. 6. 3).
DISTANCE — ROAD — TRA VEL 1 1
imperium orbis terrarum termt?iis definitur — the empire
reaches to the ends of the world.
longe^ procul abesse ab urbe — to be far from town.
prope {propius, proxime) abesse — to be not far away.
paribus intervallis distare — to be equidistant.
tanhmdem viae est — the road is the same length.
lofigo spatio, intervallo interiecto — at a great distance.
intervallo locoruvi et te7iiporum disiunciiiin esse — to be
separated by an immense interval of space and time.
a 7iiille passibus — a mile away.
e longinqiw — from a distance.
loca lo7tgin(]ua — distant places.
ulti??iae terrae \ the most distant countries, the
extreuiae terrae partes \ world's end.
longinquae nationes — distant nations.
3. ROAD— TRAVEL
viafii sternere {silice^ saxd) — to pave a road.
substruere viam glarea (Liv. 41. 27) — to make a gravel path.
via strata — a street, a made road.
via trita ^ — a well-trodden, much-frequented way.
viam 7?iunire'^ — to make a road.
viam patefacere, aperire — to open a route.
ferro viamfacere {per confertos hostes) — to cut one's way
(through the enemies' ranks).
viam i7itercludere\ . . .
. Vto obstruct a road : to close a route.
iter obstruere J
^ tritiis is also used figuratively, e.g. pj'overbmm {sermone)
tritum (De Off. i. 10. 33), vocabtilum latino sermone non tritiini
{Acad. I. 7. 27).
^ Cf. in metaphorical sense, viam ad honores aliciii miinire
(Mur. 10. 23).
1 2 LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
viafert^ diicit aliquo — a road leads somewhere.
in viam se dare \
yto set out on a journey.
viae se committere\
viam tngredi, inire (also metaphorically) — to enter upon
a route ; to take a road.
recta (via) — straight on.
de via declifzare, deflectere (also metaphorically) — to turn
aside from the right way ; to deviate.
{de via) decedere alicui — make way for any one.
Appia via proficisci — to set out by the Appian road.
erranti viam monstrare — to direct a person who has lost
his way.
errores Ulixis — the wanderings of Ulysses.
viam persequi (also metaphorically) — to continue one's
journey, pursue one's course.
longam viam conficere — to accomplish a long journey.
fessus de via — weary with travelling ; way-worn.
Hercules ^ in trivio^ in bivio, in compiiis — Hercules at the
cross-roads, between virtue and vice.
iter facere — (i) to take a journey, (2) to make, lay down
a road (rare).
una iter facere — to travel together.
iter ingredi (pedibus, equo^ terra) — to begin a journey (on
foot, on horseback, by land).
iter aliquo diri^ere. intendere\ . .
yto journey towards a place.
tendere aliquo J
longum itineris spatium emetiri — to finish a very long
journey.
ex itinere redire'^ — to return from a journey.
^ vid. on this subject De Off. i. 32. 118 ; Fam. 5. 12, 3.
2 reverti means properly to turn back and retrace one's steps, after
giving up one's intention of remaining longer in a place, or continu-
ROA D — TRA VEL 1 3
in itinere ^ — on a journey ; by the way.
iter terrestre^ pedestre — travel by land, on foot.
itinera diurna nocturnaque — travelling day and night.
iter unius diei or simply diei — a day's journey.
iter impeditiwi — an impassable road.
disiunctissimas ultimas terras peragrare (not permigrare)
— to travel through the most remote countries.
peregrinatio — a foreign journey.
peregrinari^ peregre esse — to be travelling abroad.
peregre proficisci — to go abroad.
aliqiieni proficiscente??i prosequi — to accompany any one
when starting ; to see a person off.
aliquem proficiscentem votis ominibusque prosequi {vid. p.
88, note) — to wish any one a prosperous journey.
rus excurrere — to make a pleasure-trip into the country.
ruri vivere, rusticari — to live in the country.
vita rustica — country life (the life of resident farmers, etc.)
rusticatio, vita rusticana — country life (of casual, temporary
visitors).
pedibus ire — to go on foot.
discedere a, de, ex loco aliquo
egredi loco ; ^ excedere ex loco
4. COMING— GOING
to leave a place.
ing one's journey, cf. Div. i, 15, 27, itaque revertit ex itinere, cum
iam progressus esset niultoruDi diertim viam. Similarly rediiiis =
return, reversio generally = turning back. Cicero only uses revenire
in conjunction with domum.
^ ex itinere implies that the march was interrupted, thus there is
a difference between in itinere aliquem aggredi and ex itinere, etc.
In the same way distinguish in fuga and ex fuga, e.g. ex fuga
evadere, ex fuga dissipati.
'^ relinqtcere, e.g. domtwi, properly means to give up, renounce
the possession or enjoyment of a place.
14 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
decedere loco, de, ex loco ^ — to quit a place for ever.
ingredi, intrare urbem, introire in urbem — to enter a
city.
porta ingredi, exire — to go in at, go out of a gate.
extra portam egredi — to go outside the gate.
commeare ad aliquem — to go in and out of any one's
house ; to visit frequently.
Ro77iam venh'e, pervenire — to come to Rome.
adventus Romam, in urbem — arrival in Rome, in town.
in ununi locum co?tvenire, confluere — to collect together at
one spot.
Romam concurrere {Mil. 15. 39) — to stream towards Rome.
obviafn ire alicui — to meet any one.
obviam venire alicui — to go to meet some one.
obvium or obvia7n esse, obviam fieri — to meet some one by
chance.
incidere in aliquem 1 to meet, come across a per-
offendere, nancisci aliquem \ son ; to meet casually.
obviam alicui aliquem mittere — to send to meet a person.
5. RIDING— DRIVING
curru vehi, in rheda (Mil. 21. 55) — to drive.
equo vehi — to ride.
sternere equum — to saddle a horse.
conscendere equum \
ascendere in equum \
-to mount.
^ Cf. especially decedere {ex, de) proviiicia, used regularly of a
magistrate leaving his province on expiry of his term of office.
Similarly, where life is compared to a province, decedere {de) vita,
or merely decedere — \.q quit this life, die (cf. De Sen. 20. Ii).
RIDING — DRIVING— WALKING 15
descendere ex equo — to dismount.
in eqiw sedere ; equo insidere — to be on horseback.
{ifi) equo haerere — to sit a horse well ; to have a good
seat.
calcaria subdere equo \ .
. Vto put spurs to a horse.
calcarwus equum co7icitare j
equo citato or ad7?iisso — at full gallop.
freno remisso ; effusis habenis — with loose reins.
equu7n in alique7n concitare — ride against any one at full
speed ; charge a person.
habe7tas addiccere — to tighten the reins.
habenas permittere — to slacken the reins.
admittere. per??iiftere equuniX . , , .
^ 1 - yto give a horse the reins.
jrenos dare equo I
agitare equum — to make a horse prance.
7noderari equum — to manage a horse.
equi consternantur — the horses are panic-stricken, run
away.
equos incitatos sustinere — to bring horses to the halt when
at full gallop.
6. WALKING— FOOTSTEPS— DIRECTION
gradumfacere — to take a step.
gradum addere (sc. gradui) (Liv. 26. 9) — to increase one's
pace.
suspenso gradu — on tiptoe.
gradu77i sensi77i referre — to retreat step by step.
^ CLfrenos, calcaria alicui adhibere, used metaphorically.
- to follow in any one's steps.
1 6 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
vestigia alicuiiis sequi, per-
sequi, or vestigiis aliquejti
sequi, persequi
vestigiis alicuius insistere,
ingredi (also metaph.)
loco or vestigia se non movere — not to stir from one's place.
recta (regione^ via) ; in directum — in a straight line.
in obliquimi — in an oblique direction ; sideways.
obliquo monte decurrere — to run obliquely down the hill.
in contrarium ; in contrarias partes — in an opposite
direction.
in transversum^ e transversa — across ; transversely.
quoquo versus; in omnes partes — in all directions.
in diversas partes or simply diversi abeunt^ discedunt — they
disperse in different directions.
hue {et) illuc — hither and thither.
ultro citroque — on this side and on that ; to and fro.
longe lateque, passi7?i (e.g. fluere) — far and wide ; on all
sides; everywhere.
7. MOVEMENT IN GENERAL
se conferre in aliquem locuni\
\\.o go to a place.
petere locum J
quo tendis ? — where are you going ?
sublimem or subliine (not in sublime or sublimiter) ferri^
abire — to fly aloft ; to be carried into the sky.
praecipitem ire ; in praeceps deferri — to fall down headlong.
inprofmtdum deici — to fall down into the abyss.
se deicere de muro — to throw oneself from the ramparts.
deicere aliquem de saxo Tarpeio — to throw some one down
the Tarpeian rock.
MOVEMENT— TIME IN GENERAL 17
Nilus praecipitat^ ex altissimis mo7itibics — the Nile rushes
down from very high mountains.
se proripere ex do7iw — to rush out of the house.
huvii procumbere — to fall on the ground.
hwni prosternere aliquein — to throw any one to the
ground.
in terra??i cadere, decidere — to fall to the earth.
in terrain demergi — to sink into the earth.
appropinquare urbi, rarely ad urbem — to draw near to a
city.
propius accedere ad urbein or urbeiii — to advance nearer
to the city.
longius progredi, procedere — to march further forward.
Roniam versus proficisci — to advance in the direction of
Rome.
ad Romam proficisci — to set out for Rome.
properaf, maturat proficisci — he starts in all haste, precip-
itately.
consequi, assequi aliquem — to catch some one up.
praecurrere aliquem {celeritate)\'io overtake and pass
post se relinquere aliquem J some one.
multitudo circufjifunditur alicui — a crowd throngs around
some one.
per totum corpus diffundi — to spread over the whole body.
8. TIME IN GENERAL
tempus praeterit, transit — time passes.
tempus habere alicui rei — to have time for a thing.
^ praecipitare is also transitive, e.g. praecipitare aliquem^ to hurl
a person down ; mere always intransitive except in poetry.
C
1 8 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
tempiis 7iiihi deest ad aliquid facienduyji — I have no time
to do something.
tempus consumere in aliqua re — to pass one's time in
doing something.
tempus terere^ conterere {in) aliqua re — to waste time on
something.
te??ipus conferre ad aliquid — to employ one's time in . . .
tempus tribuere alicui rei — to devote time to anything.
tempus non aniittere^ perdere — to lose no time.
nullum tempus intermittere, quin (also ab opere^ or ad opus)
— to devote every spare moment to . . . ; to work
without intermission at a thing.
tempus ducere — to spend time.
aliquid in aliud te77ipus^ i?i posterum differre — to put off till
another time ; to postpone.
nihil mi hi longius est or videtur quam dum or quajn ut — I
cannot wait till . . .
nihil mihi longius est quam (c. Inf.) — nothing is more
tiresome to me than . . .
tempus {spatium) deliberandi or ad deliberandum postulare^
dare, sibi suniere — to require, give, take time
for deliberation.
paucorum dierum spatium ad deliberandum dare — to give
some one a few days for reflection.
tempori servire} cedere — to accommodate oneself to
circumstances.
ex quo tempore or simply ex quo — since the time that,
since (at the beginning of a sentence).
^ The verb servire helps to form several phrases, e.g. servire
valeludiiii, to be a valetudinarian ; iracundiae, to be unable to restrain
one's anger ; brevitati, to be concise ; C077iinuni utilitati, to be
devoted to the public good, etc.
TIME IN GENERAL 19
eo ipso tejnpore, aim ; turn ipsiim^ cuin — at the same
moment that, precisely when.
incidimt tempora^ cum — occasions arise for . . .
te7npus {itd)fert (not secum) — circumstances demand.
tempiis maximum est, ut — it is high time that . . .
haec tempora, nostra haec aetas, me7noria — the present
day.
his te7nporibus, nostra {hac) aetate, nostra me7noria, his (not
nostris) diebus — in our time ; in our days.
nostra aetas 77iidtas victorias vidit — our generation has
seen many victories.
77iemoria patru77t nostroriwi — in our fathers' time.
aetate {te77iporibus) Periclis — in the time of Pericles.
antiqiiis ^ te77iporibus — in old days, in the olden time.
libera re publica — in the time of the Republic.
te77ipora Caesariana — the imperial epoch.
77iedia quae vocatur aetas — the middle ages.
Pericles summus vir illius aetatis
Pericles, quo nemo tum fuit clarior Pericles, the greatest
Pericles, vir omnium, qui tu77i | man of his day.
fuerunt, clarissimus j
vir ut te77iporibus illis doctus — a man of considerable
learning for those times.
tempore pro grediente — in process of time.
primo quoque tempore — at the first opportunity.
hoc te77ipore — at this moment.
puncto te77iporis — in an instant.
^ ant{quitas = \hQ state of affairs in times gone by, not a division
of time ; ?,o antiqziitatis studia, archaeology ; veteres or antiqui poetae,
popiili, the poets, people of antiquity ; antiqtta fnomimenia, the rehcs
of antiquity, antiquitates plur. is used for the institutions, usages of
times gone by.
20 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
7?iomento ^ ie77iporis — at the important moment.
in ipso discri77iine {articulo) te77iporis — just at the critical
moment.
te77iporis causa — on the spur of the moment.
ad te77ipus^ adesse — to be there at a given time.
ad exiguu77i te77ipus \
J .^ . . , . }-for a short time.
orevis or exigui te77iporis\
satis lo7igo i7ttervallo — after a fairly long interval.
spatio te77iporis i7iter77iisso — after some time.
i7i praeseTitia^ iTt praeseTts {te77ipus) — at present ; for the
moment.
iTt posteruTU ; iftfuturu77i — for the future.
iTi perpetuu77i — for ever.
seTTiel atque iteru77i ; iteru77i ac saepius ; idefitide77i ; etia77i
atque etia77i — more than once ; repeatedly.
futura providere (not praevidere) — to foresee the future.
futura or casus futures {77iulto a7ite) prospicere — to foresee
the far distant future.
futura fion cogitare, curare — to take no thought for the
future.
saeculi^ coTtsuetudo or ratio atque incliTtatio te77iporis {te77i-
poru77i) — the spirit of the times, the fashion.
his 77ioribus — according to the present custom, fashion.
^ 7no7nentum (i.e. moviinentzwi) is proj^erly that which sets in
motion, which gives a decisive impulse to things, cf. Luc. iv. 819
momentumquefuii viutatus Curio rerum. Li\^ and later writers em-
ploy the word in the sense of a moment of time.
^ ad tenipiis also means ( i ) according to the circumstances of the
case, e.g.ad lempus cottsilium capere^ (2) for a short time, temporarily.
2 The spirit of a thing is usually rendered by such words as nattira,
proprietas, ratio atque voluntas, e.g. the spirit, genius of a language,
nattira or proprietas sermonis ; the spirit of the laws, voluntas et
sententia legwn.
VEA K — SEASONS 2 1
9. YEAR— SEASONS
praeterito aniio (not praeterlapso) — in the past year.
superiore^ priore anno — last year.
proximo anno — (i) last year, (2) next year.
insequentiie) anno (not seque?ite) — in the following year.
amio^ peracto^ circiunacto^ interiecto, intermisso — after a
year has elapsed.
anno vertente — in the course of the year. /
i?iitio anni^ ineunte anno — at the beginning of the year.
exeunte, extremo anno — at the end of the year. /
singulis annis^ diebus — year by year ; day by day. '
qiii7ito qiwque a?ino — every fifth year.
ad annum — a year from now.
amplius simf {qua7?t) viginti anni or viginti afinis — it is
more than twenty years ago.
viginti anni et amplius, aut phis — twenty years and more.
abhinc {ante) viginti annos or viginti his annis — twenty
years ago.
quinque anni sunt or sextus annus est, cum te non vidi — I
have not seen you for five years.
quinque annos or sextum {jam) annum abest — he has been
absent five years.
anno ab urbe condita quinto — in the fifth year from the
founding of the city.
commutationes temporum quadripartitae — the succession
of the four seasons.
verno, aestivo, auctiwinali, Jiibenw tempore — in spring,
summer, autiimn, winter time.
ineunte, prirno vere — at the beginning of spring.
^ Unless one is emphasised unus is left out with the following
words : annus, mensis, dies, hora, and verbuvi.
22 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
ver appeiit — spring is approaching.
suavitas verni te77tporis — the charms of spring.
siimma aestate, hieme — in the height of summer, depth
of winter.
hiems subest — winter is at hand.
hiemem tolerare — to bear the winter.
anni descriptio — the division of the year (into months, etc.)
annus {inensis, dies) intercalaris — the intercalary year
(month, day).
fasti — the calendar (list of fasts and festivals).
lo. DAY— DIVISIONS OF THE DAY
ante liicem — before daybreak.
prima luce — at daybreak.
luce (luci) — in full daylight.
tibi illuxit^ luxit, diluxit — when it was day.
lucet — it is daylight.
diluculo — in the morning twilight.
advesperascit — evening is drawing on.
die^ caelo vesperascente — when it is growing dusk ; towards
evening.
7iiultus dies or 7mdta lux est — the day is already far
advanced.
ad 77iulta77i noctem — till late at night.
de node, de die — while it is still night, day.
77iulta de node — late at night.
inte7}ipesta, concubia nocte — in the dead of night ; at mid-
night.
silentio nodis — in the silence of the night.
vicissitudi7tes dieruTn nodiunigue — the succession of day
and night.
DA Y— DIVISIONS OF THE DA Y 23
nodes diesque^ nodes et dies^ et dies et nodes^ dies nodesque^
diem nodemque — night and day.
tempus matutlnum^ 7neridianu7n^ vespertimwi, nodurnum^
— morning, noon, evening, night.
tempora 77iatutitia — the morning hours.
in dies (^si?tgulos) — from day to day.
in diem vivere — to Hve from day to day.
alternis diebus — every other day.
quattuor dies continui — four successive days.
unus et alter dies — one or two days.
dies tmus^ alter^ plures ifitenesserant — one, two, several
days had passed, intervened.
diem prof erre (Att. 13. 14) — to adjourn, delay.
bidiio serius ^ — two days late.
hord dtius — an hour too soon.
postridie qui fuit dies Non. Sept. {Nonariwi Septenibriu7ii)
(Att. 4. I. 5) — on the day after, which was Sep-
tember 5th.
hodie qui est dies Non. Sept. ; eras qui dies futurus est
Non. Sept. — to-day the 5th of September; to-
morrow September the 5th.
dies kesterjtus, hodiernus, crastinus — yesterday, to-day, to-
morrow.
diem dicere colloquio — to appoint a date for an interview.
ad diem constitutain — at the appointed time.
dieiii videre, ciwi . . . — to live to see the day when . , .
dies doIore77i 77iitigabit — time will assuage his grief.
quota hora est ? — what time is it ?
tertia hora est — it is' the third hour ( = 9 a.m.)
ad hora77i composita77i — at the time agreed on.
^ Used absolutely "too late " = J^^r^ ; if "too late for," "later
than," always serius {quam).
24 LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
III. PARTS OF THE HUMAN BODY
omnibus artubus contremtscere—to tremble in every limb.
aures daudere, patefacere (e.g. veritati, assentatoribus)—lo
turn a deaf ear to, to open one's ears to . . .
aures praebere alicui—Xo listen to a person.
aures alicuius obtundere or simply obtundere {aliguem)—io
din a thing into a person's ears.
in aurem alicui dicere {insusurrare) aliquid—X.Q whisper
something in a person's ear.
ad aures alicuius (not alicui) pervenire, accidere — to come
to some one's ears.
aures erigere — to prick up one's ears.
oratio in aures influit~h\^ words find an easy hearing,
are listened to with pleasure.
aures elegantes, teretes, tritae (De Or. 9. 27)— a fine, prac-
tised ear.
neque auribus neque oculis satis consto — I am losing my
eyesight and getting deaf.
caput aperire (opp. operire)--to uncover one's head.
capite aperto (opp. operto) — bare-headed.
capite obvoluto — with head covered.
caput de77iittere — to bow one's head.
caput praecidere — to cut off a man's head.
caput^ parieti impingere—to strike one's head against the
wall.
^ capui has several metaphorical meanings, e.g. capita coniitra-
tionis (Liv. 9. 26), the leaders of the conspiracy ; caput Graeciae,
the capital of Greece ; caput cenae, the chief dish ; capita legis, the
headings, clauses of a law ; id quod caput est, the main point ; de capite
deducere (Liv. 6. 15), to subtract from the capital ; capitis perictihim.
PARTS OF THE HUMAN BODY 25
cervices (in Cic. only in ^Xwx.) frangere alicui or aliciiius —
to break a person's neck.
gladius cervicibus wipendet — a sword hangs over his neck.
hostis^ in cervicibus aliciiius est — the foe is at our heels, is
upon us.
promittere crinem, barbam — to grow one's hair, beard
long.
passis crinibus — with dishevelled hair.
capilli horrent — his hair stands on end.
capilli coi7ipti^ cofiipositi (opp. korridi) — well-ordered, well-
brushed hair.
extre7?iis digitis aliqidd attingere — to touch with the finger-
tips.
fronte??i contrahere (opp. explicare) — to frown.
frontem ferire, percutere — to beat one's brow.
i?i fronte alicuius inscriptufn est — one can see it in his
face.
ab alicuius latere non discedere — to be always at a person's
side.
a latere regis esse — to belong to the king's bodyguard.
77ianum {dextra77t) alicui porrigere — to give one's hand to
some one.
77uinu77i no7i vertere alicuius rei causa ^ — to make not the
slightest effort ; not to stir a finger.
mortal peril ; capitis demimitio [juaxinia, media, viinima) (Li v. 22.
60), deprivation of civil rights, caput is often combined y^'iXhfons —
source, origin, e.g. ilk fotis et caput Socrates (Cic. De Or. i. 42) ;
in aegritudine est fans niiseriarum et caput (Cic.) By metonymy
capjit is used with liherTim (and noxit0?i) (Verr. 2. 32. 79) with the
meaning of a free (guilty) person, individual.
^ Cf. velut in cervicibus habere hostcni (Liv. 44. 39) ; belhiin
ingens in cervicibus est (Liv. 22. 33. 6).
^ Cf lie digitum quidem porrigere alicuius rei causa.
26 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
manus inicere, inferre, afferre alicui—X.o lay violent hands
on a person.
manus tollere — to raise one's hands in astonishment.
tnanus dare — to own oneself conquered, surrender.
7?ianu ducere aliquem — to lead some one by the hand.
manu or in manu tenere aliquid — to hold something in
one's hand.
in manibiis habere aliquid (also metaphorically) — to have
something in one's hands, on hand.
de manu in manus ox per manus tradere aliquid — to pass a
thing from hand to hand.
ex or de inanibus alicui or alicuius extorquere aliquid — to
wrest from a person's hand.
e manibus di^jiittere — to let go from one's hands.
in alicuius nianus venire^ pervenire — to come into some
one's hands.
in alicuius ma?tus incidere — to fall unexpectedly into
some one's hands.
in 7?ianus{7?i) siwiere aliquid — to take something into
one's hand.
in inanibus ^ aliquem gestare — to carry in one's arms.
e {de) 7fianibus effugere^ eldbi — to slip, escape from the
hands.
inter manus auferre aliquem — to carry some one away in
one's arms.
^ Notice too liberos de parentwn complexu avellere (Verr. 2. i. 3.
7), to snatch children from their parents' arms (not brachium), so in
alicuius co77iplexu mori ; in alicuius coviplexu haerej'e. meditcni
aliquem amplecti, to take to one's arms, embrace ; libentissimo
animo accipere, to welcome with open arms.
2 Distinguish effugere aliquid, to escape the touch of, e.g. invidiam^
mortem ; and effugere ex aliqtta re, to escape from a position one is
already in, e.g. e carcere, e caede, e praelio. ^oWzt fugit me , it
escapes my notice.
PAIR'S OF THE HUMAN BODY 27
compressis manibus sedere (proverb.) (Liv. 7. 13) — to sit
with folded arms ; to be inactive.
mordicus tenere aliquid — to hold fast in the teeth (also
metaphorically, obstinately).
oculos conicere in aliquein — to turn one's gaze on ; to regard.
oculos circumferre — to look in every direction.
in omnes paries aciem {oculoriwi) infendere — to gaze intently
all around.
07nniuin oculos {et ord) ad se convertere — to draw every
one's eyes upon one.
omniu??i animos or meiites in se convertere — to attract
universal attention.
conspici^ conspicuum esse aliqua re — to make oneself con-
spicuous.
oculos {aiires, ani7?m??i -^) advertere ad aliquid — to turn one's
eyes (ears, attention) towards an object.
oculi in vultu alicuius habitant — his eyes are always fixed
on some one's face.
oculos figere in terra and in terram — to keep one's eyes
on the ground.
oculos pascere aliqua re (also simply pasci aliqua re) — to
feast one's eyes with the sight of . . .
oculos deicere, removere ab aliqua re — to turn one's gaze
away from an object.
oculos operire (morienti)" — to close the eyes of a dying
person.
oculorum aciem alicui praestringere (also simply praestrin-
gere)— to dazzle a person.
oculos, lumina amittere — to lose one's sight.
^ anii7ium advertere aliquid^animadvertere aIiq7cid=io notice a
thing ; animadvertere in aliqtiem — io punish a person.
'^ To shut one's eyes to a thing, conivere in aliqua re.
28 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
ociilis privare aliqiieju 1 , . - .
... , ,. KO deprive a person of his eyes.
liimimous orbare aliquems ^
oculis captu77i esse^ {vid. p. 36, note) — to be blind.
ante oculos aliquid versatur — something presents itself to
my vision.
oculis^ ante oculos (animo) proponere aliquid — to picture a
thing to oneself; to imagine.
ante oculos vestros (not vobis) res gestas proponite — picture
to yourselves the circumstances.
cernere et videre aliquid — to see clearly, distinctly.
oculis mentis videre aliquid — to see with the mind's eye.
in oculis aliquei7i ferre 1 to cherish as the apple of one's
aliquis est inihi in oculis \ eye.
abire ex oculis^ e conspectu alicuius — to go out of sight,
disappear.
venire in conspectum alicuius — to come in sight.
se in conspectum dare alicui — to show oneself to some
one.
fugere alicuius conspectu7?i, aspectu77i — to keep out of a
person's sight.
in C07ispectu omniinn or 077mibus inspectantibus — before
every one, in the sight of the world.
07nnia uno aspectu^ co7ispectu intueri — to take in everything
at a glance.
non apparere — to have disappeared.
pedibus obterere, conculcare — to trample under foot.
ad pedes alicuius accidere — to fall at some one's feet.
ad pedes alicuius se proicere, se abicere, procu77ibere, se pro-
sternere — to throw oneself at some one's feet.
ad pedes alicuius iacere, stratu7n esse {stratu7}i iacere) — to
prostrate oneself before a person.
^ Cf. caecatus, occaecatiis cupiditate^ stuliitia.
PROPERTIES OF THE HUMAN BODY 29
quod ante pedes est ox positiwi est^ non videre — to fail to
see what lies before one.
sanguine manare^ redundare — to drip blood ; to be deluged
with blood.
vulttwi fingere — to dissemble, disguise one's feelings.
vultus ficti simulatique — a feigned expression.
vultiim componere ad severitatem — to put on a stern air.
vultum non mutare — to keep one's countenance, remain
impassive.
IV. PROPERTIES OF THE HUMAN BODY
I. FEELINGS— SENSATIONS— POWERS
sensus sani, integri, incorripti — sound, unimpaired senses.
sensibus praeditiwi esse — to be endowed with sense.
sensu audiendi carere — not to possess the sense of hearing.
sub sens2im or sub ocutos, sub aspectu?fi\ to come within
cadere \ the sphere of
sensibus or sub sensus subiectum esse J the senses.
sensibus percipi — to be perceptible to the senses.
res sensibus or oculis subiectae
(De Fin. 5. 12. 36)
res quas oculis cerninius
res externae
sensus movere (more strongly pellere) — to make an im
pression on the senses.
,^
the world of sense, the
visible world.
aliquid sensus suaviter afficii\
.... . ^ 7. Ml thmg makes a pleasant
altquid sensus lucunditate v *^
f impression on the senses.
perfundit
pulsu externo^ adventicio agitari — to be affected by some
external impulse, by external impressions.
30 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
sevocare 7nente77i a sensibus (Dc Nat. D. 3. 8. 21) to free
one's mind from the influences of the senses.
aliquid a sensibus meis abhorret — something offends my
instincts, goes against the grain.
vires corporis or merely vires — bodily strength.
vires colligere — to gain strength.
vires aliqueui deficiu?it — to lose strength.
dum vires suppetunt^SiS long as one's strength holds
out.
bonis esse viribus — to be robust, vigorous.
pro viribus or pro mea parte~\2i^ well as I can ; to the
pro viriliparte^ (cf. p. 70) J best of my ability.
2. BIRTH— LIFE
in lucem edi—io see the light, come into the world.
ei, propter quos hanc lucem aspexi?nus — those to whom we
owe our being.
toUere ^ or suscipere Hberos~\Q> accept as one's own child ;
to make oneself responsible for its nurture and
education.
aliquem in liberoru7n loco habere — to treat as one's own
child.
sexus (not genus) virilis, 7jiuliebris—\hQ male, female sex.
patre, (e) 77iatre natus — son of such and such a father,
mother.
Cato Utice7isis ortiis erat a Cato72e Censorio — Cato of
Utica was a direct descendant of Cato the Censor.
1 pro virili parte is distinct from the other expressions, as implying
more assurance and confidence on the part of the speaker.
- It was the custom for a Roman father to lift up his new-born
child, which was laid on the ground at his feet ; hence the expression
tollere, suscipere.
BIRTH— LIFE 31
orlginem ab aliquo trahere^ ducere — to trace one's descent
from some one.
Romae natus^ (a) Roma oriundus — a native of Rome.
cuias es ? — what country do you come from ?
nafione, genere Anglus — an Englishman by birth.
ortus ab Anglis or oriundus ex Anglis — a native of England.
urbs patria or simply /<7/r/a — native place.
animam^ spiritum ducere — to breathe, live.
a'era spiritu ducere — to breathe the air.
amma7ji continere — to hold one's breath.
cursu exammari (B. G. 2. 23. i) — to run till one is out of
breath.
spiritu7n interdudere alicui — to suffocate a person.
in vita esse — to be alive.
vita or hac lucefrui — to enjoy the privilege of living ; to
be alive.
vitam beatam (iniserairi) degere — to live a happy (unhappy)
life.
vitam, aetatem {omnem aetatem, omne aetatis tempus) agere
(honeste, ruri, in litteris), degere, traducere — to live
(all) one's life (honourably, in the countryj as a
man of learning).
dum vita suppetit ; dum (^quoad) vivo — as long as I live.
si vita mihi suppeditat^\ ., ^ ,. .„ ,
. . .^^ \\i I live till then.
SI vita suppetit \
quod reliquum est vitae — the rest of one's life.
vitae cursum or curriculum ^ conficere — to finish one's
career.
^ stippeditare (i) transitive, to supply sufficiently; (2) intrans.
to be present in sufficient quantities = j-2///^/^r^.
^ vitae {vivendi) cursus or curruulu7n = \\ie, career — considering
its duration, length. Life = biography is not curriculum vitae, but
simply vita, vitae descriptio.
32 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
Tloinerus fuit^ multis annis ante Roman C07idita7n — Homer
lived many years before the foundation of Rome.
3. TIME OF LIFE
(The terms for the different ages of man are i?ifans^
puer^ adulescens, iuvenis, senior, senex, grandis natu.)
ea aetate, id aetatis esse — to be of such and such an age.
a puero {is\ aparvo{is\ aparvulo{is) — from youth up.
a teneris unguiculis (e^ anrdkoav ovv'^wv) (Fam. i. 6. 2)
— from one's cradle, from one's earliest childhood.
ab ineunte [prima) aetate (De Or. i. 21. 97) — from one's
entry into civil life.
ex pueris excedere — to leave one's boyhood behind one,
become a man.
flos aetatis — the prime of youthful vigour.
aetate florere.vis^ere\ , . , . r^-r
KO be m the prime of life.
Integra aetate esse
""6
adulescentia deferbuit — the fires of youth have cooled.
aetate progrediente — with advancing years.
aetate ingravescente — with the weight, weakness of declin-
ing years.
aetas cons tans, inedia, firmata, corroborata (not viri/is) —
manhood.
grandior f actus 1 , • , -,
- - Vhaving reached man s estate.
corroborata, firmata aetate \
sui iuris factum esse — to have become independent, be
no longer a minor.
aetate provectwn esse (not aetate provecta) — to be ad-
vanced in years.
^ To live, speaking chronologically, is esse ; vivere denotes to ho.
alive, pass one's life, e.g. laitte, in otio.
I
TIME OF LIFE 33
longiiis aetate provectiwi esse — to be more advanced in
years.
grandis natu — aged.
aetate affecta esse — to be infirm through old age.
vires consenescunt — to become old and feeble.
senectute, senio confectum esse — to be worn out by old age.
exada aetate mori — to die at a good old age.
ad summam senectutem pervenire — to live to a very great
age.
senectus riobis obrepit — old age creeps on us insensibly.
admodiwi adulescens^ senex — still quite a young (old) man.
extrema aetas \ the last stage of life, one's last
extremiim tempus aetatis J days.
vita occidens — the evening of life.
aequalein esse alicuius — to be a contemporary of a person.
viator {natu) — the elder.
aetate alicui antecedere, anteire — to be older than.
quot annos natus es'i\. , ^
Vhow old are you ?
qua aetate es .« J
tredeci?n annos natus sum — I am thirteen years old.
tertium decimum annum ago — I am in my thirteenth
year.
puer decem annorum — a boy ten years old.
decimum aetatis annufn ingredi — to be entering on one's
tenth year.
decem annos vixisse — to be ten years old.
decimuin annum excessisse, egressum esse — to be more than
ten years old, to have entered on one's eleventh
year.
minorem esse viginti annis — to be not yet twenty.
tu?7i habebam decem annos — I was ten years old at the
time.
D
our contemporaries ; men
of our time.
34 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
centum annos complere \ to reach one's hundredth
vitam ad aniiuui centesimum \ year, to live to be a
perducere. J hundred. ■
accessio paucorum annoru7n — the addition of a few years.
tertiaui iam aetatem videre — to be middle-aged {i.e. be-
tween thirty and forty).
in aetatem alicuius^ in annum incidere — to happen during
a person's life, year of office.
oniniiwi suorum or onijiibus suis superstite?n esse — to out-
live, survive all one's kin.
homines qui nunc sunt (opp. ^
qui tunc fuerunt)
homines huius aetatis, nos-
trae inemoriae
posteri — posterity.
scriptores aetate posteriores or inferiores — later writers.
4. HUNGER— THIRST
esurire — to be hungry.
fajue laborare^ premi — to be tormented by hunger, to be
starving.
fainem tokrare, sustentare — to endure the pangs of hunger.
inedict 77tori or vitam finire — to starve oneself to death.
fame confici^ perire^ interire — to die of starvation.
fame necari — to be starved to death (as punishment).
fame^n, siti??i explere \
famem sititnque depellere cibo Ito allay one's hunger, thirst.
et potione I
siti cruciari^ premi — to suffer agonies of thirst.
sitim colUgere — to become thirsty.
sitim haustu gelidae aquae sedare — to slake one's thirst by
a draught of cold water.
LAUGHTER— TEARS 35
fajnis et sitis ^ patienteDi esse — to be able to endure hunger
and thirst.
5. LAUGHTER— TEARS
risum edere, tollere " — to begin to laugh.
cachinniim tollere^ edere — to burst into a roar of laughter.
risiwi viovere^ concitare — to raise a laugh.
risum elicere (more strongly excutere) alicui — to make a
person laugh.
risum capture — to try and raise a laugh.
7'isiwi tenere vix posse 1 to be scarcely able to restrain
risufji aegre continere posse \ one's laughter.
aliquid in risum vertere — to make a thing ridiculous, turn
it into a joke.
lacriffias, vim lacrimaru7?i effundere, profundere — to burst
into a flood of tears.
in lacri7nas effundi or lacrimis perfundi — to be bathed in
tears.
lacrimis obortis — with tears in one's eyes.
multis cum lacri,„is\
_ , with many tears.
magno ciwt jletu I
lacrimas tenere non posse
fletum cohibere non posse
vix mi hi temper o\ . .
\qmn lacrimem
vix 7?ie contmeo J
to be hardly able to
restrain one's tears.
^ jzVzV is also used metaphorically — e.g. libertatis sitis (Rep. i. 43.
66), so sitire — e.g. honons (De Fin. 4. 5. 3), libertatem (Rep. i: 43.
66), sanguineni (Phil. 2. 7. 20). The participle sitiens takes the Gen.
— e.g. sitiejts virtutis {V\z.nc. 5. 13).
- Not itt riswn ertunpere, which only occurs in late Latin. How-
ever, risiis^ vox,Jiehcs erumpit is classical, similarly indignatio (Liv.
4. ^o),furo7', aipiditates (Gael. 12. 28).
36 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
lacrimas ox fletiwi alicici movere — to move to tears.
prae lacrimis loqui 7ton posse — to be unable to speak for
emotion.
gaudio /acrimare — to weep for joy.
hinc illae lacri?fiae {^xowtTh.)(YQr. And. i. i. 99; Gael. 25.
61) hence these tears; there's the rub.
lacrimula (Plane. 31. 76)!
, . • 7 ^ rcrocodiles' tears.
lacnmae simulatae I
6. HEALTH— SICKNESS
bona {firma, prospera) valetudine ^ esse or uti {vid. p. 84,
note) — to enjoy good health.
valetudini consukre, operant dare — to take Care of one's
health.
fir77ia corporis coristitutio or affectio — a good constitution.
infir77ia^ aegra valetudine esse or uti — to be ill, weakly.
in morbum incidit\ ,
., [he fell ill.
aegrotare coepit J
morbo tentari or corripi — to be attacked by disease.
77iorbo affllgi — to be laid on a bed of sickness.
lecto teneri — to be confined to one's bed.
vehe77ienter^ graviter aegrotare^ iacere\
gravi 77iorbo affectu7n esse, conflictari, Vto be seriously ill.
vexari I
leviter aegrotare, 77iinus valere — to be indisposed.
aestu etfebri iactari — to have a severe attack of fever.
omnibus 77iembris captu7n esse ^ — to be affected by disease
in every limb ; to be paralysed.
1 valettido is a neutral term = state of health, sanitas = soundness
of mind, reason — e.g. ad sanitateni reverti, to recover one's reason.
^ Note auribus, oadis, captwii esse, to be deaf, bhnd ; mente
captum esse, to be mad.
SICKNESS— SLEEP 37
ex pedilms laborare^ pedibus aegrum esse — to have the gout.
pestilentia (not pestis) i?t urbein {popiilwti) invadit — the
plague breaks out in the city.
animus relinquit aliqiie^n — a man loses his senses, becomes
unconscious.
morbus i?igravescif^ — the disease gets worse.
morbo absumi (Sail. lug. 5. 6) — to be carried off by a
disease.
assidere aegroto (Liv. 25. 26) — to watch by a sick man's
bedside.
aegrotum curare — to treat as a patient (used of a doctor).
curationes — method of treatment.
aegrotu7n sanare (not acrare) — to cure a patient.
ex morbo convalescere (not reconvalescere) — to recover from
a disease.
e gravi morbo recreari or se colligere — to recruit oneself
after a severe illness.
melius ei factum est — he feels better.
vaietudinefu (morbum) excusare~ \ _. ,
,_. . ^ , to excuse oneself on the
(LlV. 6. 22. 7) V ri 1 ,
.... . . score of health.
valetudinis excusatione uti
7. SLEEP— DREAMS
cubitum ire — to go to bed.
somno or quieti se tradere — to lay oneself down to sleep.
somnum capere no?i posse — to be unable to sleep.
^ The comparative and superlative of aeger and aegrotus are not
used in this connection, they are replaced by such phrases as vehe-
menter, graviter aegrotare, morbus ingravescit, etc.
^ But se excusare aliciii or apud aliqueni [de or in allqiia re) —
to excuse oneself to some one about a thing.
38 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
curae so?nnuf?i mihi adhnunt^ dortnire me ?ion sinunt — I
cannot sleep for anxiety.
somnu7n oculis 7tieis non vidi (Fam. 7. 30) — I haven't had a
wink of sleep.
arfe, graviter dor77iire (ex lassitudiTie) — to sleep soundly
(from fatigue).
artus S07717ZUS alique77i C07?iplectitiir (Rqi). 6. 10) — to fall fast
asleep.
S0771710 captu77i, oppressutti esse — to be overcome by
sleep.
sopitu77i esse — to be sound asleep.
iTi luce77i dor77iire — to sleep on into the morning.
S0771710 solvi — to awake.
{e) 50771710 excitare, dor77iie7tte7n excitare — to rouse, wake
some one.
e lecto or e cuMli surgere — to rise from one's bed,
get up.
per S077i7mm^ i7t so77inis\ .
. . , . . , yin a dream.
per quiete77i^ in quiete I
iTi so77i7tis videre aliquid or specie77i — to see something in a
dream.
iTi so77i7tis visits {77iihi) SU771 videre — I dreamed I saw
species 77iihi dormieTiti oblata est- — I saw a vision in my
dreams.
S077miu77i veru77i evddit (Div. 2. 53. 108) — my dream is
coming true.
S077miu77i i7tterpretari — to explain a dream.
so77i7iioru77i iTiterpres, co7tiector — an interpreter of dreams.
so77i7iiare de aliquo — to dream of a person.
DEA TH 39
8. DEATH
^to depart this life.
{de) vita decedere or merely decedere
{ex) vita excedere, ex vita abire
de vita exire, de (ex) vita migrare
mortem (die7?i siipremiwi) obire
supremo vitae die — on one's last day.
animam edere or effiare | . , ,
. . , Vto give up the ghost.
extremum vitae spintum edere \
anima7?t agere — to be at one's last gasp.
mors immatiira ox praematura — an untimely death.
mature decedere — to die young.
siibita morte exstingiii — to be cut off by sudden death.
to die a natural
death.
necessaria (opp. voluntarid) morte 7nori\
morbo perire^ absumi, co?isumi \
debitum naturae reddere ^ (Nep. Reg. i)J
mortem sibi consciscere ^ — to commit suicide.
se vita privare — to take one's own life.
manus, vim sibi afferre — to lay hands on oneself.
vitae finem facere — to put an end to one's life.
tale??i vitae exitiun (not fine7?i) habuit (Nep. Eum. 13) —
such was the end of . . . (used of a violent
death).
morte7?i oppetere — to meet death (by violence).
77iorte77i occu77ibere pro patria — to die for one's country.
^ sua morte defiingi or mori is late Latin, cf. Inscr. Orell. 3453
debitum naturae persolvit.
^ se interficere^ se ouidere, se necare are rare. During the classic
period, when suicide was not common, ipse is often added — e.g.
Crassiim se ipsum interemisse (Cic. Scaur. 2. 16), Liicretia se ipsa
interemit (Fin. 2. 20. 66) ; but later, when suicide had become
frequent, se interemit ; nonnulU semet interemernnt (Suet. lul.
89), etc., occur commonly.
40 LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
sanguinem suum pro patria effimdere or profundere~io
shed one's blood for one's fatherland.
vitam prof iindere pro patria ) to sacrifice oneself for
se 7norti offer re pro salute patriae] one's country.
dare venerium in pane—to give a person poison in bread.
venenum sumere, bibere — to take poison.
veneno sibi morte7n consciscere — to poison oneself.
pocuhmi mortis {mortiferum) exhaurire {CXu^ni. 1 1. 31)— to
drain the cup of poison.
potestas vitae necisque — power over life and death.
plagam extremam or mortiferam ififligere — to inflict a
death-blow.
e or de medio tollere — to remove a person.
perii! actum est de me / (Ter. Ad. 3. 2. 26)— I'm undone!
it's all up with me !
9. BURIAL
funere efferri or simply efferri {publice ; publico, suo sumptu)
—to be interred (at the expense of the state, at
one's own cost).
sepultura aliquem afficere — to bury a person.
iustafacere, solvere alicui ]to perform the last rites
supremo officio in aliquem fungi] for a person.
funus alicui facere, ducere (Cluent. 9. 28) — to carry out the
funeral obsequies.
funus alicuius exsequi ] to attend a person's
exsequias alicuius funeris prosequi \ funeral.
supremis officiis aliquem prosequi (vid. p. d>^, note) to
perform the last offices of affection.
mortuum in sepulcro co?idere — to entomb a dead body.
BURIAL — HUMAN LIFE 41
aliquevi inortmim ^ cremare (Sen. 23. 84) — to burn a corpse.
pompa funebris — a funeral procession.
ftmiis or exsequias celebrare — to celebrate the obsequies.
ludos funebres alicui dare — to give funeral games in
honour of a person.
oratio funebris - — a funeral oration.
sepidturae honore carere 1 to be deprived of the rites of
iustis exsequiarum carere \ burial,
elogium iri sepulcro incisum — the epitaph.
sepulcro (Dat.) or in sepulcro hoc inscriptufu est — this is the
inscription on his tomb . . .
hie situs est . . . — here lies . . .
aliquem in roguj?i iinponere — to place on the funeral-pyre.
proiici inhumatum {in publicmn^ — to be cast out unburied.
V. HUMAN LIFE; ITS VARIOUS RELA-
TIONS AND CONDITIONS
I. CIRCUMSTANCE— SITUATION-
DIFFICULTY
res humanae or simply res — human life.
haec est reru??t humanaruin\ , . ^ _ , . .
that IS the way 01 the world :
condicio \ , . ...
, . such IS life.
SIC vita hominum est I
ita (ea kge, ea condicione) nati sumus — this is our natural
tendency, our^destiny ; nature compels us.
^ " Corpse " usually = corptis morttii or simply corpus, cadaver is a
corpse which has begun to decompose.
^ For eulogv, panegyric, use laiuiatio funebris or simply laudatio^
cf. Mil. 13. 33 ; Liv. 5. 50.
42 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
res exter7ias or Jmmanas despicere — to despise earthly
things.
res humanas infra se positas arbitrari—io feel superior to
the affairs of this life.
meliore {deteriore) condicione esse, uti—to find one's cir-
cumstances altered for the better (the worse.)
condicto ac fortuna hominum infimi generis — the position
of the lower classes.
res meae meliore loco, i7i\ my position is consider-
meliore causa sunt I ably improved ; my pro-
meliorem in statum redigor J spects are brighter.
alique7n in antiquu?n statum, in pristinum restituere — to
restore a man to his former position.
in tanta reru7n {te77iporum) iniquitate — under such unfav-
ourable circumstances.
res diibiae, perditae, afflictae—?i critical position ; a hope-
less state of affairs.
in angustias adducere aliquem — to place some one in an
embarrassing position.
in a7igustiis, difficultatibus^
esse or versari to be in a dilemma ; in
angustiis pre77ii, difficultatibus f difficulties.
affici
agitur praeclare, be7ie cu7n aliqiio — so-and-so is in a very
satisfactory position ; prospers.
res ita est, ita {sic) se habet—iXiQ facts are these; the
matter stands thus.
eadem {lo7tge alia) est Jmius rei ratio — the case is exactly
similar (entirely different).
hoc lo7ige aliter, secus ^i"/— this is quite another matter.
res {ita) fert — circumstances make this necessary ; the
exigencies of the case are these.
COMMENCEMENT— END— RES UL T 43
pro re inata), pro tempore]
^ /:> ^ ^ Vaccording to circumstances.
pro tempore et p?'o re J
res eo or in eiim locum deducta est, lit . . . — the matter
has gone so far that . . .; the state of affairs is
such that . . .
quo loco res tuae sunt? — how are you getting on ?
eadem est causa mea or in eadem causa siun — my circum-
stances have not altered.
si quid (Jiumanitus) mihi accidat or accident — if anything
should happen to me ; if I die.
quae cum ita sint — under such circumstances.
utcunique res ceciderit — whatever happens ; in any case.
2. COMMENCEMENT— END— RESULT
initium capere; incipere ab aliqua re — to begin with a
thing.
initium facere, ducere, sumere {alicuius rei) — to commence
a thing.
ab exiguis initiis proficisci — to start from small beginnings.
parare with Inf. 1 , , .
,. , ,. . , r • 7 fto prepare to do a thmg.
aggredi ad aliquid jaciendumx
incunabula^ doctrittae — the origin, first beginnings of
learning.
Jinem facere alicuius rei
to finish, complete, fulfil,
' accomplish a thing.
jinem imponere, afferre, consti
tuere alicui rei V
ad Jinem aliquid adducere
ad exitum aliquid perducere
jinem habere — to come to an end.
^ incunalnila literally swaddling-clothes. ciDiabiila, cradle, is not
used in this metaphorical sense except in post-Augustan Latin.
44 LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
alujiiid {bene, prospers) succedit or procedit (opp. paruvi
procedere, non succedere) — the matter progresses
favourably^ succeeds.
eventwn, exituni (fe/tcem) habere — to turn out (well) ; to
result (satisfactorily).
quorsum haec res cadet or evadet ? — what will be the issue,
end, consequence of the matter ?
ad irritum redigere aliquid—Xo frustrate, nullify.
res aliter cecidit ac putaveram — the result has surprised
me; I was not prepared for this development.
quid illo fietl — what will become of him ?
quid /mic homini (also hoc homine) faciam ? — what am I
to do with this fellow ?
3. CAUSE— MOTIVE— ORICilN
causam afferre — to quote as a reason ; give as excuse.
iustis de ^ causis — for valid reasons.
magnae {graves) necessariae causae — cogent, decisive
reasons.
non sine causa — on good grounds ; reasonably.
quid causae fuit cur . . . ? — how came it that . . . ?
catisa posita est in aliqua re \
.^ r. J, ^ J i L 7- the motive, cause, is to be
causa repetenda est ab aliqua \ . '
re (not quaerenda) I
multae causae me impulerunt ad aliquid or ut . . . — I was
induced by several considerations to . . .
causam interponere or interserere — to interpose, put for-
ward an argument, a reason.
^ Notice the order ; so regularly ea and qua de causa ; but ob earn
causam not eaju oh causam. For the meaning of iustus cf. xvi. 5
bellum iustum and xvi. loa praeluun iusium.
MO TI VE — ORIGIN -RE GA RD 45
praetendere^ praetexere aliquid — to make something an
excuse, pretext.
causa7ii idonea7n nancisci — to find a suitable pretext.
per caiisa7n (with Oen.) — under the pretext, pretence
of . . .
causae reru7?i et co7isecutio7ies — cause and effect.
causae extri7isecus allatae (opp. Iti ipsa re positae) — ex-
traneous causes.
reru77i causae aliae ex aliis Ttexae — concatenation, inter-
dependence of causes.
ex paT^is saepe 77iag7iaru77i reriwi 77iome7ita peTideTtt —
important results are often produced by trivial
causes.
ex aligua re Tiasci. 77ianare 1 . . . . r
. ,. /- . . rto origmate m, arise from.
ao aliqua re projicisci I
ex aliqua re redu7idare {in or ad aliquid^ — to accrue in
great abundance.
utilitas efflorescit ex aliqua re — untold advantages arise
from a thing.
e foTitibus haurire (opp. rivulos coTisectari or foTites 7t07t
videre) — to draw from the fountain-head.
haec ex eode7)i fonte fluu7it^ 77ia7ia7it — these things have
the same origin.
fons et caput {vid. p. 24, note) — source, origin.
4. REGARD— IMPORTANCE— INFLUENCE-
POWER— INCLINATION
ratio7ie77i habere alicuius rei \ to have regard for ; take
respicere ^ aliquid \ into consideration.
quo i7t geTtere — from this point of view ; similarly.
^ But respicere ad aliquid {aliquem) — io look round at an object.
46 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
miiltis rebus or locis — in many respects; in many
points.
i7i utraqiie re — in both cases ; whichever way you look
at it.
ceteris rebus (not cetera)~^<s> regards the rest ; otherwise.
077ini ex parte ; ht omni genere ; o??i?iibus rebus — from
every point of view ; looked at in every light.
aliqica ex parte\
J. . hto a certain extent.
aiiquatenus I
magni {nulliics) ?nomenti esse — to be of great (no) import-
ance.
momentimi afferre nd aliquid—Xo determine the issue of;
to turn the scale.
pertinere ad aliquid — to be essentially important to a
thing.
hoc nihil ad sapientejji pertinet — a wise man is in no way
affected by this.
hoc in sapientem non cadit — it is incompatible with the
nature of a wise man ; the wise are superior to
such things.
mtdtum vakre ad aliquidY" ^onfibute much towards
multum afferre ad aliquid \ ' ' ' ' .'° ''''^«'^' considerably ;
j to be instrumental in . . .
77iagnam vifn habere ad aliquid — to have considerable
influence on a question.
positu77i^ situ77i esse in aliqua re
contineri aliqua re ^
consistere i7i aliqua re
pendere ex aliqica 7x
in te 077mia stmt — everything depends on you.
■^ contineri aliqtia re also means (i) to be bounded by . . ., e.g.
oceano ; (2) to be limited, restricted to, e.g. inoenibtis.
4o depend upon a thing.
I
PO WER — INC LIN A TION— OPPOR TUNITY 47
in ea re omnia verhintur — all depencis on this ; this is
the decisive point.
constare ex aliqua re — to be composed of; to consist of.
cernitur (ifi) aliqua re (not ex aliqua re) — it is evident
from . . .
in inanu^ in potestate aliciiius\
sitimi^ posituin esse Vto be in a person's power.
penes aliquem esse \
res integra ^ est — the matter is still undecided ; it is an
open question.
res 77iihi integra est — I have not yet committed myself.
mihi non est i?itegrum, tit . . . — it is no longer in my power.
integru77i (causa77i integra77i) sibi reservare — to leave the
question open ; to refuse to commit oneself.
qua7itu77i in me {situ7n) est — as far as in me lies ; to the
best of my ability.
penes te arbitriu77i huius rei est — the decision of the
question rests with you.
arhitrio alicuius 077inia permittere\\.o put the matter en-
077iniu77i rerimi arbitrium alicuiV tirely in some one's
per77iittere J hands.
arbitratUj arbitrio tuo — just as you wish.
5. OPPORTUNITY— POSSIBILITY— OCCASION-
CHANCE
occasio datur^ offertur — a favourable^ opportunity presents
itself.
^ The proper meaning of integer {in-TAG, tango) is untouched,
unsulHed.
^ Not occasio opporttina, bona, pulchra, the notion "favourable"
being contained in the word itself. We find, however, occasio
praeclara, ampla, tatita, not unfrequently.
48 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
occasione data, oblata\ when occasion offers ; as oppor-
per occasionem J tunity occurs.
quotienscimqiie occasio oblata est ; ofjinibiis locis — on every
occasion ; at every opportunity.
occasionem alicui dare, praebere ^
alicuius rei or ad aliquid
faciendum to give a man the
facultatem alicui dare alicuius > opportunity of doing
rei or ut possit ... a thing.
potestatem^ copia??i alicui dare,
facere with Gen. gerund.
occasionem nancisci — to get, meet with, a favourable
opportunity.
occasione uti — to make use of, avail oneself of an oppor-
tunity.
occasionem praetermittere, amittere (through carelessness),
omittere (deliberately), dimiUere (through indiffer-
ence)— to lose, let slip an opportunity.
occasioni deesse ^ — to neglect an opportunity.
occasionem arripere — to seize an opportunity.
facultatem, potestatem alicui eripere, adimere — to deprive
a man of the chance of doing a thing.
nulla est facultas alicuius rei — no opportunity of carrying
out an object presents itself.
locum dare suspicioni — to give ground for suspicion.
^ Notice potestatem alicui pugnandi facere^ to offer battle, and
potestatem siii facei-e alicui, (i) to give opportunity of battle, and
also (2) to grant an audience to (cf. sui conveniendi potestatem
facere).
^ In the same way deesse officio, to leave one's duties undone ;
d. miineri, to neglect the claims of one's vocation ; d. rei publicae,
to be careless of state interests, to be impatriotic ; d. sibi, not to
do one's best.
SUCCESS — GOOD FORTUNE 49
a?isas dare ad reprehendendtwi, reprehensionis — to give
occasion for blame ; to challenge criticism.
ansam habere reprehensionis — to contain, afford matter
for criticism.
adduci aliqua re {ad aliquid or ut . . . ) — to be induced by
a consideration.
nescio quo casu (with Indie.) — by some chance or other.
teinere et fortuito ; forte (et) temere — quite accidentally,
fortuitously.
6. SUCCESS— GOOD FORTUNE
fortuna secunda ufi — to be fortunate, lucky.
fortunae favore ox prospero flatu\ to be favoured by For-
fortunae uti {vid. note, p. 84) ^ tune ; to bask in For-
fortunam fautricei7i nancisci J tune's smiles.
fortuna caecos homi7Us efficit, animos occaecat — Fortune
makes men shortsighted, infatuates them.
fortimam tentare, experiri — to try one's luck.
fortunam periclitari i^periculum facere^ — to run a risk ; to
tempt Providence.
fortunae se com??tittere — to trust to luck.
fortunam in manibus habere — to have success in one's
grasp.
fortunam ex manibus dimittere — to let success slip through
one's fingers.
fortuna commutatur^ se inclinat — luck is changing, waning.
ludibrium fortunae — the plaything of Fortune.
is^ queni fortuna complexa est — Fortune's favourite.
a fortuna desertum^ derelictum esse — to be abandoned by
good luck.
E
50 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
fortuna aliquem effert — Fortune exalts a man, makes liim
conspicuous.
rebus secundis efferri — to be puffed up by success ; to be
made arrogant by prosperity.
ad felicitate7n {inagnus) cuimi^
his accedit ex aliqua re
aliqiiid felicitatis cumulum
affert
aliquid felicltatem 7nagno
cumulo auget
his crowning happiness is
produced by a thing ;
the culminating point of
his felicity is . . .
in rebus prosperis et ad voluntatem fluentibus — when life
runs smoothly.
beata vita, beate vivere, beatum esse ^ — happiness, bliss.
ad bene beateque vivenduni — for a life of perfect happiness.
peropportune accidit, quod — it is most fortunate that . . .
7. MISFORTUNE— FATE— RUIN
fortuna adversa 1 • r 1 •
^. ^. y misfortune, adversity.
res adversae, ajfiictae, perditae\
in calaniitate??i i?tcidere — to be overtaken by calamity.
calamitate7n accipere, subire — to suffer mishap.
ftihil calamitatis {in vita) videre — to live a life free from
all misfortune.
calamitate7n haurire 1 , . , r 9
. - , yto drain the cup of sorrow.
omnes labores exanclare J
^ beatitas and heatitudo are used by Cicero in one passage only
(De Nat. Deorum, i. 34. 95), but merely as a linguistic experiment.
■^ In Latin metaphor the verb only, as a rule, is sufficient to express
the metaphorical meaning— e.g. aniicitiaiii iujigere cum aliqiio, to be
bound by the bands of affection to any one ; religionem labefactare, to
undermine the very foundations of belief; helium exstinguere, to
extinguish the torch of war ; aincta bello ardent, the fires of war are
MISFOR TUNE— FA TE—R UIN 5 1
calamitateni^ pestem i7iferre alicui — to bring mishap, ruin
on a person.
cahwiitatibus affligi — to be the victim of misfortune.
calamitatibus obrui — to be overwhelmed with misfortune.
calamitatibus defiingi — to come to the end of one's
troubles.
calamiiate doctiis — schooled by adversity.
coiiflictari {cum) adversafortuna — to struggle with adversity.
i?i 7naHs iacere — to be broken down by misfortune.
malis urgeri — to be hard pressed by misfortune.
fortunae vicissitudines — the vicissitudes of fortune.
andpites et varii casus — the changes and chances of this
life.
sub varios incertosque casus subiecfum esse — to have to sub-
mit to the uncertainties of fortune ; to be subject
to Fortune's caprice.
multis casibus iactari — to experience the ups and downs
of life.
ad omnes casus subsidia comparare — to be prepared for
all that may come.
varia fortuna uti — to experience the vicissitudes of
fortune ; to have a chequered career.
multis iniquiiatibus exerceri^ — to be severely tried by
misfortune.
raging all around ; libido consedit, the storm of passion has ceased ;
anijmiui pellere, to strike the heart-strings ; vetustas vionumenta
exederat, the tooth of time had eaten away the monuments.
^ The first meaning of exercere is to keep in motion, give no rest
to. Then, metaphoricaliy, to keep busy, to harass — e.g. forhina
aliquem vehemetiter exercet. Lastly, exercere is used to express the
main activity in any branch of industry, thus, exercere agros, to farm ;
inetalla, to carry on a mining industry ; navevi, to fit out ships, be a
shipowner ; vectigalia, to levy, collect taxes, used specially of the
ptiblicani ; qni exercet ittdicittni, the presiding judge (praetor).
^to be ruined, undone.
52 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
fortunae tells proposltu7n esse — to be exposed to the
assaults of fate.
fortimae oblectu7n esse — to be abandoned to fate.
ad Inlurlas fortunae exposltum esse — to be a victim of the
malice of Fortune.
fortunae cedere — to acquiesce in one's fate.
allqueju affllgere, perdere, pessumdare, In praeceps dare — to
bring a man to ruin ; to destroy.
praeclpltem agl^ Ire
ad exltlum vocarl
ad Inter Itum mere
In pernlcieni Incurrere
pestem allcul {In allque77i) machlnartX to compass, devise a
pernlclem {exltlum) allcul afferre, I man's overthrow,
mollrl^ parare I ruin.
ab exltlo, ab Interltu allquem vlndlcare — to rescue from
destruction.
8. DANGER— RISK— SAFETY
In perlculo esse or versarl — to be in danger.
res In sununo dlscrlmlne versatur — the position is very
critical.
In vltae dlscrlmlne versarl — to be in peril of one's life.
In perlcula Incldere, Incurrere — to find oneself in a hazard-
ous position.
perlcula allcul Impendent, lm77ilnent — dangers threaten a
man.
perlcula In or ad allque7n redundant — many dangers hem
a person in ; one meets new risks at every turn.
perlcula sublre, adlre, susclpefe — to incur danger, risk.
perlculls se offerre — to expose oneself to peril.
DANGER— RISK— SAFETY 53
sabitcm^ vitam sua??i in discrimen offerre (not exponere) — to
risk one's life.
aliquem. aliquid ifi pericuhivi\
.... X , , 1 to endanger, imperil a
(discrwiemadditcere.vocare^y . .
,. , ' n \ person or thini^.
alicui periculu7ii creare^ conflare\
in periciiliwi capitis^ in discrimen vitae se infer re — to reck-
lessly hazard one's life.
saliis^ capict^ vita alicidus agitur, pericHtaiur, in discrimine
est or versatur — a man's life is at stake, is in very
great danger.
in ipso periadi discrimine — at the critical moment.
aliqiiem ex periculo eripere, servare — to rescue from peril.
mdlum periculu7n recusare pro — to avoid no risk in order
to . . .
pericidis pei'fungi — to surmount dangers.
periculiwi facere alicuius rei — to make trial of ; to risk.
pericidum hostis facere — to try one's strength with the
enemy ; to try issue of battle.
res ad extremu7n casu7ii\ „ . ,
affairs are desperate : we are
perducta est r i i
- reduced to extremities.
ad extrema perventum estj
in tuto esse — to be in a position of safety.
in tuto coUocare aliqidd — to ensure the safety of a
thing.
^ vocare helps to form several phrases — e.g. in itividiain, in
siispicionem, in diibium^ ad exititim, in periculuvi vocare. It is used
in the passive to express periphrastically the passive of verbs which
have only an active voice — e.g. in invidiam vocari, to become unpop-
ular, be hated, invideor not being used. Cf. in invidiam venire.
54 LA TIN J'llRASE BOOK
9. ASSISTANCE— DELIVERANCE— CON-
SOLATION
auxiliiim^ opein^ saliitem ferre alicid — to bring aid to ; to
rescue.
auxilio alicui venire — to come to assist any one.
alicuius opein implorare — to implore a person's help.
confugere ad aliquem or ad opem, ad fidem alicuius — to fly
to some one for refuge.
ad extremujji aicxiliiun descendere^ — to be reduced to
one's last resource.
auxilium praesens ^ — prompt assistance.
adesse alicui or alicuius rebus (opp. deesse) — to assist, stand
by a person.
salute7n alicui afferre — to deliver, rescue a person.
, . - . 1 to take measures for one's
saluti suae consulere, prospicere \ ^ •. 1 r
, ., . , \ safety : to look after
suis rebus or sibi co7isulere
I one s own interests.
salufeffi expedire — to effect a person's deliverance.
solacium praebere — to comfort.
nihil habere consolationis — to afford no consolation.
hoc solaciofrui^uti — tosolaceoneself with the thought . . .
consolari aliquem de aliqua re — to comfort a man in a
matter ; to condole with him.
consolari dolorem alicuius — to soothe grief.
^ Similarly descendere is frequently used of consenting unwillingly
to a thing, condescending. Cf. vi. 9 ad fin. and xvi. 9.
^ Notice ioo poena praesens, instant punishment, pectuiia praesens,
ready money, inedicina praesens, efficacious remedy ; detcs praesens, a
propitious deity ; z;z rem praesenteni venire, to go to the very spot to
make a closer examination.
RICHES— WANT—PO VER TV 5 5
consolari alique7n in iniseriis — to comfort in misfortune.
hoc iilld) solacio vie consolor 1 , , r • 1
\ 1 console myself with . . .
haec {ilia) res vie covsolattir J
10. RICHES— WANT— POVERTY
divitiis, copiis abundare — to be rich, wealthy.
viagjias opes habere
opibus inaxime florere
viamas opes habere \ . . , , .
I to be very rich ; to be m a
I position of affluence.
ovmibus opibus cit'cuvifluere
fortunis maxiviis ornatuvi esse — to be in the enjoyment of
a large fortune.
in oinniuvi renun abundantia vivere — to live in great
affluence.
aliquevi ex paupere divitevi facere — to raise a man
from poverty to wealth.
inopia alicuius rei laborare^ previi — to suffer from want of
a thing.
ad egestatevi, ad inopiani {suviviajn oniniwn reruvi) redigi
— to be reduced to (abject) poverty.
vitavi inopevi sustentare^ tolerare — to earn a precarious
livelihood.
in egestate esse, ve7'sari\ ,. . ...
rto live in poverty, destitution.
vitajn 171 egestate dege7'e I
ill su77i77ia egestate or 77iendicitate esse — ^to be entirely desti-
tute ; to be a beggar.
sftpe77i colligere — to beg alms.
stipevi (J>ecunia77i) coTtferre — to contribute alms.
56 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
IT. UTILITY— ADVANTAGE— HARM-
DISADVANTAGE
Usui or ex iisu esse — to be of use.
utilitatem afferre^ praebere — to be serviceable.
multu??i (nihil) ad C07n7?iune7n utilitatem afferre — to consid-
erably (in no way) further the common good.
aliquid in usum suum conferre — to employ in the further-
ance of one's interests.
omnia ad suam utilitatem referre — to consider one's own
advantage in everything
rationibus alicuius prospicere"
to look after, guard a
- person's interests, wel-
fare.
or consulere (opp. officere^
obstare, adversari)
commodis alicuius servire
co77imoda alicuius tueri
77ieae rationes ita tulerunt — my interests demanded it.
fructum (uberri77i2'i77t) capere, percipere, consequi ex aliqua re ^
— to derive (great) profit, advantage from a thing.
fructus ex hac re redundant in or ad 7/ie — (great) advantage
accrues to me from this.
aliquid ad 7?ieu7n fructu77i redundat — I am benefited by a
thing.
quid attinet? with Infin. — what is the use of?
cui bono ? — who gets the advantage from this ? who is the
interested party ?
^ hlso frtictwn alicuius rei capere, percipere^ f^yc, consequi ex
aliqua re — e.g. vii'tutis fructus ex re publica [magnos, laetos, uberes)
capere=\.o be handsomely rewarded by the state for one's high char-
acter.
HA KM— GOOD WILL 57
dmiinum (opp. lucrimi) facere 1 rr i i
.^ ' to surfer loss, harm,
dainiio affici \ , i
. /• damage.
detrimentiim capere^ acapere, facere j
iacturam ^ alicuius rei facere — to throw away, sacrifice.
damnum inferre^ afferre aliciii — to do harm to, injure any
one.
da??iftum ferre — to know how to endure calamity.
incomniodo afficere aliquem — to inconvenience, injure a
person.
incommodis ?fiederi — to relieve a difficulty.
damnum or detrmientu7n sarcire (not reparare) — to make
good, repair a loss or injury.
dammtm compensare cimi aliqua re — to balance a loss by
anything.
res repetere — to demand restitution, satisfaction.
res restituere — to give restitution, satisfaction.
1 2. GOODWILL— KINDNESS— INCLINATION-
FAVOUR
benevolo animo esse in aliquem 1 to be well-disposed
benevolentiam habere erga aliquem^ towards . . .
benevolentiam, favorem, voluntateni alicuius sibi conciliare
^ Notice too calamitatem, cladem, iricoinmodtim accipere, to suffer
mishap, reverse, inconvenience ; naiifragium facere, to be ship-
wrecked.
- daimnim (opp. /z^(rrz^;;i;) = loss, especially of worldly possessions;
detrhnentiim (opp. e?)iolwnentu!n)—\\:i.xm. inflicted by oihtx?, ', fraiis
= deceitful injury; iactura (properly "throwing overboard ")= the
intentional sacrifice of something valuable in order either to avert
injury or to gain some greater advantage. " Harmful " = mz//z7w, qui
itocet, etc., not noxhis, which is only used absolutely — e.g. homo
noxius, the offender, evildoer.
58
LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
or coUigere {ex aliqua re)— to find favour with some
one ; to get into their good graces.
benevoie7itia}n alien i praestare^
to show kindness to .
to be popular with ; to stand
well with a person.
to gain a person's esteem,
friendship.
in aliquem conferre
benevolentia aliijuein complecti
or prosequi
gratiosiim esse alien i or apiid
aliqiie7n
in gratia esse apud aliquem
multum valere gratia apud\
aliquem ^^ ^^ ^^S^^>' ^^^'O^^ed by; to
florere gratia alicuius J ^' influential with . . .
gratiain inire ab aliquo or apud
aliquem
in gratiam alicuius venire
gratiam alicuius sibi quaerere, sequi, more strongly aucupari
— to court a person's favour ; to ingratiate oneself
with . . .
studere, favere alicui
studiosum esse alicuius
propenso ani^no^ studio esse
oxpropensa voluntate esse
in aliquem (opp. averso
animo esse ab aliquo)
alicui morem gerere, obsequi — to comply with a person's
wishes ; to humour.
alicuius causa ^ velle or cupere — to be favourably disposed
towards.
gratum {gratissimum) alicui facere — to do any one a (great)
favour.
^ Probably originally ^;//y?m <7:/zV«?V/j- catisa velle = io wish every-
thing (favourable) in some one's behalf.
to look favourably upon ; to
support.
\
BENEFIT— GRA TITUDE—RECOMPENSE 59
se conformare, se accovimodare\ . ,_
, ,. . , to accommodate onesclr to
ad ahcicius vomntate??i V , , • 1
,..,., another s wishes.
ahcuius voluntait morein ^erere\
se convertere^ converti ad aliciiius imtiim ^ — to take one's
directions from another ; to obey him in everything.
totum se finge7'e et acconwiodare ad alicuius arbitrhnn et
niitum — to be at the beck and call of another ; to be
his creature.
voluntatem or animiim alicuius a se abalienare, aliquem a se
abalienare or alienare — to become estranged, alien-
ated from some one.
13. BENEFIT— GRATITUDE— RECOMPENSE
be7ieficiiim aliciii dare, tribuere ^ to do any one a service
beiieficio aliquejji afficere, ornare^ or kindness.
beneficia in alique7n conferre — to heap benefits upon . . .
beneficiis aliqueiii obstringere, ob/igare, devincire — to lay
any one under an obligation by kind treatment.
beneficiu7n re^fiunerari or reddere {cumulate^ — to (richly)
recompense a kindness or service.
gratus (opp. iiigratiis) animus ^ — gratitude.
grafiam alicui debere — to owe gratitude to ; to be under
an obligation to a person.
^ But se co7ivertere ad aliquem = e\\hQX (i) to approach with hostile
intention, or (2) to turn to some one for sympathy or assistance.
- animus is used similarly in several periphrases to express
abstract qualities — e.g. cuiimiis z>z^jr<?rrti^z7zV = inflexibility, severity;
aninnis implacabilis — implacability ; animus {fides ) venalis =
venality. Cf. simp/ices mores, simplex nafrira, ratio, genus = ?,\vci-
plicity {simplicitas is post- Augustan and usually = frankness, candour).
immcmor /;z^''(?;z///;// = forgetfulness {oblivio in this sense is not class-
ical).
6o LATIN PHRASE BOOK
gratiam alicui habere — to feci gratitude (in one's heart).
gmtiam alicui referre {ineritam, debitam) pro aliqiia re — to
show gratitude (in one's acts).
gratias alicui agere pro aliqua re— to thank a person (in
words).
grales agere (dis immortalibus)—\o give thanks to heaven.
gratiam mereri—\o merit thanks ; to do a thankworthy
action.
par pari referre \
v.^w^ ^ V, J. J Ko return like for like.
paria paribus respondere I
bonain (praeclaram) gratiam referre — to reward amply ; to
give manifold recompense for.
benefacta maleficiis pensare — to return evil for good.
77ialeficia benefactis rem^merariX
. J r •■ 1 r . J J Ko return good for evil
pro maleficiis beneficia reddere I ^
14. MERIT— VALUE— REWARD
be?ie^ praeclare {7nelius, optime) mereri^ de aliquo — to
deserve well at some one's hands ; to do a service
to . . .
male mereri de aliquo — to deserve ill of a person ; to treat
badly.
meritufn alicuius in or erga aliquem — ^vhat a man merits
at another's hands.
nullo 7neo fiierito — I had not deserved it.
ex^ pro merito — according to a man's deserts.
multiwi ialiquid) alicui rei tribuere — to consider of import-
ance ; to set much (some) store by a thing.
1 mereri is a middle verb, and consequently always has an adverb
with it.
RE Q UES TS— WISHES— COMMISSIONS— ORDERS 6 1
viultiun alicui tribuere — to value, esteem a person.
praemiis {amplissiinis^ maximis) aliquein afflcere ^ — to
remunerate (handsomely).
meritum prae??imni aliaii persolvere — to reward a man
according to his deserts.
praemhcm exponere or p)roponere — (to encourage) by
offering a reward.
praejfiuwi ponere — to offer a prize (for the winner).
palmain deferre, dare alicui — to award the prize to . . .
palmam ferre, aiiferre — to win the prize.
pacta merces alicuius rei — the stipulated reward for any-
thing.
mercede conductum esse — to be hired, suborned.
1 5. REQUESTS— WISHES— COMMISSIONS-
ORDERS
orare et obsecrare aliguem \ .
^ .to entreat earnestly ; to
inamo opere. vehementer. etiam \ .
. 7- make urgent requests.
aiqtie eiiam rogare aliqueni |
precibus aliquem fatigare — to importune with petitions.
supplicibus verbis orare — to crave humbly ; to supplicate.
precibus obsequi — to grant a request.
alicui petenti satisfacere, non deesse — to accede to a man's
petitions.
magnis {infimis) precibus moveri — to be influenced by, to
yield to urgent (abject) entreaty.
^ Notice the numerous phrases of which afficere is a part — e.g.
afficere aliqtiem admiratione, beneficio^ exilio, honore, iniiiria, laude,
poejta, siippJicio. Especially important is its passive use — e.g. ajjici
admiratione, to admire ; gaudio, vohcptate, to rejoice, be pleased ;
dolore, to be pained, vexed ; poena, to suffer punishment.
62 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
-to refuse, reject a request.
negarc, more strongly denegare
aliciii illiquid
petenti alicui negare aliquid
repudiare, aspernari preces ali-
cuius.
J
nihil tibi a me postulanti recusabo — I will refuse you
nothing.
aliquid ab aliquo impetrare — to gain one's point with any
one.
optata inihi contingimt — my wishes are being fulfilled.
voluntati alicuius satisfacere^ obsequi — to satisfy a person's
wishes.
ex sententia — as one would wish ; to one's mind.
aliquid optii7iis ominibus prosequi {vid. p. 88 note) to wish
prosperity to an undertaking.
befie id tibi vertat I ~\ wish you all success in the
matter.
mandatum^ negotium alicui dare] to entrust a matter to a
negotium ad aliquem deferre J person ; to commission.
mandatum exsequi, persequi, conficere — to execute a com-
mission.
iussa (usually only in plur.), imperata facere — to carry out
orders.
1 6. FRIENDSHIP— ENMITY— RECONCILIATION
(cf. xii. 8).
amicitiam cum aliquo jutigere, facere, inire, contrahere — to
form a friendship with any one.
a7iiicitiam colere — to keep up, foster a connection.
uti aliquo amico — to be friendly with any one.
FRIENDSHIP— ENMITY— RECONCJ LI A TION 63
'\
est or intercedit 7nihi cum
aliquo amicitia 1 1 am on good (bad) terms with
sunt or intercedunt mihi a person.
cum aliquo ini7nicitiae ^
uti aliquo familiariter — to be on very intimate terms
with . . .
artissimo amicitiae vinculo or siwinia fainiliaritate cimi
aliquo coniunctum esse — to be bound by the closest
ties of friendship.
vetustate amicitiae coniunctum esse — to be very old
friends.
amicitiam alicuius appetere — to court a person's friend-
ship.
in amicitiam alicuius recipi\ . ,..,,.
„ . ... to gam some one s iriendship ;
ad alicuius amicitia7?i seV . . . . ,
to become mtimate with.
conferre^ se applicare I
aliquem (tertium) ad (in) amicitiam ascribere — to admit
another into the circle of one's intimates.
ajnicitiam renimtiare
to renounce, give up a
friendship.
amicitiani dissuere^ dissolvere,
praecldere
amicissimus metis or mihi — my best friend.
homo infimus, fajniliarissimus 7?iihi — my most intimate
acquaintance.
inimicitias gerere, habere, exercere ctwi aliquo — to be at
enmity with a man.
initnicitias ciwi aliquo suscipere — to make a person one's
enemy.
inimicitias deponere — fo lay aside one's differences.
aequt iniqiii — friend and foe.
^ The singular iniviicitia is only used to express the abstract idea
"enmity."
64
LATIN PHRASE BOOK
placare alique7n alicici or {71}
aliquem
reconciliare alicuius aniniuiji
or simply alique77i alicici
171 gratiatn aliqiie77i cu77i
aliquo reducere
i7i gratia7n cuf7i aliquo redire
sibi alique77i^ alicuius a7ti7?iu77i
reco7iciliare or reco7iciliari
alicui
to reconcile two people ; to
be a mediator.
to be reconciled
up a quarrel.
to make
to be an influential person.
to have great influence
with a person ; to have
considerable weight.
17. AUTHORITY— DIGNITY (cf. xiv. 3)
77iag7ia auctoritate esse \
. -. . y n to possess great authority ;
auctoritate valere ox fiorere \ ° -^ '
77iag7ia auctoritas est in aliquo \
77iultu7Ji auctoritate valere^ posse
apud aliquem
77tag7ta auctoritas alicuius est
apud aliquem
alicuius auctoritas 77iultum valet
apud alique77i
auctoritatcTTt or dig7iitate77i sibi coTiciliare^ parare — to gain
dignity ; to make oneself a person of consequence.
ad su77i77ia77i auctoritate77i perveTiire — to attain to the
highest eminence.
auctoritate77i alicuius amplificare (opp. i77i7?iinuere^ 77iinuere)
— to increase a person's dignity.
auctoritatij dig7iitati alicuius illudere — to insult a person's
dignity.
digTiitas est su77i77ia i7i aliquo 1 to be in a dignified posi-
su77i77ia dig7iitate praeditum esses tion.
to praise, extol, com-
mend a person.
PRAISE — APPRO VAL — BLAME — RE PRO A CH 65
aliqiiid alienum (a) dignitate sua \
or merely a se diicere to consider a thing
aliquid infra se ducere or infra I beneath one's dignity.
se positinn arbitrari J
18. PRAISE— APPROVAL— BLAME— REPROACH
laudeni tribuere, impertire alicui^
laude afficere aliquein
{jnaxiniis^ siifumis) laudibus
efferre aliquem or aliquid
eximia laude ornare aliquem
omni laude ciwiulare aliquem — to overwhelm with
eulogy.
laudibus aliquem {aliquid) in caelum ferre^ efferre^ tollere —
to extol, laud to the skies.
alicuius laude s praedicare — to spread a person's praises.
aliquefn beahmi praedicare — to consider happy.
omniujn undique laudem colli^ereX . . ^
. ., , , to wm golden opmions
maximam ao o?nnious laudein \ _
.... from every one.
adipisci J
aliquid laudi alicui ducere^ dare — to consider a thing
creditable to a man.
aliquem coram^ in os ox praesentem laudare — to praise a
man to his face.
recte^ bene feci sti quod . . . — you were right in . . . ; you
did right to . . .
7-es mihi probatur — a "thing meets with my approval,
res a me probatur — I express my approval of a thing.
hoc in te reprehendo (not ob eain rem) — I blame this in
you ; I censure you for this.
F
66 LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
vitupei'atmiem subire \
-. ^ .■ , , . to suffer reproof: to
in vimperaiio?te??i, reprehensionem \
7 . ., . be criticised, blamed.
caaere^ tnaaere, ventre I
exprobrare alicui aliquid \
a/i{/m'd a/ian crimmi dare, \-torepro3ichapersonwiih . . .
vertere J
conqueri, expostulare cum aliquo de aliqua re — to expostu-
late with a person about a thing.
19. RUMOUR— GOSSIP— NEWS— MENTION
rumor, fama, ser7?io est or manat — report says ; people say.
rumor, fa7?ia viget — a rumour is prevalent.
fama serpit {per urbem) — a report is spreading imper-
ceptibly.
rumor increbrescit — a report, an impression is gaining
ground.
rumorem spargere\
J. -. . KO spread a rumour.
jamam dissipare J
dubii rumores afferuntur ad nos — vague rumours reach us.
auditione et fama accepisse aliquid\
r J T -J J- ■ Ko know from hearsay.
jando aliquid audivisse I ^
ex eo audivi, cu7?i diceret — I heard him say . , .
vulgo dicitur, pervulgatum est — every one says.
in 07X 077i7iiu77i or 077i7iibus {ho-
miniwi or ho77iinibus, but
only 7tiihi, tibi, etc.) esse
per 077i7iiu77i oraferri
in ore habere aliquid (Fam. 6. 18. 5) — to harp on a
thing, be always talking of it.
efferre or edere aliquid i7i vulgus — to divulge, make
public.
to be in every one's mouth.
GOSSIP— NE WS—MEN TION—FAME 67
foras efferri^ palam fieri, percrebrescere, divulgari, in mediu7n
proferri, exire, ejnanare — to become known, be-
come a topic of common conversation (used of
things).
in sermonein hoininum venire] . 1 . r
, . , . KO be a subject for gossip.
in ora vulgi abire J
fabulam fieri — to be the talk of the town, a scandal.
nuntio allato or accepto — on receiving the news.
jRomam nuntiatuni est, allatum est — news reached Rome.
certiore7n facere aliqueni {alicuius rei or de aliqua re) — to
inform a person.
mentionem facere alicuius rei or de aliqua re^ — to mention
a thing.
mentionem inicere de aliqua re ox
Ace. c. Inf. to mention a thing in-
in mentionem alicuius rei incidere j cidentally, casually.
7nentio alicuius rei incidit J
20. FAME— REPUTATION
gloriam, famam sibi comparare — to gain distinction.
gloriam {immortalem) consequi, adipisci — to win (undying)
fame.
gloriae, laudi esse\ to confer distinction on a person ; to
laudem afferre j redound to his credit.
gloria, laude florere — to be very famous, illustrious.
summa gloria florere — to have reached the highest pinnacle
of eminence.
^ Not co)?t79iefnorare, the fundamental meaning of which is "to
make a person mindful of . . . ," and implies an emphatic reference
to a definite point.
68 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
darimt fieri, nobilitari, illnstrari
(not the post-classical cla-
rescere or indarescere)
gloriam colligere, in summam
gloriam venire
to become famous, dis-
tinguish oneself.
aliquem immortali gloria afficere\\.o confer undying fame
aliquem sempiternae gloriae com- \ on, immortalise some
mendare J one.
immortalitate7n consequi, adipisd, sibi parh-e — to attain
eternal renown.
gloria dud \
laudis studio trahi Vto be guided by ambition.
laudem, gloriam quaerere\
sfimulis gloriae condtari — to be spurred on by ambition.
gloriae, laudis cupiditate incensum esse, flagrare — to be
consumed by the fires of ambition.
de gloria, fama alicuius detrahere \ to detract from a
alicuius gloriae or simply alicuiy person's reputation,
obtredare
alicuius famam, laudem imminuere
obscurare alicuius gloriam, laudem, f amain ^ (not obscurare
aliquem) — to render obscure, eclipse a person.
famae servire, consulere — to have regard for one's good
name.
fa??iam ante colledam tueri, conservare — to live up to one's
reputation.
bene, 7nale audire {ah aliquo) \ to have a good or bad
bona, mala existimatio est de V reputation, be spoken
aliquo J well, ill of.
^ In the same way, to improve a man, aliaiius mores corrigere
(not aliquem c.) ; to understand some one, alicuius orationejii or
quid dicat iiitellegei'e.
wilfully underesti-
mate a person.
REPUl 'A 7 UON'—IIONO UR 69
faniam crudelitatis siibire (Catil. 4. 6. 12) — to gain the
reputation of cruelty.
to damage a person's
■ character, bring him
into bad odour.
infamiam alicui inferre, aspergere,
C07iflare
infamem facere aliqiiein
magnajji sui fcDuain relinquere — to leave a great reputa-
tion behind one.
opinionem virtutis habere — to have the reputation of
virtue.
existimatio^ hominu7n^ omnium — the common opinion,
the general idea.
21. HONOUR— DISGRACE— IGNOMINY
esse in honore apud aliquein — to be honoured, esteemed
by some one.
honorem alicui habere, tribuere \ . .
J „ to honour, show re-
a/wuem honore amcere, au^ere. \
., ., ' ^ox spect for, a person.
ornare^ prosequi {via. note, p. 88) I
alique?n cupiditate honorum inflammare (or aliquem ad
cupiditatetn honorum infla7n7fiare) — to kindle am-
bition in some one's mind.
honores concupiscere (opp. aspernari) — to aspire to dignity,
high honours.
honoris causa aiiquem no7Jiinare or appella7'e — to speak of
some one respectfully.
statua77i alicui ponere, C07istituere — to set up a statue in
some one's honour.
^ exist iniatio has two uses: (i) active — opinion held by others,
criticism ; (2) passive — reputation, character, usually in a good sense,
consequently — good reputation without the addition Qibo7ia, integra^
etc.
70 LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
alique77i colere et ol?servare {Ait. 2. 19)— to pay respect to,
be courteous to a person.
aliquem igno?mma afficere, notare\ to inflict an indignity
alicui ignominiam inurere J upon, insult a person.
infamiam concipere, subire, sibi conflare~io incur igno-
miny.
vifae sple7idori {em) 7Jiaculas {is) aspergere — to sully one's
fair fame.
nota77t turpitudmis alicui ox vitae alicuius iTiurere to injure
a man's character, tarnish his honour.
ig7t077ii7tia77i noTi ferre~to chafe under an indignity,
repudiate it.
macula77i {co7icepta77i) delere, eiuere—to blot out a reproach.
22. EFFORT— INDUSTRY— LABOUR— EXER-
TION
sfudiose {dilige7tter, eTiixe, sedulo, 77iaxi77ie) dare opera77i,
ut . . . —to take great pains in order to . . .
egregia77i opera77i {77iultu7n, plus
etc. operae) dare alicui rei
operai7i alicui rei tribuere, Iti
aliquid co7iferre
opera77i {labore77i^ cura77i) i7i
or ad aliquid i77ipendere
77iultu77i operae ac laboris C07isu77iere i7t aliqua re — to exert
oneself very energetically in a matter.
studiiwi, i7idustria77i (not dilige7itia77i) collocare, poTiere i7i
aliqua re— to apply oneself zealously, diligently to
a thing.
i7tcu77ibere in {ad) aliquid— \o be energetic about, throw-
one's heart into a thing.
to expend great labour
on a thing.
EFFOR T—IND USTR Y— LABOUR— EXERTION 7 1
opiis^ facere (Dq Senect. 7. 24) — to do work (especially
agricultural).
opus aggredi 1 to take a task in hand, en-
ad opus faciendiuii accedere\ gage upon it.
res est multi /aborts et sudoris — the matter involves much
labour and fatigue.
desudare et elaborare in aliqua re (De Senect. 11. 38) — to
exert oneself very considerably in a matter.
iabori, operae non parcere — to spare no pains.
labore7n non inter77iittere — to work without intermission.
nullujn tempus a labore interniittere — not to leave off work
for an instant.
lucubrare (Liv. i. 57) — to work by night, burn the mid-
night oil.
inanem laboi'em suscipere \
ope7'ani {et oleutii) perdere or Vto lose one's labour.
frustra consm?iere \
rem actam or simply actu77i agere (proverb.) — to have all
one's trouble for nothing.
labore supersedere {iti7teris) (Fam. 4. 2. 4) — to spare one-
self the trouble of the voyage.
patiens laboris — capable of exertion.
fugiens laboris — lazy.
operae pretiu77i est (c. Inf.) — it is worth while.
acti labores iucundi (proverb.) — rest after toil is sweet.
^ opus always means the concrete work on which one is engaged;
labor is the trouble, fatigue, resulting from effort ; opei'a is the
voluntary effort, the troujble spent on an object. Thus laborare = no\.
simply to work, but to work energetically, with exertion and
consequent fatigue ; operari, to be busy with a thing. Terence thus
distinguishes opus and opera : quod in opere faciundo operae consumis
tuae. Cf. Verg. Aen. i. 455 operiwique laboreni mii'atur = \he.
trouble which such huge works must have cost.
12
LATIN PHRASE BOOK
content ionem adhibere — to exert oneself.
omnes nervos^ in aliqua re"
contendere
omnibus viribus or nervis co7i-
tendere, ut
omni ope atque opera or omni \
viriiwi contentioiie eniti, ut
conteridere et iaborare, ut
pro viribus eniti et laborare,
ut
to strain every nerve, do
one's utmost in a mat-
ter.
23. BUSINESS— LEISURE— INACTIVITY— IDLE-
NESS
negotium suscipere—to undertake an affair.
negotium obire, exsequi— to execute, manage a business,
undertaking.
negotiufu conficere, expedire, transigere — to arrange, settle
a matter.
negotia agere, gerere~to be occupied with business, busy.
multis negotiis implicatum, districtuin, distentum, obriituni
esse — to be involved in many undertakings ; to be
much occupied, embarrassed, overwhelmed by
business-claims.
negotiis vacare — to be free from business.
^^ nervi properly = sinews, muscles, not nerves the existence of
which was unknown to the ancients. Metaphorically nervi denotes
not only strength in general but also specially— (i) vital power,
elasticity, e.g. onines ne7'vos virtiitis elidere (Tusc. 2. 11. 27),
inctdere, to paralyse the strength of virtue ; (2) motive power, main-
spring, essence, of a thing, e.g. vectigalia nervi rei ptddicae sunt
(Imp. Pomp. 7. 17), nei-vi belli pecunia (Phil. 5. 2. 15}.
I
to be at leisure.
B US IN ESS— LEISURE —IN A C TI VI TY- - IDLENESS 7 3
occiipatiim esse in aligua re\ . .
^ ... >to be engaged upon a matter.
intentiim esse alicui rei J
negoHum alicui facessere (Yiixw. 3. 10. i) — to give a person
trouble, inconvenience him.
magniu7i 7iegotium est c. Inf. — it is a great undertaking
to . . .
niillo negotio — without any trouble.
otiosum esse
i?i otio esse or vivere
otium habere
otio friii I
otio abundare — to have abundance of leisure.
otiiwi sequi, ainplexari — to be a lover of ease, leisure.
otiosum tenipus consumere in aliqua re — to spend one's
leisure hours on an object.
otio abuti ^ or otimn ad suum usum transferre — to use up,
make full use of one's spare time.
{ifi) otio languere et hebescereX to grow slack with inactivity,
otio diffluere J stagnate.
desidiae et languori se dedere ] to abandon oneself to in-
ignaviae'^ et socordiae se dare\ activity and apathy.
per luxum et ignaviam aetatetn agere — to pass one's life in
luxury and idleness.
^ almti properly = to consume, make full use of. P^rom this
is developed the rarer meaning to use in excess, <i\:)\\%Q.— perverse,
intei)iperanter, iiniiioderate uti. Abuse, mvsXf&o.—praviis iisus,
vitiuni male ■iitentitivi, insoleiis vios. abusus is only found in the
Jurists, and ahisio is a technical term of rhetoric = K'ardxp77crts.
^ The original meaning. of ?^;zawa {in-gnaviis, cf. vavtis, 7iavare) is
not cowardice but laziness.
74 LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
24. PLEASURE— RECREATION
voluptatem ex aliqiia re capere or percipere — to derive
pleasure from a thing.
voluptate perfu7idi~\Q revel in pleasure, be blissfully
happy.
voluptatibus frui \
voluptates hauriref" '^*'" °"^'= '^" "^ ^"Joyment.
se totiim voluptatibus dedere^ tradere — to devote oneself
absolutely to the pursuit of pleasure.
homo voluptarius (Tusc. 2. 7. 18) — a devotee of pleasure :
a self-indulgent man.
voluptath illecebris dekniri \ '° ^'' ^""^ ^'^'""y' irrupted
m/uJ,M/s blanditiis corrumpi f ^^ "^^ ^"""-ements of plea-
J sure.
in voluptates se mergere — to plunge into a life of pleasure.
animum a voluptate sevocare — to hold aloof from all
amusement.
voluptates {corporis) — sensual pleasure.
voluptatis or aninii causa (B. G. 5. 12) — for one's own
diversion ; to satisfy a whim.
deliciis diffluere — to wanton in the pleasures of sense.
anif?ium relaxare, reficere, recreare or simply se reficere, se
recreare, refici^ recreari (ex aliqua re) — to recruit one-
self, seek relaxation.
animum or simply se ref?iittere\
1 •/••77 Ko mdulge oneself.
amino or simply sibi indulgerex °
GENIUS— TA LENT— INTELLIGENCE 7 5
VI. THE MIND; ITS FUNCTIONS
I. GENIUS— TALENT— INTELLIGENCE
7tiagno animo esse — to be magnanimous, broad-minded.
am7?iiwi attendere ad aliqiiid — to turn one's attention to a
thing.
diligenter attendere (aliquid) — to attend carefully.
alias res or almd agere — to be inattentive.
anwio adesse^ — (i) to be attentive; (2) to keep one's
presence of mind.
vir mamo in^enio. ingeniosus\ ^ , .,,
,. Va man of ability.
vir fnagno tngenio praeditiis J
mgenio valere — to be talented, gifted.
tngenio abundare — to be very talented.
7iatura et ingenium — natural gifts.
ingeniwn acuere — to sharpen the wits.
ingenii acumen — penetration ; sagacity.
ingenii tarditas (opp. celeritas) — dulness of intellect.
ingenii infirmitas or imbecillitas — weakmindedness.
mentis compotejn esse — to be of sane mind.
niente captwti esse, mente alienata esse — to be out of one's
mind.
sanae mentis esse — to be of sound mind.
mentis quasi luminibus officere {vid. p. 208) or animo
caligi7ie77i offundere — to obscure the mental vision.
intellegentia or 77iente 7/iultu7n valere'^ — to possess great
ability.
^ For the second meaning cf. Cicero, ades ani?no et omitte
timorem, Scipio.
2 captus, in the meaning ability, capacity, only occurs in the
phrase ut captus est nervorum ; while capacitas merely means
capacity, content, e.g. vasortnn.
76 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
ad mtellegeniiam coinimmem or popiclarem accommodare
aliquid — to accommodate something to the stand-
ard of the popular intelligence.
to form an idea of
a thing, imagine,
conceive.
2. IMAGINATION— THOUGHT
ani7iio, cogiiatione aliquid fingere (or'
simply fingere, but without sibi\
informare
ajtimo concipere aliquid
animo, cogitatione aliquid praecipere {O^. i. 2^. 8i)— to
form a conception of a thing beforehand.
cogitatione sibi aliquid depingere — to picture to oneself.
ingeniu77i, cogitatio — imagination.
ingenii vis or celeritas — vivid, lively imagination.
7'erum imagines \
rescogitationefictaeo.depictaeY'^^^'''^'' ^^ ^^^ imagination.
opinionum co7nmenta, ineptiae, 7nonstra, portenta — extra-
vagant fictions of fancy.
ani77io, mente, cogitatio7ie aliquid C077iprehe7idere, C077iplecti —
to grasp a thing mentally.
in ea7n cogitatio7ie7n incidere~to happen to think of . . .
kaec cogitatio subit ani77iu77i\
illud succurrit mihi f " ^^^^ '^'^^^' ^^^^
77iihi in 77iente7n venit alicuius rei — something comes into
my mind.
aliquid ani77io 77ieo obversatur (cf. p. 27, s. v. oculi) — a
vague notion presents itself to my mind.
alique7n ad ea7n cogitatione7n adducere ut — to induce a
person to think that . . .
alicuius ani77iu7n ab aliqua re abducere — to draw away
some one's attention from a thing.
CONCEPTIONS— IDEALS— iERFECTION 7 7
cogitationem^ aniijium in aliquid intendere (Acad. 4. 46) — to
direct one's attention . . .
omnes cogitatmies ad aliquid conferre — to give all one's
attention to a thing.
menfe7?i in aliqiia re defigere — to fix all one's thoughts on
an object.
in cogitatione defixiwi esse — to be deep in thought.
cogitationes in res humiles abicere (De Amic. 9. 32) (opp.
alte spectare^ ad altiora fendere, altum^ magnificum^
divinuin suspicere) — to study the commonplace.
3. CONCEPTIONS— IDEALS—PERFECTION
7totiones aninio {j7tenti) insitae, innatae — innate ideas.
intellegentiae adumbratae^ or incohatae {T>q Leg. i. 22. 59)
— vague, undeveloped ideas.
fiotione?n or rationem alicuius rei in animo informare or
animo concipere — to form a conception, notion of a
thing.
absolutus et perfectus — absolutely perfect.
omnibus numeris absolutus (N. D. 2. 13) — perfect in every
detail.
ad summum perducere\ . . ^ ^ • ^ r ■
- , , Yto brmg to the highest perfection.
perficere et absolvere I
ad perfectionem, {ad su?nmu7n) pervenire — to attain per-
fection.
absolutio et perfectio (not simtma perfectio) — ideal per-
fection.
^ adumbrare is a technical term of painting = to make a sketch,
outhne of an object ; then metaphorically, to merely hint at a thing.
Its opposite is exprunere, technical term of sculpture, = figuratively,
to represent exactly, clearly. It never has the simple meaning " to
express."
78 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
cogitafione, non re — ideally, not really.
undique expleta et perfecta forma \
species optima or eximia^ sped- Van ideal.
men^ also simply species^ forma \
cojnprehensam quandam animo speciem {alicuius ret) habere
— to have formed an ideal notion of a thing.
singularem quanda7Ji perfectionis imaginem animo concipere
— to conceive an ideal.
imaginem perfecti oratoris adiimbrare — to sketch the ideal
of an orator.
civitas opti77ia^ perfecta Platonis \
ilia civitas Platonis commenticia -Plato's ideal republic.
ilia civitas^ quam Plato finx it J
4. OPINION— PREJUDICE— CONJECTURE
in sententia ^nanere^ pe7'manere^ perseverare^ per stare — to
abide by, persist in one's opinion.
illud^ hoc teneo — I abide by this opinion.
a sententia sua discedere
de sententia sua decedereVto give up one's opinion.
(de) sententia desistere
de sententia deici, depelli^ deterreri — to be forced to change
one's mind.
de sententia aliquem deducere, movere — to make a man
change his opinion.
aliquem ad suaf?i se^itentiam perducere or in suam sententia7n
adducere — to win a man over to one's own way of
thinking.
ad alicuius sententiam accedere^ se7ite7itiam alicuius sequi —
to adopt some one's opinion.
OPINION— PREJUDICE— CONJECTURE 79
idem sentire (opp. dissentire ab aliqud) — to hold the same
views.
sententiam siiavi aperire^ — to freely express one's opinions.
sententiain fronle celare, tegere — not to betray one's feel-
ings by one's looks.
die quid sefttias ^ — give me your opinion.
in hac sum sententia, ut . . . piitem — I think that . . .
plura in eam sententiam disputare — to discuss a subject
more fully on the same lines.
tit meafert opinio \
2it mihi quidein z;/^^/^^?' ^according to my opinion.
77iea {cjiiideni) sentential
quot homines^ tot sententiae — many men, many minds.
opiniones Jalsas animo imbibere^o be imbibing false
opinionibus falsis imbui J opinions.
opinionis error — erroneous opinion.
opinio praeiudicata, also simply opinio {not praeiudiciu?n =z
a preliminary decision) — prejudice.
opinio eonjirmata, inveterata — a rooted opinion.
opinio7ium pravitate infici — to be filled with absurd pre-
judices.
opinionu7?i commenta (N. D. 2. 2. 5) — chimeras.
nwnstra or portenta — marvellous ideas ; prodigies.
coniectura assequi, consequi^ aliquid coniectura colligere — to
conjecture.
quaiitum ego coniectura assequor, auguror — as far as I can
guess.
coniecturam alicuius rei Jacere or capere ex aliqua re — to
infer by comparison, judge one thing by another.
^ se aperire = io betray oneself; of. se indicare (Liv. 2. 12).
- Not sententiam dicere, which is used of senators giving their
vote ; of. suffragm7)i ferre.
8o LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
de se {ex se de aliis) conieduram facere — to judge others by
oneself.
aliqiiid in coniechira posituut est\
aliguid coniectura nititur, con- ' " '' "" '"''"" °^ '=°"J'^<^-
Hnetur (Div. i. 14. 24) J '"''^' ^"PPOSition.
probabilia coniectura seqiii — to try to conjecture probabili-
ties.
aliquid ?nihi nee opinanti, insperanti accidit — a thing has
happened contrary to my expectation.
5. TRUTH— ERROR
vermn dicere, profiteri — to speak the truth, admit the
truth.
otnnia ad veritatem ^ dicere — to be truthful in all one's
statements.
veritatis amans, diligens, studiosus — truthful ; veracious.
a vera aversum esse (Catil. 3. i. 29) — to be averse to
truth.
a veritate deflectere^ desciscere — to swerve from the truth.
veri videndi^ investiga?tdi cipiditas — love of truth.
veri inquisitio atque investigatio — zealous pursuit of truth.
a vero abduci — to be led away from the truth.
proxi??ie ad veriwi accedere — to be very near the truth.
a vero non abhorrere\
. . ., Vto be probable.
ven simile esse \
haec speciosiora qua7n veriora sunt — this is more plausible
than true.
vera et falsa {afalsis) diiudicare — to distinguish true and
false.
^ veni}}i = ihe truth, concrete ; Veritas — ixnih. in the abstract.
TRUTH^ERJWR 8i
vera cumfahis confundere — to confuse true with false.
Veritas — veracity.
re (vera), reapse (opp. specie) — in truth ; really.
in errore versari — to be mistaken.
ma mo errore teneri 1 , . . ,
, . to be in gross error, seriously
in 77iamo errore versari V . , ,
, misled.
venementer errare J
erroribus implicari (Tusc. 4. 27. 58) — to fall into error.
per errorem labi, or simply labi — to take a false step.
aliquem in ei-rorem inducere, rapere — to lead a person into
error.
errorein ani7?io inibibere — to get a mistaken notion into
the mind.
errorem cu7n lacte 7iutricis sugere (Tusc. 3. i. 2) — to imbibe
error from one's mother's breasts.
error longe lateque diffusus — a wide-spread error.
errore77i tollere 1
to banish an error, do away with a
errore7n amputare ety ^ , .
false impression.
circu77icidere I
errore77i siirpitus extrahere — to totally eradicate false
principles.
errore77i dep07tere, corrigere — to amend, correct one's
mistake.
alicui errore77i de77iere, eripere, extorquere — to undeceive a
person.
7iisifallor 1 . .
. . , . . ^ „. Vif 1 am not mistaken.
nisi {anwms) 77ie jallit\
nisi 077inia mefallu7it — unless I'm greatly mistaken.
82 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
6. CHOICE— DOUBT— SCRUPLE
optionei7i alicui dare (Acad. 2. 7. 19) — to give a person
his choice.
optionem alicui dare, utrum . . . a7i — to offer a person the
alternative of . . . or . . .
in dubium vocare\
in dubiopoftere f ° ^™'" <^°"''' "P°" ^ '*''"&
in dubiiwi venire — to become doubtful.
quod aliquam {7nag?ta?n) dubitatiojiem habet (Leg. A^^r.
I. 4. 11) — a thing which is rather (very) dubious.
dubitatio mihi afferhir, inicitur — a doubt arises in my
mind.
dubitationem alicui tollere — to relieve a person of his
doubts.
aliquid iti inedio, in dubio relin-
quere (Cael. 20. 48)
aliquid dubiuf?i, incertum relin- j decided.
quere I
sine dubio (not sine ullo dubio) — without doubt, beyond
all doubt. ■
sine ulla dubitatione — without any hesitation ; without the I
to leave a thing un-
least scruple.
scrupulum ex animo alicuius evellere (Rose. Am. 2. 6) to
relieve a man of his scruple.
unus 7nihi restat scrupulus (Ter. Andr. 5. 4. 37) (cf. too
religio, p. 179)— one thing still makes me hesitate.
,i„
KNO WLEDGE— CER TAINTY— PERSUASION 83
7. KNOWLEDGE— CERTAINTY— PERSUASION
certo {certe) scio^ (Arch. 12. 32) — I know for a fact.
probe scio^ non igtioro \
non sum igfiariis^ nescius [l know very well.
(not 7io?t sum insciiis) J
me non fugit^ praeterit — I am not unaware.
quantum scio\ _ _ ,
- . Vas far as 1 know.
quod sciam J
hoc (not tanfuni) certum est — this much is certain.
nliquid compertum habere — to know a thing for certain.
illud pro certo affirmare licet — this much I can vouch for.
mihi exploratum est, exploratum (certum) habeo — I am
quite certain on the point.
inter omnes constat — it is a recognised fact.
mihi persuasum est'^^ ^ . . . ^
... . \\ am persuaded, convmced.
77iihi persuasi \
sic habeto
persuade tibi convince yourself of this ; rest
velini tibi ita persuadeas assured on this point.
sic volo te tibi persuadere
adducor, ut credam — I am gradually convinced that . . .
no?t possiwi adduci, ut (credam) — I cannot make myself
believe that . . .
ex atii7)ii mei sententia (vid. p. 179) — according to my
strong conviction.
suo iudicio uti — to act in accordance with one's convictions.
■" With eerie scio, which is the form Cicero usually employs, the
certitude lies in our knowledge, ce7-iuin est vie scire ; with certo scire
the certitude lies in the object of our knowledge. certo rarely
occurs except with scio.
" Caesar occasionally uses persiiaswn sibi habere.
84 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
8. PLAN— ADVICE— DELIBERATION
consilium capere, inire {de aliqua re, with Gen. gerund.,
with Inf., more rarely ut)~X.o form a plan, make a
resolution.
consilio desistere—to give up a project, an intention.
coi2silium abicere or deponere—io let a plan fall through.
a consilio deterreri aliqua re~to be deterred from one's
intention by something.
mediocribus consiliis uti—io adopt half-measures.
consilium, sententiam mutare — to alter one's views, in-
tentions.
suo co?tsilio uti^ — to go one's own way, proceed inde-
pendently.
mag?ia moliri—iio be busy with ambitious projects.
consilia cum aliquo co7n7nunicare'^ — (i) to communicate
one's plans to some one; (2) to make common
cause with a person. Similarly c. causa??t, rationem.
consilia inter se communicare — to take common counsel.
aliquein in or ad consilium adhibere — to consult a person,
take his advice.
^ uti is similarly used in several phrases, especially with the
meaning of having, showing, enjoying, practising, proving, etc., e.g.
uti ventis seamdis, adversis ; praesenti animo titi, to show presence
of mind ; perpetua felicitate, to enjoy . . . ; prudentia, severitate,
crudelitate, to show . . . ; bona valetudiiie, prospero fortunae Jlatti,
to enjoy . . . ; cf. v. 6.
2 communicare {aliquid cum aliquo) means properly to share a
thing with some one. From this are developed the two senses— 1.
to give some one something, e.g. consilia, laiidem, gloriam alicuius
rei ; 2. to receive a share of a thing, e.g. pericula, paupertatem.
"To communicate," i.e. to announce, inform, is represented by
dicere, trade^-e, narrare, exponere, ceriioretn facer e, etc.
PLAN— AD VICE—DELIBERA TION 85
consiUinn habere {de allqim re) — to deliberate together
(of a number of people).
consultare or deliberare {de aliqua re) — to deliberate, con-
sider (of individuals).
consiliis arcanis ijiteresse (Liv. 35. 18) — to be present at
secret consultations.
consiliicui dcwe alicui | , . .
,. . Vto give a person advice.
auctorein esse aiicui, ut\
aliquem co7tsi/io {et re) iiivare — to give a person the
advantage of one's advice (and actual support).
consilii ?Jiet copimii facio tibi — I put myself at your disposal
as regards advice.
consilium petere ab aliqiw — to apply to a person for advice.
consilii inopein esse — to be perplexed.
omnia consilia frigent{\Q.xx. 2. 25) — advice is useless in
this case ; the situation is very embarrassing.
nullo consi/io, nulla ratione, temere — without reflection ;
inconsiderately ; rashly.
secuni {cum aninio) reputare aliquid \ to think over,
considerare in^ cum animo, secum aliquid \ consider a
agitare (in) 7nenfe or {in) animo aliquid J thing.
aliquid cadit in deliberationein (Off. i. 3. 9) — a subject
becomes matter for reflection.
re diligenter considerata. perpensa\ . , ,.,
., , . . after mature dehbera-
omnibus rebus circumspectis y
. . 7 , . tion.
imfa subductaque ratione I
9. RESOLVE— DESIGN— INTENTION
i?i animo habeo or mihi est in ani?no c. Inf. — I am resolved ;
it is my intention.
cerium {jnihi) est — I am determined.
^^ LATIN PHRASE BOOK
cerium deliberatumque est \
Stat jnihi sententia\uv. 21. 30)/^ ""^ ^'^^^ resolved.
incertus sum, quid consilii capiam~\ am undecided .
mihi non constat (with indirect question)— I have not
made up my mind.
propositum est mihi c. Inf.— I intend, propose to . . .
propositum, consilium tenere (opp. a proposito deterreri)--
to abide by one's resolution.
propositum^ assequi, peragere~\.o carry out one's plan.
magna sibi proponere or magna spectare—io have a high
object in view ; to be ambitious.
in incepto or conatu perstare\
in proposito susceptoque cotiMo persevere in one's resolve.
silio permanere I
iftcepto or conatu desistere—to give up one's project.
parare aiiquid—to take measures for . . .
animum .inducere c. Inf. (not in animum inducere)--io
persuade oneself to . . .
a me impetrare ?2on possum, ?a~l cannot bring myself
to . . .
descendere ad aiiquid, ad omnia {vid. note, p. 54)— to con-
sent to . . ., lend oneself to . . .
descendere ad extrema consilia (Fam. 10. 7^^. 4)— to have
recourse to extreme measures.
10. OBJECT— AIM— HESITATION— DELAY
consiliu7n est q.. Inf. or ut\
idsequor^ut jmy intention is . . .
^ In classical prose propositum is still semi-adjectival and has
not yet acquired all the functions of a substantive; consequently it
cannot be joined to a genitive, an adjective, or a pronoun. Cf the
treatment o{ factum, dictum, etc., in Augustan Latin.
OBJECT— A IM—HESITA TION— DELA Y 87
spectare aliquid or ad aliqidd — to have an object in view.
7'es eo spectat^ ut — the matter tends towards . . ., has
this object.^
res spectat ad vim {arma) — there seems a prospect of
armed violence ; things look like violence.
id qiiod voluit consecutus est\ , . ... . .
... , , . . y he attamed his object.
ad id quod voluit pervetiit \
quid tibi vis ? — what do you mean to do ?
quid hoc sibi vult l\ , . , . r ^■ s
.- , . „ Mvhat is the meaning 01 this?
quid hoc rei est ? J
eo co?isilio, ea me7ite, ut — with the intention of . . .
de industria^ dedita opera (opp. imprudens) — designedly ;
intentionally.
ad id ipsuni ^ — with this very object.
infecta re (Liv. 9. 32) — to no purpose; ineffectually.
morajH alicui rei afferre, i?iferre,facere — to retard, delay
a thing.
in mora alicui esse — to detain a person.
nullam moram interpwnere^ quin (Phil. 10. i. i) — to make
all possible haste to . . .
sine mora or nulla mora interposita — without delay.
diem ex die ducere, differre — to put off from one day to
another.
II. REMEMBRANCE— FORGETFULNESS
memorid tenere aliquid 1 to remember a thing per-
fnemoriam alicui us rei tenere \ fectly.
^ Note Athenae a Persis peluntur, the object of the Persian
invasion is Athens (Nep, Them, 2. 6).
- The aim, tendency of a writing or a poem is consilium^ quo Uher
scriptus est, quo carmen coniposituju est, or qiiod quis in libra scri-
hendo scciitus est, not consilitcm libri.
to have a good memory.
S8 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
recenti mei7ioria tenerc aliqidd — to have a vivid recollection
of a thing.
memorid {niultiun) valere (opp.
7?iemorid vacillare)
me7iiore7n esse (opp. obliviosum
esse)
mei7ioria taTiia fuit^ ut — he had such an extraordinary
memory that . . .
7ne7norid labi — to make a slip of the memory.
7ne77ioriae 77ia7idare aliquid^ — to impress on the memory.
ex 77ie77toria (opp. de scriptd) — from memory ; by heart.
77ie77ioriter — (i) with good memory; (2) from personal
recollection.
77ie77ioria custodire — to keep in mind.
77ie77ioriam alicuius rei reTtovar^, revocare {rediTitegrare) — to
recall a thing to one's recollection.
77ie77ioria77i alicuius rei repeiere\ to recall to mind a thing or
iTi 77ie77ioria77i alicuius redire \ person.
i7i 77ie7iioria77i alicuius redigere^ reducere aliquid {not revoca7-e)
— to recall a thing to a person's mind.
77ie77ioria et recordatio — vivid recollection.
grata 77ie77ioria alique77i prosequi"^" — to show a thankful
appreciation of a person's kindness.
7t07ne7t alicuius grato aTtimo prosequi — to think of a person
with a grateful sense of his goodness.
77te77ioria77i alicuius rei repraese7itare (opp. 77ie77ioria7?i alicuius
rei depOTtere, abicere) — to picture to oneself again.
^ Distinguish this expression from ediscere which = to learn by
heart; also from memoriae prodcre, tradere = \o hand down as
tradition (wV/. p. no).
2 Prosequi used figuratively, with an ablative, occurs in several
phrases — e. g. prosequi aliquem honore ; verbis honorificis ; beneficiis,
ojfficiis, studiis siiis ; ominibus, votis, lacrimis.
REMEMBRANCE-FORGE TFULNESS 89
memoriam alicuius rei conservare, retinere — to retain the
recollection of a thing.
memoriam alicuius pie inviolateque servare — to show an
affectionate regard for a person's memory.
gratam {grafissi7?iam) alicuius memoriam retinere — to retain
a (most) pleasant impression of a person.
numqua)7i ex animo meo memoria illius rei discedet — the
memory of this will never fade from my mind.
aliquid in memoria nostra penitus insidet — a thing has been
vividly impressed on my memory.
?uemoriam eius nulla umquain
nothing will ever make me
forgetful of him.
delebit (obscurabit) oblivio
(Fam. 2. i)
semper memoria eius in {om-
7iiu7n) 77ientibus haerebit j
7t077ien suum posteritati aliqua re C077i77ie7idare, propagare,
prodere — to win renown amongst posterity by some
act.
77ie77ioria77i no77iinis sui i77i77iortalitati tradere^ 77iandare^ co77i-
77iendare — to immortalise one's name.
post ho77iinum 77iemoriani\ ....
, ^ . hwithm the memory of man.
post /i077tines natos J
77ie77i07nae causa^ ad (not in) 7nemoriam^ (Brut. 16. 62) — in
memory of . . .
oblivio alicuius rei me capit — I forget something.
aliquem in oblivio7iem alicuius rei adduce7'e (pass. i7t oblivio-
nem venire) — to make a person forget a thing.
aliquid excidit e 77ie77ioria^ effluit^ excidit ex animo — a thing
escapes, vanishes from the memory.
^ One can also say inonmnenti causa — e.g. aliquid alicui inonn-
inenti causa relinqiiere. Cf. such turnings as alicuius niefjioriain
aliqua re prosequi, celebrare, rejiovaj-e.
90 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
me?noria alicuius rei excidit, abiit^ abolevit — the recollection
of a thing has been entirely lost.
obliterari^ (Li v. 26. 41)
memoria alicuius rei obscuratur,
obliteratur. evcifiescit 1 , r
,,. . . , . 'to be forgotten, pass into
obliviom esse, dan , ,• •
,,. . „ . ( oblivion.
iJi oblivionem adduci I
oblivione obrui^ deleri, exsfinguiX
in oblivione iacere (of persons) j
aliquid ab oblivione vindicare — to rescue from oblivion.
mementote with Ace. c. Inf. — do not forget.
12. THEORY— PRACTICE— EXPERIENCE
ratione^ doctrina (opp. usii) aliquid cognitum habere — to
have a theoretical knowledge of a thing.
ad arte7n, ad rationem revocare aliquid ij)^ Or. 2. 11. 44)
— to reduce a thing to its theoretical principles ;
to apply theory to a thing.
doctrinam ad usujn adiungere — to combine theory with
practice.
in rebus atque in usu versafum esse — to have had practical
experience.
usu " praeditum esse — to possess experience.
7nagnum. usum in aliqua re habere — to have had great
experience in a thing.
fjiultarum rerum usus — varied, manifold experience.
^ This and the following expressions are useful to express the
passive of oblivisci.
^ Not experientia, which in classical prose means attempt, proof.
EXPERIENCE— SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE 91
>we know from experience.
usic reriim {vitae^ vitae covimu-
nis) edocti scimus
e Xpert i scimus^ didicimus
HSU co^nitum habemiis
res ipsa, usks rerum (cotidie) docet — everyday experience
tells us this.
{reruni) imperitum esse — to have had no experience of the
world.
multa acerba expertics est^ — he has had many painful
experiences.
iisiis me docuit — experience has taught me.
VII. THE ARTS AND SCIENCES
I. SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE IN GENERAL-
LITERATURE
optiJiia stiidia, bonae, optijiiae, Uberaks, mgeniiae artes,
discipUnae — the sciences ; the fine arts.
Utterarum " studium or tradatio (not occupatid) — the study
of belles-lettres \ literary pursuits.
homines litteraru7n j-Z/^^/Wl learned, scientific, literary
hojnines docti J men.
' experiri is only used of personal experience.
- litlera in sing. = letter of the alphabet, e.g. litferam niillaut ad
nie viisiL In plur. = I» letters of the alphabet, characters (cf. viii.
9) ; 2. a letter {epistold) ; 3. writings, books, e.g. graecae de philo-
sophia litterae ; 4. literature, graecas litteras discere ; 5. literary
pursuits ; 6. science ; 7. culture, erudition, learning, erant in
eo pliiri}7iae lillerae, neque eae vulgares, sed interiores qiiaedam et
reconditae.
92 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
artium studia or artes vigejzf (not floreni) — learning,
scientific knowledge is flourishing.
Hi ferae iacent^ neglectae iacent^ — scholarship, culture,
literature is at a low ebb.
lltteras colere — to be engaged in the pursuit of
letters.
litteras ainplecti \ ....
, , - . to be an enthusiastic devotee
lltteras aaamasse ( only in V
, , \ -^ of letters,
pert, and plup.) j
in studio litterarmn versari — to be engaged in literary
pursuits.
in aliquo lillerarum genere versari — to be engaged in any
branch of study.
summo studio in litteris versari — to be an ardent student
of . . .
se totuni litteris tradere, dedere — to devote oneself entirely
to literature.
se totu7n in litteras or se litteris abdere — to be quite
engrossed in literary studies.
in litteris elaborare (De Sen. 8. 26) — to apply oneself very
closely to literary, scientific work.
in litteris acquiescere or conquiescere — to find recreation in
study.
aetatejii in litteris ducere, agere — to devote one's life to
science, study.
omne (otiosu??i) tempus in litteris consu7?iere — to devote
all one's leisure moments to study.
omne studium in litteris collocare, ad litteras co?iferre — to
employ all one's energies on literary work.
^ iacere metaphorically is used not only of things neglected and
abandoned, but of persons (cf. frigere) who have lost all their
political influence.
LITER A TURE — LEA RNING—ER UDITION 93
optimarum arthun studio incensum esse — to be interested
in, have a taste for culture.
Iitteraru77i studio trahi\ . , . - ,
... . , ,. yto feel an attraction for study.
trahi^ jerri ad litteras J
litterarum studia remittere — to relax one's studies.
intermissa studia revocare — to resume one's studies.
primis {iit dicitiir) ^ or priinoribus labris gustare or attingere
litteras — to have a superficial knowledge, a
smattering of literature, of the sciences.
litterae — literature.
litterae ac 7?tonumenta, or simply monumenta — written
records ; documents.
litterae latifiae ^ — Roman literature.
clarissima litterarum lumina — shining lights in the literary
world.
graecis litteris studere — to study Greek literature.
7nultu77i (niediocriter) in graecis litteris versari — to be well
(slightly) acquainted with Greek literature.
2. LEARNING— ERUDITION
vir or ko77io doctus^ litteratus — a man of learning ; a scholar ;
a savant.
vir doctissi77ius — a great scholar.
vir perfecte pla7ieque eruditus — a man of profound eru-
dition.
vir 077t7ti doctri7ta eruditus — a man perfect in all branches
of learning.
^ Cf. Pro Caelio 12, 28 extremis ut dicitur digitis attingere.
2 latinus is only used of language and literature, Rofuatius
of nationality.
'* LATIN PHRASE BOOK
multi viri docti, or v„M et ii docti (not mnlti docfiy-mt^ny
learned men ; many scholars.
omnes docti, ,juivh doctus, doctissimus quisque~:,\\ learned
mr>n
men.
nemo doctus~no man of learning
nemo mediocriter doa.s^no one with any pretence to
education.
lalimsiiUens or /atine -/../«.-acquainted «itl, the Latin
language.
bene' /aline doctus or scicns-^ good Latin scholar
doctnna abundare (De Or. 3. :6. S9)_to be a man of
great learning.
a doctrina mediocriter instrudum esse-~x.o have received
only a moderate education.
doctrina exquisita, subtilis, elegans^^,ov.n^ knowledge-
scholarship. ^ '
doctrina recondita—profound erudition.
studia, quae in reconditis artibus versantur (De Or. i. 2 8)
— abstruse studies. ' '
masnmn doctrinae specian prae seferre~io pass as a man
ol great learning.
vita umbratUis (vid p. 98)-the contemplative hfe of a
Student.
Such con,b.nat,ons are especially frequent in Tacitus Veleius'
Seneca, and Quintilian. For lM„e by itself cf Cic On, r
to««, id est pure et emendate, loqui. If the stvio is , "^ \ /
adveH,scanbeadc,ea-e.,.;./,.4';:2:::^.^^^^^^^^^^^^^
- Not solida, which means properly entire mic^^Jv^ «
ERUDITION-- CUL TURE 95
litterarum scientia))i (only in sing.) habere — to possess
literary knowledge.
scie7itiam alicuius rei consequt\to acquire knowledge of a
scientia comprehendere aliqiiidx subject.
penitus percipere et comprehendere aliquid (De Or. i. 23.
108) — to have a thorough grasp of a subject.
sciefifia augere aliqiiem — to enrich a person's knowledge.
midta cognifa, percepta habere^
multa didicisse
viultariun rerum cognitione im-
butiwi esse (opp. litterariwi
or eruditionis expertein esse
or [rerum] rudem esse)
to be well-informed, eru-
dite.
to have received a liberal
education.
3. CULTURE— CIVILISATION
animum, ingenium excolere (not colere) — to cultivate the
mind.
animi^ ingenii ciiltiis (not culturd) — mental culture.
optimis studiis or artibus^ opti-
marum artium studiis erudi-
tum esse
litteras scire
litterae interiores et reconditae, artes reconditae — profound
scientific education.
sunt in i/lo, ut in honiine Romano, jjiultae litterae (De Sen.
4. 12) — for a Roman he is decidedly well educated.
litteris leviter imbutuni or tinctum esse — to have received
a superficial education.
onmi vita atque victu excultum atque expolitu7n esse (Brut.
25. 95) — to have attained to a high degree of
culture.
96
LATIN PHRASE BOOK
\
'to be quite uncivilised.
omnis cultus et humanitatis ex-
pertem esse ^
ab omni cultu et hu77ianitate
longe abesse (B. G. i. i. 3)
homifies, genfem a /era agrestique vita ad humanum cultum
civilemque deducere (Do Or. i. 8. 33)— to civilise
men, a nation.
4. EDUCATION -INSTRUCTION— SCHOOL-
PROFESSION
liberaUter, ingenue, bene educari~io receive a liberal
education.
severa disciplina co7ttineri~\o be brought up under strict
discipline.
aliquem ad humanitatem informare or instittiere—io teach
a person refinement.
mores alicuius corrigere—-\.o improve a person.
in viam reducere aliquem~to bring a person back to the
right way.
in via?n redire~to return to the right way.
litteras discere ab aliquo~to be educated by some one.
institui or erudiri ab aliquo \
disciplina alicuius uti, ;;/^^a-,V/r^ P° ""^^^^^^ ^"^^^^ction from
aliquo uti I some one.
e disciplina alicuius profectum esse—to be brought up in
some one's school.
puenwi alicui erudiendum or in disciplinain tmdere—to en-
trust a child to the tuition of . . .
operant dare or simply se dare alicui, se tradere in discip.
1 Not incuUum esse, which refers only to external appearance.
»
ED UCA TION—INSTR UCTIONSCHOOL 97
Ii7iam alicidus^ se con/erre, se applicare ad aliquem —
to become a pupil, disciple of some one.
inultum esse cum aliquo (Fam. 16. 21) — to enjoy close
intercourse with . . . (of master and pupil).
Judiis {discendi or litteraruni) — an elementary school.
schola — a school for higher education.
scholaui frequefitare — to go to a school.
discipUna {institiitid) piierilis (not Iibe7vru77i) — the teaching
of children.
pueros ele77ie7tta [prima) docere — to teach children the
rudiments.
pn77iis Utteratn^m elementis imbui — to receive the first ele-
ments of a liberal education.
doctri7iae^ quibus aetas puerilis^
i77ipe7'tiri solet (Nep. Att.
artes^ quibus aetas puerilis ad
hu7nanitate77i i7tfor7nari solet
erudire alique77i artibus, litteris (but erudire alique77i in
iure civili, iTz re 77iilitafi) — to teach some one
letters.
7iatu77i^ factu77i esse ad aliquid {facieTtdiwi) — to be born for
a thing, endowed by nature for it.
adversa7tte et repugna7tte Ttatura or i7ivita MiTierva (utaiuTtt)
aliquidfacereiOi^. i. 31. no) — to do a thing which
is not one's vocation, which goes against the
grain
crassa ox pi7igui MiTtefzua (proverb.) — with no intelligence
or skill.
calcaria alicui adhibere, ad77iovere ; sti77iulos alicui ad77wvere
— to spur, urge a person on.
frettos adhibere alicui — to restrain some one.
H
the usual subjects taught
to boys.
98 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
bona indole idXvs^^'St'xvi '^\x\'2,.)\ , .^ ,
,. ^ ^ ^ M to be gifted, talented (not
praeditu77i esse V ,. , • ,rv
praeditum esse by itself).
ingenio valere J
sum7no ingenio praeditmn esse — to possess rich mental en-
dowments.
i7i aliqiia re progressus facere, proficere^ progredi — to make
progress in a subject.
aliquid efficere^ consequi in aliqua r^(DeOr. i. 33. 152) — to
obtain a result in something.
adulescens alios bene de se sperare itibet, bonam spem ostendit
or alii de adnlescente be?ie sperare possunt — he is a
young man of great promise.
adulescens bonae (egregiae) spei — a promising youth.
magna est exspectatio ingenii tui — we expect a great deal
from a man of your calibre.
desudare in scholae umbra or umbraculis ^ — to exert oneself
in the schools.
genus vitae (vivefidi) or aetatis degendae deligere^ — to choose
a career, profession.
viajn vitae i^tgredi (Fla.cc. 42. 105) — to enter upon a career.
p/iilosop/zia77i, medici7ia77i profiteri\ to be a philosopher,
se philosophiwi.^ mediawi (esse) V physician by profes-
profiteri \ sion.
qui ista profitentur — men of that profession.
^ Cf, uj)ib7'a, 2imbracida {-ontin), and timbratilis {vid. vii. 2, vita
umbratilis)^ used of the retired life of a savant as opposed to sol, Itix
ori ox forensis. Cf De Legg. 3. 6. 14 Phalereus ille Demetrius
mirabiliter doctrinam ex timbractdis eruditonini otioque non modo in
solem atqzie in pnlverefn sed in ipsn/n discriinen aciemcjne produxit.
^ The locus classiais on the choice of a profession is De Officiis i .
32. 115-122.
EXAMPLE— PA TTERN— PRECEDENT 99
5. EXAMPLE— PATTERN— PRECEDENT
exeviplum claruvi. praeclaruuiX , i , .,,.
^ ' a good, brilliant example ;
exe77iplum liiculentiim \ ... ,
, ^ striking example.
exemphi??t tlliistre \
exe7iiphim f?iagnu7?i, graTtde — a weighty example, pre-
cedent.
exe77iplu77i afferre\ .
, . Vto quote an example.
exe77iplo uti J
aUque77i {aliquid) exe77tpli causa ^ poTtere, profefre, noTTtifiare,
C077i77ie77i07-are — to cite a person or thing as an
example.
aliquid exemplis probare, cof7iprobare^ coTifirTnare — to quote
precedents for a thing.
aliquid exef7iplis oste7idere — to demonstrate by instances.
exempla petere, repetere a rerufTi gestaruTTt meTTtoria or histo-
riaf7i77i {a7t7taliu77i, reru77i gestaruni) 77tonu77te7ttis — to
borrow instances from history.
excTTipla a rent77i Ro77ia7iaru77i {Graecaru77i) 77ie77ioria petita
— examples taken from Roman (Greek) history.
77iulfa exe77ipla iti U7iu77i {locuvi) colligere — to collect, accum-
ulate instances.
ex infi7iita exe77iplorum copia unum (pauca) suTnere^ decerpere
(eligere) — to choose one from a large number of
instances.
^ Not homim exefnphun, which means an example morally good for
us to follow.
2 " For example " must not be translated by exempli causa, which is
only used in complete sentences with such verbs ^ispojtere, afferre, pro-
ferre, nominare. verbi causa {gratia) = " for instance," " we will say,"
usually refers to a single expression, e.g. quid dicis igihir? miserum
fuisse verbi causa M. Crasstun? (Tusc. i. 4. 12). Often examples
are introduced by such words as tit, vehit, in his, etc., e.g. bestiae quae
gigmmtur in terra, veluti crocodili (N. D. 2. 48- 124).
lOo LATIN PHRASE BOOK
a Socrate exemplum virtutis petere^ repeiere — to quote
Socrates as a model of virtue.
similitudines afferre — to cite parallel cases.
auctore aliquo uti ad aliquid\
y. J J ,. to have as authority for a
auctorem altquem habere ah- \ .
thing.
aaus ret I ^
audoritatem alicuius sequi — to be guided by another's
example.
aiictoritas et exemplum (Balb. 13. 31) — standard and
pattern.
sibi exe?nplum alicuius proponere ad imitandum or simply
sibi aliquem ad imitandum proponere — to set up some
one as one's ideal, model.
sibi exemplum sumere ex aliquo or exemplum cape7'e de
aliquo — to take a lesson from some one's
example.
ad exempluj?i alicuius se conformare — to shape one's con-
duct after another's model.
exeniplmn edere^ prodere\
\Xo set an example.
exemplo esse J
exemplum in aliquo or i?i ali-
to inflict an exemplary pun-
ishment on some one.
quern statuere
exeniphwi (severitatis) edere in
aliquo (Q. Fr. i. 2. 2. 5)
bene (f?iale) praecipere alicui — to inculcate good (bad) prin-
ciples.
praecepta dare, tradere de aliqua re — to give advice,
directions, about a matter.
ad praecipiendi rationein deldbi {f^. Fr. i. i. 6. 18) — to adopt
a didactic tone.
aliquid i?i animo haeret, pejiitus itisedit or i7ifixu7n est — a
thing is deeply impressed on the mind.
PHILOSOPHY loi
aliquid animo mentiqiie penitus mandare (Catil. i. ii. 27) —
to impress a thing on one's memory, mind. .
demittere aliquid in pectus or in pectus animumque suum —
to take a thing to heart.
hoc verbu77i alte descendit in pectus alicuius — what he said
made a deep impression on . . .
6. PHILOSOPHY
se conferre ad philosophia7n, ad philosophiae or sapientiae
studium (Fam. 4. 3. 4) — to devote oneself to philo-
sophy.
animu7?i appellere or se applicare ad philosophiam — to apply
oneself to the study of philosophy.
philosophiae {sapientiae^ studio teneri {K-QdidL. i. 2. 4) — to be
enamoured of philosophy.
in portum philosophiae confugere — to take refuge in
philosophy.
in sinum philosophiae compelli — to be driven into the arms
of philosophy.
philosophia (neglecta) iacet {vid. p. 92, note) — philosophy
is neglected, at low ebb.
philosophiani latinis litteris illustrare (Acad. i. 1. 3) — to
write expositions of philosophy in Latin.
Ciceronis de philosophia libri — Cicero's philosophical writ-
ings.
decreta, inventa philosophorum — the tenets, dogmas of
philosophers. ^
quae in philosophia tractantur — philosophical subjects.
praecepta philosophorum (penitus) percepta habere — to be well
acquainted with the views of philosophers.
illae sententiae evanuerunt — those views are out of date.
to be a follower, disciple of
some one.
102 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
illae setitentiae imii pride77i explosae et etectae sunt {¥m. 5. 8.
23) — those ideas have long ago been given up.
scho/a, disciplina^familia ; secta — a sect, school of thought.
sectani alicuius sequi (Brut.
31. 120)
discipliitam alicuius profiteri
qui sunt a Platone or a Platonis disciplina ; qui prof ecti sunt
a Platone ; Platonici — disciples of Plato, Platonists.
Solo^ imus de septem {illis) — Solon, one of the seven sages.
Pythagorae doctrina longe lateque fiuxit (Tusc. 4. i. 2) —
Pythagoras' principles were widely propagated.
scholas habere^ explicare (Fin. 2. i. i) — to give lectures.
scholis interesse — to attend lectures.
tradere {aliquid de aliqua re) — to teach.
audire Platonem^ auditorem esse Platonis — to attend Plato's
lectures.
7. THE PARTS OF PHILOSOPHY
physica^ {-onwi) (Or. 34. uc)); philosophia naturalis —
physics ; natural philosophy.
dialectica i^-ae or -oruni) (pure Latin disserendi ratio et
scientia) — logic, dialectic.
dissere?tdi praecepta tradere — to teach logic.
disserendi elegantia — logical minuteness, precision.
disserendi subtilitas (De Or. i. i. 68) — dialectical nicety.
disserendi spi7iae (Fin. 4. 28. 79) — subtleties of logic;
dilemmas.
disserendi peritus et artif ex |an accomplished dialec-
homo in dialecticis versatissifnusi tician.
^ Cf. Acad. I. 5. 19 philosophandi ratio triplex ; una de vita et
moribus, altera de nattira et rebus ocacltis, tertia de disserejido.
moral science ; ethics.
PARTS OF PHILOSOPHY— SYSTEM— METHOD 103
disserendi arte7n nuUam habere — to know nothing of logic.
dialecticis fie imbutum ^ quidem esse — to be ignorant of
even the elements of logic.
ratione^ eleganter (opp. nulla ratione^ ineleganter^ confuse)
disponere aliquid — to arrange on strictly logical prin-
ciples.
philosophia^ quae est de vita et ""
rnoribus (Acad. i. 5. 19)
philosophia^ in qua de bonis re-
bus et mails, deque honiinum
vita et moribus disputatur
philosophla, quae ift reru7?i contemplatione versatur, or quae
artls praeceptls contmetur — theoretical, speculative
philosophy.
philosophia^ quae in actione versatur — practical philosophy.
omnes philosophiae loci — the whole domain of philosophy.
8. SYSTEM— METHOD— PRINCIPLES
ratio; dlsclpllna, ratio et dlsclpllna ; ars — system.
ad artem redlgere allquld \
ad ratlone7Jt, ad arte77i et praecepta Vto systematise.
revocare allquld (De Or. i. 41) J
arte conclusum esse— ^to have been reduced to a system.
ratio et doctrlna — systematic, methodical knowledge.
artlficlo et via tradere allquld — to give a scientific explan-
ation of a thing.
^ imbuere is properly to give the first touch to, tinge, bathe, e.g.
gladii sanguine wibtiti. Metaph. it =(i) to fill with, e.g. religione,
pietate, superstitione, crttdelitate ; (2) to teach, initiate, e.g. animiim
honestis artHms, and is used especially of a superficial knowledge.
'^ Cf. Sen. Ep. 25. 10 philosopkia activa.
104 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
artificiose redigetx aliguid \
7^ ,• . . ' ^, to treat with scientific
ad ratwnis praecepta accommo- \
J 7- -J exactness : to classify.
dare aliqiad I ^ ^
totam rationem evertere (pass, iacet tota ratio) — to upset the
whole system.
ratione et via, via et ratiojte progredi, dispictare (Or. -^^i- ^ i^)
to proceed, carry on a discussion logically.
novam rationem ingredi — to enter on a new method.
a certa ratione proficisci — to be based on a sound
principle.
a falsis principiis proficisci — to start from false premises.
ad philosophorum or philosophandi rationes revocare aliqiiid
— to deal with a subject on scientific prin-
ciples.
perpetuitas et constantia (Tusc. 5. 10. 31) — logical con-
sistency.
9. SPECIES— DEFINITION— CLASSIFICATION-
CONNECTION
partes ^ generibus subiectae simt — the species is subordinate
to the genus.
genus imiversum in species certas partiri et dividere (Or. 2iZ-
117) — to analyse a general division into its specific
parts.
genere, 7ion mwiero or viagnitudine differ re — to differ
qualitatively not quantitatively.
'' Cf. Cic. De Or. i. 42 for the definition, genus rzw/^;;/ id est,
qtcod sui similes cotnniunione qtiadam, specie auton differentes, diias
aut phires couiplectittir partes, partes aiiteni sunt, quae generibus
eis ex qtdbus manant subiciicntur ; oniniaqiie quae sunt vel genernm vel
partitmi nomina, definitionibiis, giiavi vim habeant, est exprimejiduvi.
est enim definitio reriim earnm, quae stint eius rei propriae, quam
dejinire vohctJius, brevis et circumscripta quaedam explicatio.
CLASSIFICA TION— CONNE C TION 1 05
spinae paiiieiidi et definiendi (Tusc. 5. 8. 22) — minute,
captious subdivisions and definitions.
rem {res) definire — to define a thing.
a definitione proficisci — to start from a definition.
iiivolidae rei notitiain definiendo aperire (Or. 33. 116) — to
make an obscure notion clear by means of defini-
tion.
sub inetuni subiectuvi esse — to be comprised under the
term "fear."
constituere^ quid et quale sif, de quo disputetur — to determine
the nature and constitution of the subject under
discussion.
in oj'dinem redigere aliquid — to systematise, classify a
thing.
conexum et aptu7n esse inter se — to be closely connected
with each other.
cohaerere, coniunctum esse ami aliqua re — to be closely
connected with a thing.
arte (artissime) coniunctu77i esse\ to be very intimately re-
apte {aptissime) cohaerere J lated.
continuatio seriesque reru7n^ ut alia ex alia 7iexa et 077i7ies
inter se aptae colligataeque si7it i^ .1) . i. 4. 9) — system-
atic succession, concatenation.
diffusu77i^ dissipatum esse — to have no coherence, con-
nection.
confusu77i^ perturbatu77i esse — to be confused.
re7?i dissoluta77i C07iglutina7'e, coag77ie7itare — to reunite
disconnected elements.
io6 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
lo. PROOF— REFUTATION
argumentuDi'^ firmtim^ magnum — a strong, striking proof.
argumentum afferre — to bring forward a proof.
argumentian wwiortalitatis afferre {x\ot pro) — to tjuote an
argument in favour of immortality.
argumentiwi afferre^ quo anifuos ivwwrtales esse demonsfra/ur
— to bring forward a proof of the immortality of the
soul.
argumento huic rei est, quod — a proof of this is that . . .
aliquid planum facere (Ad Herenn. 2. 5) — to demon-
strate, make a thing clear,
aliquid alicui probare (or c. Ace. c. Inf.) — to prove one's
point to a person's satisfaction.
argumentis confirmare, comprobare, evincere aliquid (or c.
Ace. c. Inf.) — to prove a thing indisputably.
argumentum ducere, sumere ex aliqua re or petere ab aliqua re
— to derive an argument from a thing.
argu77ientum premere (not tcrgere) — to persist in an argu-
ment, press a point.
loci (roiToi) argumeiitorum (De Or. 2. 162) — the points
on which proofs are based ; the grounds of proof
argumenta refellere, cojifutare — to refute arguments.
rationem^ afferre (Verr. 3. 85. 195) — to bring forward an
argument (based on common-sense).
1 1. CONCLUSION— HYPOTHESIS— INFERENCE
concludere, colligere, efficere, cogere ex aliqua re — to draw a
conclusion from a thing.
^ argumentui}i = 2L proof resting on facts; rafw = a.n argument
drawn from the general reasonableness of the proposition.
i
INFERENCE— DEB A TE 1 07
aciite^ siibtiliter C07icludere — to draw a subtle inference.
ratio or rationis coftchtsio efficit — the conclusion proves
that . . .
r-atiocinatio^ ratio — the syllogism ; reasoning.
prima^ {superiora) ; consequentia (Fin. 4. 19. 54) — pre-
mises ; consequences.
conclusiuncuia fallax or captio — a fallacious argument ;
sophism.
positiim est a 7iobis pnnmm (c. Ace. c. Inf.) — we start by
presupposing that . . .
hoc posito — on this supposition, hypothesis.
hoc probato conseqnens est — it follows from what we have
shown.
sequitur (not ex quo seq.) ut\ . ^ „ ^ , . ,
^ 77.^ hit follows from this that . . .
ex qiio^ imde^ hinc ejpcitur ut\
12. DEBATE— CONTROVERSY
disputatio^ quaestio — systematic, scientific discussion.
disputare ^ {de aliqua re^ ad aliquid) — to discuss, investigate
a subject scientifically,
subtiliter disputare — to thoroughly discuss.
in utrainque partem^ in contrarias partes disputare (De Or.
I. 34) — to discuss both sides of a question.
in nullam partem disputare — to say nothing either for or
against an argument.
■^ In a syllogism the technical term for the major premise is
propositio Q\ pi'opositio major ; for the minor, propositio minor ; for
the conclusion, conchtsio.
^ disputare — \.o discuss, considering the arguments pro and con,
used of a number of people with different opinions, disserere de
aliqtia re = io discourse on a matter for the benefit of those present ;
but in both cases the substantive, is dispiitatio.
io8 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
non repugno — I have nothing to say against it.
pertinacem (opp. clementeiii) esse ifi disputa?ido — to be dog-
matic ; positive.
opponere aliciii aliqiiid — to object, to adduce in contra-
diction.
dare^ concedere aliquid — to grant, admit a thing.
siunere (opp. reicere) aliquid — to assume a thing.
tenere aliquid ; stare in aliqua re — to insist on a point.
obtinere aliquid — to maintain one's assertion, prove one-
self right.
in controversia (contentione) esse, versari) to be at variance
in controversiam cadere \ with.
in controversiam vocare, adducere aliquid — to make a thing
the subject of controversy.
in controversiam vocari, adduci, venire (De Or. 2. 72. 291)
— to be contested, become the subject of de-
bate.
in controversia relinquere aliquid — to leave a point unde-
cided.
controversiajn {contentioneni) habere cum aliquo — to main-
tain a controversy with some one.
in conte?ttioneponitur, utru7?i . . . an — it is a debated point
whether . . . or . . .
id, de quo agitur or id quod cadit in controversiam — the
point at issue.
controversiam sedare, dirimere, cotnponere, tollere — to put an
end to, settle a dispute.
controversiam diiudicare — to decide a debated question.
transigere aliquid cum aliquo — to come to an under-
standing with a person.
res mihi tecum est — I have a point to discuss with you.
sine (tilla) controversia — indisputably ; incontestably.
A G REE MEN T— CONT RADIO TION 1 09
hoc est a {pro) 7Jie — this goes to prove what I say.
res ipsa docet — the very facts of the case show this.
res ipsa {pro 7ne apiid fe) loquitur — the matter speaks for
itself.
res confecta est — the question is settled, finished.
13. AGREEMENT— CONTRADICTION
consentire, idem sentire cu77i aliquo — to agree with a
person.
dissentire^ dissidere ab or cum aliquo — to disagree with a
person.
o??ines {uno ore) ifi hac re consentiunt — all agree on this
point.
una et consentiens vox est — all are unanimous.
una voce ; uno ore \
uno, communis summo or omnium Vunanimously.
consensu (Tusc. i. 15. 35) J
re conci^iere, verbis discrepare — to agree in fact but not in
word.
hoc convenit inter nos — we have agreed on this point.
hoc mihi tecum co?ivenit (Att. 6. i. 14) — I agree with you
there.
qui convenit? — how is this consistent? how are we to
reconcile this . . . ?
sunwia est virorum doctissimorum consensio (opp. dissensio)
— the learned are most unanimous in . . .
constantia (opp. inconstantia) (Tusc. 5. 11. 32) — con-
sistency.
inter se pugnare or repugnare — to be mutually contra-
dictory.
no LATIN PI/RASE BOOK
to contradict oneself,
be inconsistent.
secu??t ptignare (without sibi) ; sibi
repugnare (of things)
a se dissidere or sibi 7ion cons fare
(of persons)
pugnantia loqiii (Tusc. i. 7. 13) — to make contradictory,
inconsistent statements.
dicere contra aligue?n or aliquid (not contradicere alicui) —
to contradict some one.
14. PARTICULAR SCIENCES
(History, Mythology, Chronology, Geography,
Mathematics, Natural Science, Astronomy.)
res Romanae ^ 1 Roman history {i.e. the events in
res gestae Romanorum\ it).
historia — history (as a science).
historia Romana ^ or renwi Romanarum historia — Roman
history {i.e. the exposition, representation of it by
writers).
memoria rerum Romanarum — Roman history (as tradition).
historiam (^-as) scribere — to write a history.
res popuH Ro7nani per scribere — to write a history of
Rome.
^ But res Ro7nana = the Roman power, Rome.
^ historia has several different senses. (i) The narration,
exposition of the facts {res gestae, res), cf. rerum exemplum, historic
precedent; res facta, historic fact. {2) Historical composition, e.g.
historiam sc?-iber€, historia graeca = &\ihQ.x a history written in Greek
or a history of Greece {reru77i graecaricm historia) ; histoj'ia latina,
history written in Latin ; historia romana or rerum romanaru7?i
historia — ^. history of Rome. (3) A place famous in history, e.g.
quacunque itigredimur, in aliqua historia pedem po?iimus. In the
plural historiae means specially histories, anecdotes {narratiunculae),
memoirs, e.g. Taciti historiae.
PARTICULAR SCIENCES in
rerum scriptor^ 1 , .
, 1 • X (^"^ historian.
reruvi auctor (as authority) J
evolvere historias^ litterariun {veterum annalhini) monu-
menta — to study historical records, read history.
viemoriae traditiim est, memoriae {nietnona) proditum
est (without nobis) — tradition, history tells us.
tradimt, dicimt, ferujit — they say; it is commonly
said.
accepiitms ^ — we know ; we have been told.
historiae prodideru7it (without nobis) — history has handed
down to us.
apud reru7n scriptores scriptuni videmus, scriptimi est — we
read in history.
duplex est memoria de aliqua re — a twofold tradition pre-
vails on this subject.
renwi veterum nienwria
me??ioria vetus (Or. 34. 120)
veterum annates
veterum annalium monumenta
antiquitatis memoria
recentioris aetatis memoria — modern history.
??iemoria huius aetatis {Jioruni\ the history of our own
temporuvi) \ times ; contemporary
nostra memoiia (Gael. 18. 43) J history.
077inis 7nemoria, 077inis 77ie77ioria aetatiun, temporuftt,
civitatiwi or omnium renmi, gentiu77i, te77iporu77i,
saeculorum memoria — universal history.
^ historiais means an erudite student of history, one engaged on
historical research. As an adjective its use in Cicero is limited,
being only used when opposed to oratorius, e.g. genus historiaini ,
historic style (Brut. 83. 286).
^ sd??ius, cognovivius ( = we know by experience) are not used of
historical knowledge.
ancient history.
112 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
niemoriam annalium or tejuponun replicare — to consult
history.
aetas heroica^ (^M't>Q.. 5. 3. 7) | the mythical period;
te?npora heroica (N. D. 3. 21. 54) J the heroic age.
fabulae^ historia fabularis — mythology.
repetere ab ultima (extrema, prised) antiqiiitate {vetiistate\
ab heroicis temporibus — to go back to the remote ages.
lit a fabiilis ad facta veniamus — to pass from myth to
history.
historicormii fide co?itestata 7?iemoria — historic times.
historiae^ rerum fides — historic truth.
narrare aliquid ad fidem historiae — to give a veracious
and historic account of a thing.
res historiae fide comprobata — an acknowledged historical
fact.
incorrupta rerum fides — ^genuine historical truth.
ad historiam {scribendani) se conferre or se applicare — to
devote oneself to writing history.
homo in historia diligens — a conscientious historian.
memoriam rerum gestarum {rerum Romanarum) tetiere — to
be well versed in Roman history.
doi7iestica {externa) nosse — to be acquainted with the
history of one's own land.
teinporum ratio, descriptio, ordo — chronology.
temporu7n ordine7?i servare 1 to observe the chronological
servare et notare tempora \ order of events.
res tettiporum ordine servato narrare — to narrate events in
the order of their occurrence.
^ heroicus only of time, herons = ^^\z^ e.g. versus herous (De Or.
3. 49. 191)=: a dactylic hexameter ; pes hej-oiis a dactyl ; "epic" of
other things is usually epicus, e.g. carmen epician ; poetae epici,
or epici alone. For "heroic" of an action, cf. praeclarum atqiie
divinuni factum ; factum illustre et gloriostim, etc.
*
PARTICULAR SCIENCES 113
temporibiis errare (Phil. 2. 9. 23) — to make a chrono-
logical mistake.
ad te77iporum rationem aliquid revocare — to calculate the
date of an event.
diligenfem esse in exqiiirendis temporibus — to be exact in
calculating dates.
terrarum or regionu7?i descriptio {geograpkia) — geography.
Africae situm paucis exponere — to give a brief exposition
of the geography of Africa.
7'eglonum terrestriu77i aut 77iariti77iarii77i scie7itia — geo-
graphical knowledge.
77iathe77iatica (-ae) or geo77ietria {-ae), geo77ietrica (-oru77i)
(Tusc. I. 24. 57) — mathematics.
77iathe77iaticoru77i ratw7ie co7icludere aliquid — to draw a
mathematical conclusion.
for77ias (not Jiguras) geo77ietricas describere — to draw
geometrical figures.
se coTtfeTTe ad Ttaturae iTivestigatioTiem — to devote oneself to
the study of a natural science.
astrologia (pure Latin sidera^ caelestia) — astronomy.
spectator sideru77i, reru77i caelestiu77i or astroiogus^ — an
astronomer.
arith77ietica'^ {-oru77i)\
. , \ ^arithmetic.
7iu77ieri {-orirni) I
^ It is only in later Latin after astrologus had acquired the mean-
ing of astrologer, magician, that astrononius came to be used
( = astronomer).
^ In Cicero always neut. plur., e.g. ijt arithtneticis satis versahis ;
later writers use the fem. sing. The pure Latin word is nitvieri, cf.
De Fin. i. 21. ^2 an ille se, tit Plato, in musicis, geometria,
numeris, astris contereret? So De Fin. 5. 29. 87 cur Plato
Aegypttim peragravit, tit a sacerdotibtis barbaris niimeros et caelestia
acciperet ? Cf. Nagelsb. Lat. Stil. p. 46.
I
114 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
his bina gnat si?ii iion didicisse — to be absolutely ignorant
of arithmetic.
15. ART IN GENERAL
artis opus ; op2is arte factu 771 ox perfectu7n — a work of art.
opus SU7717710 artifico factu77i la master-piece of classical
opus 0f7mibus nu77ieris absolutu77i J wo rk.
arte77i exercere — to follow an artistic profession, practise
an art.
arte77i tradere, docere — to teach an art.
arte77i profiteri — to profess an art.
artiu77i {liberaliu77i) studiiwi, or simply studiu7n — a taste
for the fine arts.
artis praecepta, or also simply ars — the rules of art;
aesthetics.
{artis, artiu77i) inteiiegens, peritus^ (opp. idiota, a layman)
a connoisseur; a specialist.
existi77iator {doctus, intellegeTis, acerri77ius) — a (competent,
intelligent, subtle) critic.
i7i existi77ia7itiu77i arbit7'iu77i ve7ii7X (Brut. 24. 92) — to come
before the tribunal of the critics.
iudiciu77i facere — to criticise. ''
se7tsu77i, iudiciu77i habere — to be a man of taste.
elega7itia in illo est — he possesses sound judgment in
matters of taste.
iudiciiwi subtile, elegatis, exquisitu77i, i?itellege7is — good
taste ; delicate perception.
iudicium acuere — to cultivate one's powers of criticism.
^ ?>//<?/« = properly uninitiated, not the same as riidis, indocltts,
imperitus.
\
ART IN GENERAL— POETRY 115
abhorrere ab artibus (opp. delectari artibiis) — to have no
taste for the fine arts.
ventate??i^ ifuitari (I)\w. i. 13. 23) — (i) to make a lifelike,
natural representation of a thing (used of the
artist) ; (2) to be lifelike (of a work of art).
in omni re vincit imifafionem Veritas — in everything nature
defies imitation.
Illiquid ad veriwi exprimere — to make a copy true to
nature.
7norum ac viiae imitatio — a lifelike picture of everyday
life.
aliquid e vita dudum est — a thing is taken from life.
1 6. POETRY— MUSIC— PAINTING— SCULPTURE
pocma condere, facere, componere\
. ., yto write poetry.
versus jacere^ scnoere \
carmina^ versus fundere (De Or. 3. 50) — to write poetry
with facility.
carmen epicum — epic poetry.
poeta epicus — an epic, heroic poet.
poesis scaenica — dramatic poetry.
poeta scaenicus — a dramatic poet.
scriptor tragoediaru77i, cofuoediarmn^ also {poeta) tragicus,
comicus ^ — a writer of tragedy, comedy.
scriptor fabularu7)i ^ — a writer of fables.
^ Veritas means not merely truth (opp. viendaciiiDi), but also
reality (opp. opinio, iniitatio). Thus we often find the combination
res et Veritas ipsa (Tusc. 5. 5. 13), natiira rernni et ipsa Veritas.
^ fragicus, comicus as adjectives = occurring in tragedy, comedy — •
e.g. Orestes tragicus ; senes coniici. Comic in the ordinary sense =
ridiculus, cf. homo I'idiculus.
'^ Noi /adulator, which = a gossip, teller of anecdotes.
n 6 LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
divino qiiodam instinctu concitari,ferri {Y)\\. i. 31. 66) — to
feel inspired.
divino quoda7n spiritu inflatus or tadus — inspired.
car77ien, versmn agere — to recite a poem, line with appro-
priate action.
cartnen recitare — to read a piece of verse with expression.
carmen pronuntiare — to recite a piece of verse (without
gestures).
carmen ifico7iditum — a rough poem ; an extempore effusion.
se conferre ad poesis studiu77t — to devote oneself to poetry.
poetica laude florere — to be distinguished" as a poet.
poesis genus ad Romanos transferre — to transplant to Rome
one of the branches of poesy.
T ' J J .J , .1 to sing the praises of
alicuius laudes versibus persequi
J. . 1 1 i ' . , \ \ some one (not ca7iere
alicutus laudes (virtutes) canere . ^
j alique77i).
alicuius res gestas versibus or7iare^ celebrare — to celebrate
some one's exploits in song.
ut ait Homerus — as Homer sings (not canit).
nu77terus poetice vinclus — poetical rhythm.
artem musicam ^ discere, tractare — to learn, study music.
nervorum et tibiaTiim cantus — instrumental music.
VOCU771 etfidiiwi {7iervoru77i) cantus — vocal and instrumental
music.
docere alique7n fidibus — to teach some one to play a
stringed instrument.
fidibus discere (De Sen. 8. 26) — to learn to play a stringed
instrument.
fidibus canere — to play on the lyre.
pellere nervos iti fidibus — to strike the strings of the
lyre.
^ mtisica {-ortim) is also used for music, cf. in mnsicis se contcrere.
I
MUSIC— PAINTING—SCULPTURE— DRA MA 117
tihias inflare 1 , , n
7 - fto play the flute.
tibiis or tibia canere^
ad tibiam or ad tibici?tem canere — to sing to a flute
accompaniment.
{Jiomo) sy mphoniacus — a singer, member of a choir.
symphoma canit (Verr. 3. 44. 105) — the orchestra is
playing.
acrodma ^ — a professional performer.
modi (Dq Or. i. 42. 187) — the melody.
viodos facere — to compose, put to music.
niimenis, numeri — the tune ; rhythm.
niwierose cadere — to have a rhythmical cadence.
ars pingendi^ pictura (De Or. 2. 16. 69) — the art of
painting.
ars fingendi — the art of sculpture.
signa et tabulae {pictae) — statues and pictures.
simulacrum e marmore facere — to make a marble statue.
statuas^ inscribere (Verr. 2. 69. 167) — to put an inscrip-
tion on statues.
17. THE DRAMA
ars ludicra (De Or. 2. 20. 84) — the dramatic art.
fabula, ludus scaenicus — the piece ; the play.
argumentum — the plot of the piece.
actio — the treatment of the piece.
actus — an act.
^ aa'oaina — originally anything performed to give pleasure, then
a performer. The Greeks applied the term to music ; the Romans
used it of any professional performer who entertained guests while at
table.
^ stattia is not used of statues of the gods, but signum, siviula-
crum.
ii8 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
fabulain docere (BiBdcr/c€iv) (of the writer) (opp. fnbula7n
discere — to study. a piece, of the actor) — to get a
piece played, rehearse it.
fabula77i agere — to act a play (said of the actors).
fabulam edere — to bring out a play, put it on the stage
(used of the man who finds the money).
fabulam dare — to produce a play (of the writer).
in scaenam producere alique7ii — to introduce a character
on the stage.
i7i scae7iaf7i prodire — to come upon the stage.
in scaeTzam redire — to reappear on the scene.
de scaena decedere — to retire from the stage.
Itz scae7tai7i aliquid inducere — to bring a thing upon the
stage.
fa7?iiiia, grex, caterva histrio7m77i — a theatrical com-
pany.
doTniTtus gregis — the manager.
theatrum ^ — the playhouse.
theatra redamaTtt — the spectators protest.
populu77i facile77t, aequu77i habere — to have an appreciative
audience.
plaudere (not applaitdere\ \ , i ,
\ ,. .- Vto applaud, clap a person.
plausu77i dare {alicui) \
da77iores (coroTtae) facere, excitare — to elicit loud applause.
saepius revocatur (Liv. 7. 2. 9) — he is encored several
times.
fabula77i exigere (Ter. Andr. Prol.) — to hiss a play.
fabula cadit — a piece is a failure, falls flat.
^ theatruvi = {\) the playhouse, theatre ; {2) the audience, house.
It is used metaphorically for the sphere of activity, theatre, scene,
e.g. theatrum Diagmwi habet ista provincia (Cic ) ; milJinn theatrtim
virtiiti conscientia viajus (ibid. )
THE DRAMA 119
histrionem exsibUare, exploden, eicere, exigere — to hiss an
actor off the stage.
histno?ii acclainare^ — to interrupt an actor by hooting
him.
partes agere alicuius'^ — to play the part of some one.
agere serviwi, /eno?tem — to act the role of a slave,
pander.
iicfor pn77iarum {secimdariwi^ tertia7inn) partiu7n — the
actor who plays the leading part.
tragoedia ox fabula A/tfig(ma (not AntigoTia trag. or fab.)
— the Antigone.
in Sophoclis (not Sophoded) Aiace or apnd Sophocle77i in
Aiace — in Sophocles' Ajax.
caferva^ €1107115 — the Chorus in Tragedy.
car77ien ckori, cantici{77i — a choric ode in a tragedy.
loci nielici — the lyric portions of a tragedy.
diverbiuni — stage dialogue.
canticu77i — a choric ode.
ludi circe7tses, scae7iici — performances in the circus;
theatrical performances.
bidos apparare — to institute games.
ludos facere, edere {lovi) — to give public games in
honour of Jupiter.
^ Livy is the first writer who uses acclamare in a good sense.
^ Also used metaphorically of the part played in life, e.g. pa^'tes
suscipere, sustiJiere, dare, iribuere, defeiidere, tueri. Similarly
persona (properly mask) is used in several phrases, e.g. personam
alicnins agej-e, ferre, ienere ; personam siiscipere or indiiere ;
personam tueri (Phil. 8. 10) ; personam alicni imponere (Sull. 3. 8).
persona thus got the meaning of personality, individuality, character,
and lastly in a concrete sense a personage of distinction. N.B. — It
never represents our " person," cf. many persons were present, multi
{/wfnines) aderant.
120 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
/lidos instaurare — to revive public games.
to give a gladiatorial
mumis gladiatorium edere, dare \
(or simply munus edere^ dare) r
gladiatores dare * J '
fa77iilia^ gladiatoria (Sest. 64. 134) — a band, troupe of
gladiators under the management of a lanista.
ludiis gladiatoriiis — a school for gladiators.
gladiatoribus (Att. 2. 19. 3) — at the gladiatorial games.
celebritas ludortwi — crowded games.
ma^nificentia ludorum\ . ,.
, ,. ... Vsumptuous public games.
/udi apparatissi77ii J
liidi Oly77ipia (not ludi Oly77ipici\ Pythia — the Olympian,
Pythian games.
Oly77ipia viTtcere {'OXvfima vuKav) — to win a prize at the
Olympian games.
ludi ^ymTiici 1
. V^ymnastic contests.
certa77U7ta gy77i7uca\
stadm77i citrrere (Off. 3. 10. 42) — to run a foot-race.
VIII. SPEECH AND WRITENG
I. SPEECH IN GENERAL
ars dicendi — the art of speaking ; oratory.
ad dice7tdu77i se co7iferre — to devote oneself to oratory.
diceTzdi^ praecepta tradere — to teach rhetoric.
■^ Ylence. fa??nliani ducere, metaphorically to be at the head of a
movement, to play the leading part, e.g. in itwe civili (Cic. ) For
other phrases drawn from the wrestling-school vid. ix. 6.
^ Note the way in which the Latin language prefers a concrete
expression in the plural to represent our abstract "rhetoric," cf. viusica
{-0Tii7)i), astra, mimeri, soni=\xms\c, astronomy, arithmetic, acoustics
{vid. vii. 14).
SPEE CH IN GENERA L 121
rhetor^ dicendi magister — a teacher of rhetoric.
facultas dicendi — oratorical talent.
7zatit7?i, factii77i esse ad dice7idu77i — to be a born orator.
facile77i et expeditiim esse ad dice7idu77i (Brut. 48. 180) — to be
a ready, fluent speaker.
7'ude77i^ tirone77i ac rude77i (opp. exercitatiwi) esse in dicendo
— to be an inexperienced speaker.
disertu77i esse (De Or. i. 21. 94) — to be fluent.
eloquente77i esse (De Or. i. 21. 94) — to be a capable, fin-
ished speaker.
eloquentia valere \ .
^ Vto be very eloquent.
dicendt artejiorere\
eloquentiae laude florere — to be a distinguished orator.
vis dicendi — oratorical power.
77iultii77i dicendo valere^ posse — to have great weight as a
speaker.
eloquentiae principatuTn tenere
pri7nu7n ox principem inter ora
tores locuTn obtinere
oratorum principem esse
oratione77i conficere — to compose a speech.
oratione77t C077i77te7ttari (¥2ivc\. 16. 26) — to prepare, get up a
speech.
oratio meditata (Plin. 26. 3. 7) — a prepared speech.
subito^ ex te77ipore (opp. ex praeparato) dicere — to speak ex-
tempore.
oratio siibita — an extempore speech,
oratio perpetua — a continuous discourse.
oratio accurata ^ et polita — a carefully prepared speech,
oratio co77iposita — an elaborate speech.
^ accuratus is only used of things, never of persons.
to be considered the fore-
most orator.
122 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
contentio (opp. sermo) (Off. 2. 48) — pathetic address ; emo-
tional language.
copiose dicere — to speak very fluently.
ornate dicere — to speak well, elegantly.
libere dicere (Verr. 2. 72. 176) — to speak frankly, inde-
pendently.
plane^ aperte dicere — to speak openly, straightforwardly.
perspiciie^ diserte dicere — to speak in clear, expressive
language.
?nissis avibagibus dicere — to speak without circumlocution.
accommodate ad persuadetidu7ii dicere — to be a persuasive
speaker.
aggredi ad dicendum ^ — to come forward to make a speech ;
to address the house.
verba facere apiid'^ populuin^ in contione — to address a
meeting of the people.
in contionem {in rostra) escendere^ (only of Romans) — to
mount the rostra.
orationem habere (Tusc. 5. 2)Z- 94) — ^^ make a speech.
i?iitium dicendi facere — to begin to speak.
finem dicendi facere — to cease speaking.
perorare — (i) to make one's peroration ; (2) to deliver the
closing speech (in a case where several speeches
have been made).
^ stirgere ad dicemhnn is only used of some one who has been tiil
now seated (l)e Or. 2. ^%. 316).
^ apud'xs, used of appearing before an official assembly, e.g. aptid
popiihtvi, apud senatuni, apicd indices, coram is used of an informal
casual meeting.
^ escendere is more common than asccnderc, cf. /;/ contionem escen-
dere (Cic. Att. 4. 2. 3 ; Liv. 2. 7. 7, etc. etc.) Similarly in rostra
escendere (Cic. Liv.), in tribunal escendere (Liv.) Later siiggestzim.
rostra escendere (Tac. Ann. 15. 59 ; ibid. 13. 5).
SPEECH— STYLE 123
a?timos aiidienthun permovere, injiammare — to make an
impression on one's audience.
aniinos tenere — to rivet the attention of . . .
audie?itia7}i sibi {orationi) facere — to obtain a hearing.
solutu7ii et expeditum esse ad dicendmn — to be never at a
loss for something to say.
lingim proi7iptu7n esse — to have a ready tongue.
celeritas in respondefido — readiness in debate, in repartee.
bonis lateribus^ esse — to have good lungs.
lifigime solutio — volubilit}'.
2. STYLE— EXPRESSION
genus dicendi {scribendi) ; oratio ^ — style.
genus dicendi grave ox grande^ medium^ tenue ^ (cf. Or. 5. 20 ;
6. 21) — elevated, moderate, plain style.
fusum oratioftis genus — a running style.
inconditmn dicendi genus (Brut. 69. 242) — a rough, un-
polished style.
^ lafus is never used in the singular in good Latin with the mean-
ing " kmgs," "breath," "vigour," cf. Cic. 7a/?i medies^ vox, latei-a defi-
cient si . . . In a somewhat similar way lacej-ti is used of oratorical
vigour, e.g. ipse hastas . . . oratoris lacerlis viribusqtie to7'qziebit (De
Or. I. 57. 242).
^ Not stilus, which means the writing instrument the stylus,
hence the expression stilum vcrtere (Verr. 2. 3. 41), to erase what
has been written. Metaphorically it denotes— (i) the action of
writing, e.g. stilus optivius est et praestantissinius dicendi effector et
magister ; (2) the manlier of writing, mode of composition, e.g.
U71US enitn sonits est totius orationis et idem stilus.
^ Speeches belong according to their subject-matter to genus
deliberativutn {av/uL^ovXevrtKOp), gemts iudiciale {dcKaviKov), or genus
denio7istrativu7n {dirtdeiKTiKov), cf. Cic. de Inv. I. 5. 7 ; Arist. Rhet.
bk. iii.
124 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
inflatum orationis 9'enus'\ , , . ,
Vs. bombastic style.
oratio alt III s exaggerata J
elatio atqiie altitudo orationis — the exalted strain of the
speech.
exsurgere altius or incitatius ferri — to take a higher tone
(especially of poets and orators).
magnifice loqui^ dicere — (i) to speak vehemently, passion-
ately ; (2) to speak pompously, boastfully.
magniloquentia^ granditas verboru?}i — pathos ; passion.
tragoediae — tragic pathos.
expedita et facile currens oratio\
, ... ^ Van easy, fluent style.
oratio aequaoihler jlziefts \
flumen^ orationis (De Or, 2. 15. 62) — flow of oratory.
siccifas, sanitas orationis 1
, . . , ... Khe plam style.
veroorum tenuitas, oratio siiotilis\
oratio exilis, ieiuna, arida, exsanguis — the dry, lifeless style.
ornatus orationis^ verborum — well-chosen language, grace
of style.
elegantia orationis — tasteful description.
oratio pura^ pura et emendata — pure, correct language.
integritas^ sinceritas orationis (not puritas) — purity of
style.
oratio inquinata'^ (De Opt. Gen. Or. 3. 7) — incorrect
language.
orationes Catonis antiquitatem redokftt (Brut. 21. 82) —
Cato's speeches sound archaic.
ex illius orationibus ipsae Athenae redolent — there is a
flavour of Atticism about his discourse.
oratio soluta (not prosa) or simply oratio — prose.
^ On the other hand, o7'atio Jitiit (De Or. 3. 49. 190) = the language
has no rhythm.
- Not imptn-a^ which means unchaste, obscene.
S r YLE— EXPRESSION 1 25
oratio nu7nerose cadit — his style has a well-balanced
cadence.
mimeris orationem astringere, vincire — to make a speech
rhythmical.
liwiina^ flores dicetidi (De Or. 3. 25. 96) — flowers of
rhetoric ; embellishments of style.
sententias {verbis) exj>licare, aperire — to explain one's
sentiments.
sententiae reconditae et exquisitae (Brut. 97. 274) — profound
sentiments.
ubertas (not divitiae) et copia orationis — a full and copious
style of speech.
crebritas or copia (opp. inopid) sententiarum or simply copia
— richness of ideas.
senteniiis abunda?is ^ or creber (opp. sententiis inanis) — rich
in ideas.
adm?ibrare aliqtud {Or. 14. 43) — to roughly sketch a thing.
exprimere aliguid verbis or oratione {vid. p. 77, note) — to
express clearly, make a lifelike representation of a
thing.
exponere aliquid or de aliqua re — to give an account of a
thing (either orally or in writing).
sententiae inter se nexae
Uhe connection.
perpetuitas verborum
contextus orationis (not nexus^
conexus sententiarum)
ratio sententiarum
ratio, qua sententiae- inter se j-the connection of thought.
excipiunt
^ Not dives which Cicero uses only absolutely and almost always
of persons, cf. ho-we\ ex animus hominis dives (Parad. 6. 44), divitior
viihi et ajffltcentior videlur esse vera aniicitia, (De Am. 16. 58).
126 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
vitam alicuius exj>onere~io gxvc an account of a man's life.
vifam alicuius depirigere—to make a sketch of a man's life.
de inge??io moribiisque alicuius exponere~X.Q make a
character-sketch of a person.
sumjuo colore aliquid ill us f rare—to depict a thing in
lively colours.
ante oculos ponere aliquid~io bring a thing vividly before
the eyes.
oculis or sub oculos, sub aspectum subicere aliquid— io re-
present a thing vividly.
rerum sub aspectum paene subiectio (De Or. 3. 53. 202)—
graphic depiction.
perlustrare, lustrare oculis aliquid— Xo scrutinise, examine
closely.
sic exponere aliquid, quasi agatur res {no7i quasi ?uirretur)
—to represent a thing dramatically.
aliquem disputante77i facere, inducere, fingere {est aliquis
apud aliquem disputans)~io introduce a person
(into a dialogue) discoursing on . . .
in uno conspectu potiere aliquid\
sub unum aspectum subicereV'' ^'""^ "" ^^^^'^^ '^^^ ''^ ^
aliquid J ^h^"g-
in brevi conspectu ponere aliquid— IQ make a short survey
of a thing.
uno conspectu videre aliquid— to have a general idea of a
thing.
breviter tangere, attingere aliquid— to touch briefly on a
thing.
strictim, leviter tangere, attin-\ to make a cursory mention
gere, perstringere aliquid [ of a thing ; to mention by
quasi praeteriens, in transitu j the way (not obiter or in
attingere aliquid J transcursu).
STYLE— EXPRESSION 127
res sumvins attingere 1 to dwell only on the main
sunwiatitii aUquid exponere^ points.
VI III fa verba facer e \ ...
. , to go deeply into a matter,
midtujH. Jiwuum esse iin an- \ .. ■ c ^^
. ._^ ^ . discuss It fully.
qua re) (De Or. 2. 4. 17) J
plurilms verbis^ copiosius explicare^ persequi^ a'iquid — to
give a full, detailed account of a thing.
fiisiifs, liber lies ^ copiosius dispiitare^ dicere de aliqiia re — to
speak at great length on a subject, discuss very
fully.
breviter^ paucis explicare aliquidX to explain a matter
rem paucis absolvere (Sail. lug. |- briefly, in a few words
17. 2) I (not paucis verbis).
. . . \ the circumstances are de-
rebus ipsis par est oratio .. . . . .
, ^ ^ Y scribed in language worthy
rebus verba respondeitt . ,
J of them.
copiaui quam potui persecutus sum — I have exhausted all
my material.
verbis nan omnia exseqiii posse — to be unable to say all
one wants.
/;/ medium proferre aliquid — to bring a subject forward
into discussion.
ill 77iedio ponere i^proponere) — to publish, make public.
silentio praeterire {noX. praetermittere) aliquid — to pass over
in silence.
significare aliquejii or aliquid
significafione appellare aliquem
describere aliquem (Gael. 20. 50)
leviter significare aliquid — to hint vaguely at a thing.
to allude to a person or
thing (not alludere).
^ perscqiii is often used in the meaning to expound, treat of
either orally or in writing, e.g. alicuius vitat?i, alicuius lauJes
vcrsibiis, res Hannibalis.
128 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
ordine fiarrare, guo77iodo res gesta sit — to detail the whole
history of an affair.
dicendo ornare aliquid — to embellish a narrative.
rhetorice, tragice ornare aliquid (Brut. ii. 43) — to add
rhetorical, dramatic embellishments to a subject.
digressus, di^ressio, egressio 1 ,. . . ,
, ,. ^,. Va digression, episode.
quod ornandi causa additiwi est\
indudere in orationem aliquid \ . , .
. . ,. . , to interpolate, msert
inserere oratwni aliquid V
7- . 7 /x^ » A something.
interponere aliquid {uo. Am. i. 3)!
dicendo augere, amplijicare aliquid (opp. dicendo extenuare
aliquid) — to lend lustre to a subject by one's
description.
in maius fei're^ ifi mains extollere aliquid — to exaggerate
a thing.
in maius accipere aliquid — to overestimate a thing.
digredi {a proposito) (De Or. 2. 77. 311) — to digress,
deviate.
studio alicuius rei provectus sum — my zeal for a thing has
led me too far.
longe^ alte {longius^ altius) repetere (either absolute or ab
aliqua re) — to go a long way back (in a narrative).
oratio longius repetita (De Or. 3. 24. 91) — a rather
recondite speech.
accedere ad- cotidiani sermonis genus — to adopt the
language of everyday life.
ad vulgarem sensum or ad co??wiune7?i opinionem oratiotiem
acconunodare (Off. 2. 10. 35) — to express oneself in
popular language.
DELIVER Y^ VOICE 1 29
3. DELIVERY— VOICE
actio (Brut. 38) — delivery.
protiuntiatio ^ c. Gen. — artistic delivery ; declamation.
actio pallium claudicat" — the delivery is rather halting,
poor.
haerere^ Aaesitare (C^itW. 2. 6. 13) — to stop short, hesitate.
perturbari^ pernioveri — to be nervous, embarrassed.
de scripto orationem '^ habere^ diceix (opp. sine scripto, ex
7ne??ioria) — to read a speech.
interpellare aliqiie7n {dicentein) — to interrupt.
vox magiia^ clara (Sulla 10. 30) — a strong, loud voice.
vox gravis, acuta, parva, inediocris—-p^ deep, high, thin,
moderate voice.
vox canora (Brut. (i-^. 234) — a melodious, ringing voice.
vox k?iis, suppressa, sunwiissa — a gentle, subdued voice.
vocem mittere [sonitum reddere of things) — to speak, utter
a sound.
vocem summittere — to lower one's voice.
contentio, remissio vocis — raising, lowering the voice.
voce77i i7ttercludere (Just. 11. 8. 4) — to prevent some one
from speaking.
Ttulla vox est ab eo audita — no sound passed his lips.
mag7ia voce cla77iare — to shout at the top of one's voice.
clamorem tollere (Liv. 3. 28) — to raise a shout, a cry.
gestu77i (always in the sing.) agere — to gesticulate.
^ Not declamatio which = an oratorical exercise. Distinguish
pronuntiare (De. Or, i. 59. 251), to declaiui a thing according to the
rules of rhetoric ; and declaniare — io go through rhetorical exercises
as a practice in speaking.
- claiidicare often nietaph. of things which are unequal, weak, e.g.
aniicitia claudicat (Fin. i. 69).
"^ But to read a speech orationeiji legere (Brut. 51. 191) ; to read
with expression, recitaix (Phil. 10. 2. 5).
K
I30
LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
4. SUBJECT-MATTER— ARGUMENT
I have nothing to write
about.
7to?i habeo argumentum scribendi
deest mihi argumentum ad scri-
bendum (Att. 9. 7. 7)
non habeo, non est quod scribani
res (opp. verba) mihi suppetit — I have abundance to say.
materia ??iihi crescit — my subject grows as I write.
res componere ac digerere — to arrange and divide the
subject-matter.
dispositio rerum (De Inv. i. 7. 9) — the arrangement of the
subject-matter.
materia rermti et copi a uberrima\ . . . , ,
.... , ^abundance of material.
injinita et im7nensa materia J
7?iaterie??i ad or7iatum praebere — to afford matter for
elaboration, embellishment.
id quod {niihi) propositu7n est \
res proposita la theme, subject proposed
id quod quaeri77ius {quaeritur) for discussion.
i7istitutu77i or id quod i7istitui
a proposito aberrare, decliTiare, defiectere, digredi, egredi — to
digress from the point at issue.
ad propositum reverti, redire\ , , ,
Ko come back to the pomt.
ad re77t redire )
sed redeat, unde aberravit oratio^
sed ad id, unde digressi sumus,
reverta77iur
'veru77i ut ad id, imde digressa est
but to return from the
digression we have
been making.
oratio, reverta77iur
mihi propositu77i est c. Inf. (or 7)iihi proposui, ut) — the task
I have put before myself is . . .
ponere — to propose, set a theme.
i
QUESTION— ANSWER 131
p07iere alicid^ de quo dispiitet — to set some one a theme for
discussion.
ponere wbere, qua de re quis aiidire velit (Fin. 2. i. i) — to
let those present fix any subject they Hke for
discussion.
5. QUESTION— ANSWER
quaestionem ponere^ proponere — to propose a subject of
debate, put a question.
quaestione7?i poscere (Fin. 2. i. i) — to get a question
submitted to one.
hoc loco exsistit quaestio, quaeritur — at this point the
question arises.
nunc id quaeritur^ agitur — the question now is . . .
res^ de qua nunc quaerimus^ quaeritur — the question at
issue.
magna quaestio est (followed by an indirect question) — it
is a difficult point, disputed question.
quaerendum esse inihi visum est — the question has forced
itself on my mind . . .
quaestionem solvere — to decide, determine a question.
quaestio ad exitum venit — the question has been settled.
ad interrogata respondere ^ — to answer questions.
bene interrogare — to cross-examine cleverly, put leading
questions.
percontanti non deesse {De Or. i. 21. 97) — to answer every
question.
^ Note to answer (a thing) 7-espondere ad aliquid or alicui rei ; to
answer (a person) always aliaii. So dicere aliciiiio speak to a person,
but scribere ad aliquon.
132 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
responsiwi ah aliquo ferre, aiiferre — to extract an answer
from some one.
respondere in hanc sententia??i ^ — to answer to this effect.
6. HUMOUR— EARNEST
ioco uti (Off. I. 29. 103) — to make a joke.
haec iocatus sum, per iocum dixi — I said it in jest.
anwio prompto esse ad iocandum — to be humorously
inclined.
extra iocu??i, remoto ioco (Earn. 7. 11. 3) — joking apart.
facete dicere — to be witty.
facetiis uti, facetum esse— to make witty remarks.
facete et com?7tode dicere — to indulge in apt witticisms.
breviter et commode dictu7?i — a short, pointed witticism.
facete dictum — a witticism, bon mot.
arcessitmn dictum (De Or. 2. 63. 256) — afar-fetched joke.
dicta dicere in aliquem — to make jokes on a person.
aspergere sales orationi (Or. 26. 87) — to intersperse one's
speech with humorous remarks.
aliquid ad ridiculu7n convertere — to make a joke of a
thing.
{ho7n6) ridiculus (Plaut. Stich. i. 3. 21) — a wit; a joker.
lepos in iocando — humour.
iucunde esse (Deiot. 7. 19) — to be in a good temper.
se dare iucunditati — to let oneself be jovial.
sibi displicere (opp. sibi piacere) — to be in a bad temper.
ioca et seria agere — to be now jesting, now in earnest.
i-^r/^^/V^r^ (Plaut. Bacch. I. I. 42) — to say in earnest . . .
severitatem adhibere — to show that one is serious.
^ respoiisum dare only of answers given by oracles or lawyers.
1
LANGUAGE—USE OF LANGUAGE 133
i)ieptum esse (Dc Or. 2. 4. 17) — to be silly, without tact.
?iifnium diligentem esse ^ — to be pedantic.
7. LANGUAGE— USE OF LANGUAGE— TRANS-
LATION—GRAMMAR
lingua graeca latina lociipletior (copiosior, uberior) est — the
Greek language is a richer one than the Latin.
commerciujn li7iguae — intercourse of speech.
volubilitas^ soliitio linguae — volubility.
vitiu77t orationis, sermonis or simply vitiiwi — a mistake,
solecism.
saepe {crebro^ multa) peccavit, erravif, lapsus est — he has
made several mistakes.
eiusde?fi linguae societate coniunctum esse cum aliquo (De Or.
3. 59. 223) — to be united by having a common
language.
orationis experte^n esse — to be unable to express one's
ideas.
sermo patrius (Fin. i. 2. 4) — native tongue; vernacular.
consuetudo sermonis^ loquendi — the usage of language.
cotidiani ser77i07iis usus ^ , , .
, the ordmary usage of lan-
co77i77iimis ser77i07iis consuetudo \
r .,. . , ,.,. guage, everyday speech.
ser77io ja77iilians et cotidianus \ ° ° ' / ^ i
aliquid a consuetudine sermonis latini abhorret, alienum est
— the expression is not in accordance with Latin
usage.
^ Such words as " pedantry," ''pedant" can be expressed very vari-
ously in Latin, cf. N. D. 3. 31. 71 posse acerbos e Zenonis schola
ex ire ; Pro Mur. 9. 19 inultorum difficultatem exsorbuit ; Brut.
38. 143 erat in Crasso latine loquendi sine moles tia diligens ele-
gantia.
134 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
co7isuetiido vitiosa et corrupta (opp. pura et iitcorriipta)
seri7W7iis — incorrect usage.
incorrupta latifii sermonis integritas^ (Brut. 35. 132) — pure,
correct Latin.
sermo latinus (opp. sernio parum latinus) (cf. p. 94, note)
— good Latin.
latine loqui (Brut. 45. 166) — (i) to speak Latin, (2) to
speak good Latin (also bene latine)^ (3) to express
oneself clearly.
graece or graeca lingua loqui — to speak the Greek lan-
guage.
latinam linmam scire or didicisse\ .
, . . Vto know Latin.
latine scire I
latine commentari — to write treatises in Latin.
aliquid e graeco i?t latinum (sermonem) convertere, verier e^
transferre — to translate from Greek into Latin.
Platonem vertere convertere — to translate Plato.
ab or de (not ex) Platone vertere^ convertere^ transferre — to
translate from Plato.
ex Platonis Phaedone haec in latinum conversa sujit — what
follows has been translated into Latin from Plato's
Phaedo.
aliquid (graeca) latine reddere or sermotie latino interpretari
— to render something in Latin.
ad verbmn transferre, exprimere\ . ,. „ ,
. to translate literally, word
verbiwi e verbo expnmere \ r ■, , 7
y for word (not verl?o
verbum pro verbo reddere .
. . . tenus).
totidem verbis transferre j
his fere verbis^ hoc fere modo convertere, transferre — to
translate freely.
^ Cf. Cic. ad Herenn. 4. 12. ij latiniias est quae sermonem ptiru7)i
consei"vat ab omni vitio remotum.
1
TRANSLA TION— GRAMMAR — SENTENCE 1 35
liber {scriptoris) convers7is, translafus — the work when
translated ; translation (concrete).
interpretation translatio (not versio or conversio) — the pro-
cess of translation.
interpres — the translator.
les:es dicendi 1 , ^ r 1
, . Uhe rules of speech, grammar.
praecepta granu7iaticornm \
gra7?wiaticus'^ (De Or. i. 3. 10) — a linguist, philologian.
emendate scribere — to write correctly, in faultless style.
latine scribere ^ (Opt. Gen. Or. 2. 4) — to write good Latin.
8. SENTENCE— PERIOD— WORDS— PROVERBS
—SYLLABLES
enuntiatio, enunfiafum, sententia — the sentence, proposi-
tion.
composition structura verborum — the structure of the
sentence.
ambitus n circuit us, comprehension continuatio (verborum ,
orationis\ also '^\m.-^\^ periodus — the period.
construction structura verborimi, forttia dicendi — the con-
struction.
adiungin <^ddi coniunctiw (Marc. Cap. 3. 83) — to be used
with the conjunctive mood.
^ Not regula, which means a level, standard, e.g. regtda ad
qiiam indicia rerujn difigtcntnr (Cic.)
- The adverb gramm-atice is used with loqui, scribere = \.o speak,
write correctly ; gra7nmatista2X\A also litterator tvlq used of element-
ary teachers.
^ Cf. latine docere philosophiam, to teach philosophy in Latin ;
Fin. 3. 12. 40 latine scire, to know Latin (cf. eWrjuLari ^vvievai
Xcn. Anab. 7. 6. 8). Also latine didicisse, latine oblivisci (Caec.
22. 62), in which Drager supposes an ellipse of loqui or dicer e.
'36 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
copia, uberlas vcr/?onim—-i^YO^m\on of words.
verbis abimdantem esse, abimdare — io be rich in
words.
inopia verbomm—^yoverty of expression.
leaissimis verbis uti (De Or. 3. 37)-to employ carefully
chosen expressions.
prisca, obsoleta (opp. iisitata\ ambigua z^^r^^— obsolete,
ambiguous expressions.
locutio (Brut. 74. 258)— a phrase.
verbo, izomine ; re, re quidem z^^r^— nominally ; really.
si verba spectas — literally.
verbis alicuius, e.g. salutare (Liv. 9. 36)— in some one's
name ; on some one's behalf (not nomine alicuius).
haec verba sunt (Ter. Phorm. 3. 2. 32)-these are mere
empty phrases.
inanis verborum sonitus—mQro words ; empty sound.
inanium verborum flumen — senseless rant.
flosculi, rheforum pompa—fine, rhetorical phrases.
voces iacere (Sail. lug. 11)— to let fall an expression.
nullu7n {omnino) verbum facere~to not say a word.
ne verbum (without unum) quidem de a/iquo facere~to say
not a syllable about a person.
verba facere {de aliqua re, apud a/iquem)~-to speak on a
subject.
verbum ex aliquo elicere—io extract a word from some
one.
verbis conceriare or alterairi cum aliquo (B. C. 3. 19. 6)— to
hold an altercation with a man.
verborum cojtcertatio — an altercation, debate.
pauca dicere {pauca verba dicere only of the orator)— to
say only a few words.
07Jinia verba hue redeunt—d\\ this means to say.
WORDS 137
indium verbum ex ore eiiis excidit (or simply ei) — no word
escaped him.
verbo panun valere (Tusc. 3. 5. 11) — to be unable to find
a suitable expression.
verbinn prorsus nu//i(?n infelkgere — not to understand a
single word.
/luic rei deest apud nos vocabidum — we have no expression
for that.
induccre novtim verbum in latinam linguam — to introduce
a new word into the Latin language.
verba par ere ^ fin gere^ facere — to invent, form words.
nomimun interpretatio — etymology (not etymologia).
vocabulum^ verbum, nomen ducere ab, ex . . . — to form,
derive a word from . . . (used of the man who
first creates the word).
to derive a word from
- . .... (used of an
ori^ine?)i veroi repetere a . . . \ , • x
I etymologist).
7iomina enodare or verborum origines quaerere, indagare — to
give the etymological explanation of words.
nomen ajnicitiae (or simply amicitia) dicitur ab a7)mndo —
the word amicitia comes from a7nare.
in aliqua re did — to be used in speaking of a thing.
quid significat, sonat haec vox ?
quae est vis huius verbi ?
quae 7iotio or sententia subiecta
est huic voci ?
vis et notio verbi, vocahdi — the fundamental meaning of a
word.
^ verlmm derivare means to form new words from words which
exist already, e.g. by adding a syllable, Airides from Ahrtts. For
word-building, of. Cic. De Or. 3. 37 and 38 ; Hor. A. P. 46.
verbumductumessea . . . putare\
what is the meaning, the
original sense of this
word ?
138 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
vox, nouien carendi or simply carere hoc significat (Tusc. i.
2^^. 88) — the word carere means . . .
quem intellegitnus sapientem ? — what do we understand by
"a wise man " ?
quae mtellegitur virtus^
. , , . , „ ^what do we mean by "virtue " ?
quia est virtus ? j
idem vakre, significare, declarare — to have the same
meaning.
vocabula ideiji fere declarantia — synonyms.
vocabulum latius patet — the word has a more extended
signification.
vocabulum angustius valet — the word has a narrow mean-
ing.
iracimdiam sic {ita) definiunt^ ut ulciscendi /ibidijiem esse
dicant or ut u. libido sit or iracimdiam sic definiu?it,
ulc. libidinem — anger is defined as a passionate
desire for revenge.
in bonam (nialam) partem accipere aliquid — to take a
thing in good (bad) part.
aemulatio dupliciter dicitur, ut et in laude et in vitio hoc
7to7?ien sit — the word ae7?iulatio is employed with
two meanings, in a good and a bad sense.
verba ac litteras or scriptu77i {legis) sequi (opp. sententia the
spirit) — to hold by the letter (of the law).
hoc vocabulu77i generis neutri (not neutrius) est — this word
is neuter.
ordo verboru77i (Or. 6t^. 214) — the order of words.
vocabulu77i proprium — the proper term ; a word used
strictly.
verbu7n traiislatiwi (Or. 27. 92) — a figurative expression;
a word used metaphorically.
translatio — a metaphor.
PROVERBS— SYLLABLES 139
verba composita ^ — well-arranged words.
verborum immutatio — a trope ; metonymy.
continua trans latio {Or. 27. 94) — an allegory; continuous
metaphor.
si7ftili uti — to employ a comparison, simile.
dissitnulatio (Off. i. 30. 108) — irony.
vetus {verbiwi) est (c. Ace. c. Inf.) — it was said long ago
that . . .
ut est in proverbio \
lit or quod or quo7nodo aiunt^ las the proverb says.
ut or quemadmodum dicitur\
in proverbii consuetudinem or simply in proverbium venire —
to pass into a proverb.
proverbii locu7n obtinere {li\i's>c. 4. 16. 36) — to be used as
a proverb.
hoc est Graecis hotninibus in proverbio — this is a proverb
among the Greeks.
bene illo Graecorum proverbio praecipitur — that Greek
proverb contains an excellent lesson.
vetamur vetere proverbio — an old proverb tells us not
to . . .
proverbium vetustate or sermone trituni (vid. p. 11, note) — ■
an old proverb which every one knows.
syllabam, litteram producere (opp. corripere) (Quintil, 9. 4.
89) — to lengthen the pronunciation of a syllable
or letter.
haec vox tonga syllaba terminatur, in lojtgam syllabam
cadit^ exit — thi^ word ends in a long syllable.
oriri a tonga [Do. Or. i. 55. 236) — to begin with a long
syllable.
^ Compound words = verba coputaia, iimcla (Or. 48. 159),
coniuncta, cf. Cic De Or. 3. 38. 154.
^40 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
syllabariun auceps—:^ verbal, petty critic; a caviller.
verborum aucupium or captatio—minMl^^ j^edantic carj,-
ing at words.
litteras expHmere (opp. obscurare)~\.o pronounce the
syllables distinctly.
ad Utteram, litterate—io the letter ; literally.
litterarum ^ ordo 1
litterae, elementaf'^ alphabet.
ad litteram or litterarum ordine digerere~\.o arrange in
alphabetical order.
9. WRITING— WRITERS— BOOKS
littens ma?idare ox cojisignare a/iquid {Ac3.± 2. i. 2)— to put
down in writing.
Utteris persequi ivid p. 127, note) aliquid—io treat in
writing.
scriptorinol «//^/^/-^ guarantor)— the writer, author.
scribere—io take to writing, become an author.
ad scribendu?7i or ad scribendi
studium se conferre [to become a writer, em-
ani77ium ad scribendum appel- brace a literary career.
lere^ applicare
libriim scribere, conscribere—lo write a book.
librum conficere, componere (De Sen. i. 2)— to compose,
compile a book.
librum edere (Div. i. 3. 6)— to publish a book.
librum evolvere, volvere \
volumen explicare f "^ °P'" ^ ^°°^-
1 Cf. quarta ekmentonun littera, the fourth letter of the alphabet
(Suet. lul. 56).
WRITING — WRITERS— BOOKS 1 4 1
librum mitfere ad a/ique??t (Fin. i. 3. 8) — to dedicate a book
to some one,
index, inscriptio^ Hbri — the title of a book.
liber inscribitur'^ Laeli us (Off. 2. 9. 30) — the book is entitled
"Laelius."
Cicero dicit in Laelio (sud) or iit eo (not s?id) libra, qui in-
scribitur Laelius — Cicero says in his 'Laelius."
est liber de . . . — there exists a book on . . .
exstat liber (notice the order of the words) — the book is
still extant.
liber intercidit, periit — the book has been lost.
liber deperditus — a book which has been entirely lost sight
of.
liber perditus — a lost book of which fragments (relliquide,
not fragmenta) remain.
liber quifertur alicuius — a book which is attributed to some
one.
nescio quis — an anonymous writer.
liber refertur ad nescio quem auctorem — the book is attri-
buted to an unknown writer.
hie liber est de ariiicitia (not agii) or hoc libra agitur de am.
— the book treats of friendship.
libra continetur aliquid 1 , , , . , .
... . \ the book contams somethmg
libra scnptor complexus est\ , . .. . „
^. . , ... (not cantinet aliquid).
aliquid J
in extrema libra (Q, Fr. 2. 7. i) — at the end of the book.
^ Not tittdus which ii\eans — (i) an inscription on a tomb, monu-
ment ; (2) public notice, e.g. an advertisement of a sale, sub titulu7n
misit lares (Ov.) ; (3) metaph. title, honour, e.g. considatus, con-
higis. It is only in very late writers that it==a title of a book.
'^ The perfect inscriptus est is only used when the writer himself
is speaking of his book, e.g. de senedute dispiitavi eo libro, qui Cato
viaior inscriptus est, "... which 1 have entitled Cato maior.''^
142 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
liber inihi est in ma7iibus\
libnim in manibus habere Vto be engaged on a book.
(Acad. I. I. 2) J
liber, oratio in inanibus est — the book, speech can easily
be obtained.
librum in manus sumere — to take up a book in one's
hands.
librujji de 7nanibus ponere ^ — to lay down a book {vid. p.
189, note).
perpoUre, limare diligenter librum, opus — to polish, finish a
work with the greatest care.
extrema manus accedit operi (active extrema?n manu7ji i7n-
ponere operi) — to put the finishing touch to a work.
liber accurate, diligenter scriptus — a carefully written book.
aliquid, multa ex Ciceronis libris excerpere (not excerpere
libruni) — to make extracts from Cicero's writings.
aliquid in commentarios suos referre (Tusc. 3. 22. 54) — to
enter a thing in one's note-book.
libruni annotare, interpolare, distinguere — to furnish a book
with notes, additional extracts, marks of punctua-
tion.
se abdere i?t bibliothecam suaf?i — to bury oneself in one's
library.
Platonem legere, lectitare — to read Plato.
locum Platonis afferre, prof err e (not citare) — to quote a
passage of Plato.
scriptor hoc loco dicit — our (not ?ioster) author tells us at this
point.
Cicero loco quoda?n haec dicit — Cicero says this somewhere.
^ Distinguish the two verbs /<?«^r^ = to set down for a moment
temporarily, and deponere to lay aside, abandon altogether. Cf.
vincere and devincere, perdere and deperdere.
1
WRITING— WRITERS BOOKS 143
Platonem iegere et cognoscere — to study Plato.
legendo percurrere aliqidd — to read cursorily,
apud Platotie77i scriptum videmus^ scriptum est ox simply est
— we read in Plato.
i/t Flato7iis Phaedone scriptuDi est — in Plato's " Phaedo "
we read.
verba, oratio, exempliun scriptoris — the text of the author
(not textt(s).
legentes, ii qui legunt'^ — the reader.
l(mguore??t, molestia?ji legentimn anhnis afferre — to weary,
bore the reader.
liber plenus delectationis — a very charming book.
alicuius mens in scriptis spirat — a man's soul breathes
through his writings.
fuenduni (scripturae) (Fam. 6. 7. i) — a clerical error, copy-
ist's mistake.
mendose scriptum — full of orthographical errors.
labi in scribendo — to make a mistake in writing.
mendosum esse (y^xx. 2. 4. 77) — (i) to make frequent mis-
takes in writing ; (2) to be full of mistakes (speaking
of a passage).
indiicere verbum (Phil. 13. 19. 43) — to strike out, delete a
word.
^ Iegere in this connection only in the perfect.
^ Not lector, which means a professional reader, cf. De Or. 2. 55. 223.
Similarly ^' Zi\x(\.\encQ^^ = ii qui andiuni or audientes (usually in the
oblique cases). Words in -tor and -trix always denote those who do
something habitually or for some permanent object. Thus of func-
tionaries— censor, dictator^ quaestor ; ofartisans—^^/^r sculptor, insti-
tor retail dealer, mercator wholesale merchant, structor mason ; of
people who are always showing some distinguishing quality or defect —
calumniator, ratiocinator ; of those who have performed a feat so re-
markable as to confer on them a durable characteristic — creator urbis
(Romulus), servator Graeciae (Themistocles), Cimbrorum victor
(Marius), etc-
144 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
lo. LETTERS
epistidam {litteras) dare, scribere, viittere ad align ew — to
write a letter to some one.
epistula ad Atticum data, scrip ta, inlssa or quae ad A.
scripta est — a letter to Atticus.
epistidam dare alicui ad aliquetn — to charge some one with
a letter for some one else.
epistulam reddere alicui (Att. 5. 21. 4) — to deliver a letter
to some one (used of the messenger).
epistularum conimerciuiii\
^correspondence.
htterae Diissae et allataeX
colloqui cum aliquo per litteras — to correspond with some
one.
litteras iitter se dare et accipere — to be in correspondence
with . . .
litteras perf err e aliquo — to take a letter somewhere.
epistula77i siguare, obsignare — to seal, fasten a letter.
epistulam solvere, aperire, resignare (of Romans also linum
incldere) — to open a letter.
epistidam intercipere (Att. i. 13. 2) — to intercept a letter.
epistula7ii deprehendere — to take forcible possession of a
letter.
litteras recitare (Att, 8. 9. 2) — to read a letter aloud (in
public).
Htterae hoc exemplo (Att. 9. 6. 3) — a letter, the tenor of
which is . . .
Htterae in hanc sententiam or his verbis scriptae sunt — the
terms, contents of the letter are as follows.
Kalendis lanuariis Roma {daba??i) — Rome, January ist.
dies (fem. in this sense) — the date.
DISPOSITION— EMOTION IN GENERAL 145
pater opfime^ or carissi?ne^ ??ii pater {vid. p. 197) — my
dear father.
litteras reddere datas a. d. Kal. X. Octal?. — to deliver a
letter dated September 21st.
IX. THE EMOTIONS
I. DISPOSITION— EMOTION IN GENERAL
animi ajfectio or habitus (De Inv. 2. 5) — humour;
disposition.
V ifa ^ ammo affectum esse — to be so disposed.
animos tentare (Cluent. 63. 176) — to try to divine a
person's disposition.
^ animum alicuius or simply aliquem fiectere — to make a
person change his intention.
y am??ii motus, commotio, permotio — the emotions, feelings.
aliqua re moveri, commoveri — to be moved by a thing.
alicuius animimi commovere — to touch a person's heart,
move him.
alicuius ani7?ium pellere — to make an impression on a
person's mind.
motus excitare in animo (opp. sedare, exstinguere) — to
excite emotion.
co77imotu77i or concitatiwi esse — to be moved, agitated.
co77i77iotu77i perturbatumquc esse — to be greatly agitated.
alicuius 77ie7ite77i turlmre, C07iturbare, perturbare — to upset
a person.
quid tibi a7ti77ii est ? — what sort of humour are you in ?
^ Neither amatus nor dilectus can be used in this connection.
^ But not ntagno, laeto, etc. , aninio affici.
L
146 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
2. JOY— PAIN.
\J afficere aliquem gaudio, laetitia\ to give pleasure to some
ajferre allaii laetitiain [ one.
. laetitlam capere or percipere ex\
^ aliquare ^ ^^^^ V^^^^Mi^ in a
delectari aliqua re
in sinu gaudere (Tusc. 3. 21. 51) — to rejoice in secret.
gaudio perfundi^ — to be filled with delight.
cumulum gaudii alicui afferre {vid. p. 50) (Fam. 16. 21. i)
— to add the crowning point to a person's joy.
gaudio, laetitia exsiiltare — to utter cries of joy.
laetitia gestire (Tusc. 4. 6. 13) — to be transported with
joy.
effusa"^ laetitia\
7 ^v- ^- ha transport of joy.
laetitia gestiens j ^ ■'
i gaudio, laetitia efferri — to be beside oneself with joy.
animum alicuius ad laetitiam excitare — to put a man in a
pleasurable frame of mind.
ni77iio gaudio paene desipere — to almost lose one's reason
from excess of joy.
doleo aliqiiid^ aliqua re^ de and^
ex aliqua re
aegre, graviter, moleste fero U am pained, vexed, sorry.
aliquid (or with Ace. c. Inf.
or quod)
1 gaudio conipleri (Fin. 5. 14. 69) is rare in Cicero ; gaudio
iinpleri does not occur. Speaking generally, coviplere^ iinplere,
replere, should not. be used of the emotions.
2 Cf. cffusafiiga, headlong flight ; effiisi siimptus, lavish expendi-
ture (Rose. Am. 24. 68), ciirsus effusus (Liv. 9. 41. 17).
JOY— PAIN 147
Uiain vice^u'^ doleo — I am sorry for you.
v/ dolore affici — to feel pain.
dolore77i capere (^percipere) ex aliqua re — to be vexed about
a thing.
doloribiis preini, angi^ ardere, cruciari^ distineri et divelli —
to feel acute pain.
dolorejn aliciii facere^ afferre, conimovere — to cause a person
pain.
acerbuvi dolore7?i alicid inurere — to cause any one very
acute pain.
acer morsn's doloris est (Tusc. 2. 22. 53) — the pain is very
severe.
dolorem in lacrwias effiindere — to find relief in
tears.
V dolori indidgere — to give way to grief.
dolor infixus a?ihjw haeret (Phil. 2. 26) — grief has struck
deep into his soul.
dolore confici^ tabescere — to be wasted with grief; to die of
grief.
dolores rejuittunt, relaxant — the pain grows less.
dolori resistere — to struggle against grief.
calliwi obducere'^ dolori (Tusc. 2. 15. 36) — to render
insensible to pain.
animus 7?ieus ad dolorem obduruit (Fam. 2. 16. i) — I have
become callous to all pain.
dolorem abicere, deponere, depellere — to banish grief.
^ vicem with a genitive or a possessive pronoun has the meaning
" on account of," " with regard to," especially with verljs expressing
the emotions, e.g. doleo, timeo, irascor.
^ Note too consuetiido calhim obdiixit stoiiiacho ??ieo (Fam. 9. 2. 3),
habit has made me callous, callujii properly is the thick nerveless
skin which covers the bodies of animals.
'4^ LATIN PHRASE BOOK
dolorem aliad cripere (Att. 9. 6. 4)-to free a person from
his pain.
CU171 magno 7?ieo dolore—io my sorrow.
3. VEXATION— CARE— EQUANIMITY-
CONTENTMENT— AFFLICTION
in aegritudine, sollicitudine esse\
aegritudine, sollicitudine affici ^ ^^. ^^"^^^^ mortified,
sollicitu7n esse anxious.
^ nihil omnino curare |not to trouble oneself about a
non laborare de aliqua re\ thing.
aliquid me sollicitat, me sollicitum habet, mihi sollicitudini
est, mihi sollicitudinem ^#r/— something harasses
me, makes me anxious.
aegritudo exest animum pla7ieque co7ificit (Tusc. 3. 13. 27)
—anxiety gnaws at the heart and incapacitates it.
sj aegritudine, curis co7tfai~to be wasting away with grief
aegritudine afflictu77i, debilitatum esse, iacere—lo be bowed
down, prostrated by grief
aegritudine7n alicuius elevare |to comfort another in his
alique7n aegritudi7ie levare J trouble.
v/ quieto, tranquillo, securo ani77io esse~\o enjoy peace of mind.
rebus suis, sorte sua contentum esse—to be contented.
satis habeo, satis mihi est c. Inf — I am content to . . .
paucis, parvo contentum esse~\o be satisfied with a little.
^fortunae meae me paenitet^~-\ am discontented with mv
lot. ^
^ The evidence of inscriptions and the best MSS. seems to point
to the derivation oi paenitet, not from poena (cf. punire, impunis),
but from the root contained in penes, penetrare, penitus ; its orimnal
nieanrng would thus be, - to be touched, affected within, at heart "
(Breal).
AFFLICTION— FEAR— TERROR— ANXIETY 149
J non 7ne paenitet^ quantum prof ecerim — I am not dissatisfied
with my progress.
in luctu esse (Sest. 14. 32) — to suffer affliction.
i?i sordibus luchique iacere — to be in great trouble,
affliction.
77iors aliciiius luctu7n 77tihi attidit — some one's death has
plunged me in grief.
i7i 77iaxi77ios Indus incidere — to be overwhelmed by a
great affliction.
77iagnu77i luctu77i hauTire (without ex-^ — to undergo severe
trouble, trials.
luctuni percipere ex aliqua re — to feel sorrow about a thing.
077ine77i luctu77i plane abstergere — to banish all sad
thoughts.
luctimi depoiiere (Phil. 14. 13. 34) — to lay aside one's
grief.
vel 77iaximos luctu s vetustate to I lit diutitrnitas (Fam. 5. 16.
5) — time assuages the most violent grief.
4. FEAR— TERROR— ANXIETY
ti77iore7n^ terrorem alicui inicere^ more strongly incutere — to
inspire fear, terror.
ti77ior alique77i occupat (B. G. i. 39) — fear comes upon
some one.
in ti77iore esse, versari — to be in fear.
i7i timore77i venire, pervenire — to become frightened.
7}ietus alique77i exanimat (Mil. 24. 65) — a man is paralysed
with fear.
exalbescere 77ietu — to grow pale with fear.
77ietu fractu77i et debilitatu77i, perculsu77i esse — to be com-
pletely prostrated by fear.
ISO LATIN PHRASE BOOK
abicere^ omittere ti?}iore??i — to banish one's fears.
a metu respirare (Cluent. 70. 200)] to recover from one's
ex metu se recreare^ se colligere J fright.
respiratidi spatium dare — to give time for recovery.
terror i7icidit alicid \
,. . ,. , , terror, panic seizes some
terror invadit in ahquem (rarely V
alicui, after Livy aliqueffi) J
in terroref?i conicere alique?ii — to overwhelm some one with
terror.
(anhjio) afigi {Brut. 27) — to be very uneasy; to fret.
cura sollicitat angitqiie aHqiie??i — anxiety troubles and
torments one.
angoribiis prenii — to be tormented with anxiety.
angoribus confici (Phil. 2. 15. 37) — to be worn out, almost
dead with anxiety.
5. COURAGE— DISCOURAGEMENT-
PUSILLANIMITY— PRIDE— ARROGANCE-
INSOLENCE
bono animo esse \ , ,
- , -to be brave, courageous.
bonum animum habere \
animus alicid accedit, cresdt\ .
J.. vto take courage.
anwium capere., colligere I
animu77i recipere (Liv. 2. 50) — to take courage again.
ani^no forti esse — to be brave by nature.
fortem te praebe — be brave !
alacri et erecto aniino esse — to show a brisk and cheerful
spirit.
animum facere^ addere alicid — to succeed in encouraging
a person
COURAGE — DISCOURAGEMENT, ETC. 151
a?iimum aliciuus confirinarc — to strengthen, confirm a
person's courage.
animum alicui augere ifi. (). 7. 70) — to increase a person's
courage.
animiim alicuiiis redintegrare — to re-inspire courage.
a7iimus fraiigitur^ affligitur^ perceHitur, debilitatur — their
spirits are broken.
animos militum accendere — to fire with courage.
anwii cadmit — their courage is ebbing.
animo cadere. deficere\
. Vto lose courage ; to despair.
ammum demittere \
erigere aliciuus animiim or aliquetn — to encourage a
person.
excitare anwiuni iacentem et affliction (opp. frangere
ani?7iufn) — to inspire the spiritless and prostrate
with new vigour.
ajiimo esse /iu?7iili, demisso (more strongly animo esse fracto.,
perculso et abiecto) (Att. 3. 2) — to be cast down,
discouraged, in despair.
inflatum., elatuni esse aliqua re — to be proud, arrogant
by reason of something.
insolentia^ superbia inflatu?n esse — to be puffed up with
pride.
magnos spiritus sibi sumere (B. G. i. -^t^ — to be haughty.
spiritus alicuius reprimere — to lower a person's pride.
insolentius se efferre — to behave arrogantly.
elatius se gerere — to give oneself airs.
sibi sumere aliquid {¥\:inc. i. 3) — to take upon oneself.
contiunacius se gerere — to display a p*roud obstinacy.
libera contumacia Socratis (Tusc. i. 29. 71) — the frank
but defiant demeanour of Socrates (before his
judges).
152 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
6. l^RESENCE OF MIND— COMPOSURE-
DESPAIR
praesenti ani77w uti {vid. p. 84, note) — to possess presence
of mind.
aequo {aequissimo) animo ferre aliquid — to endure a thing
with (the greatest) sang-froid.
hu??iane, modice^ moderate, sapienter, consta?ifer ferre aliqiiid
— to bear a thing with resignation, composure.
{animo) parafum esse ad aliquid — to be resigned to a
thing.
omnia perpeti paratum esse — to be ready to endure any-
thing.
ad 07nnes casus se comparare—\.o prepare oneself for all
contingencies.
animu77i alicuius de statu, de gradu demovere (more
strongly depellere, deturbare) — to disconcert a
person.
de statu suo or 77ientis deici
(Att. 16. 15) to lose one's composure; to
de gradu deici, ut dicitur ^ be disconcerted.
perturbari {ani77i6)
sui (me7ttis) C077ipdte77i non esseX , , , -, 1
^ ' % ,^, ,,., to lose ones head, be
non esse apud se {r\<i\^.\.. mA.r , ., ,^
^ beside oneself.
4. 8. 26) J
mente vix constare (Tusc. 4. 17. 39) — to compose oneself
with difficulty.
ani7no adesse (Sull. 11.. 2,2>) — ^^ t)e quite unconcerned.
^ These expressions are metaphors from the fencing -school.
gradus is the position taken up by a combatant, so gradu depelli,
deici— io be driven out of one's ground.
^ Used especially in the comic poets.
COMPOSURE— DESPAIR— HOPE 153
ad se redire — to regain one's self-possession.
consta7itiain servare] , , ,r 1
>to be calm, seli-possessed.
menfe consistere J
desperare ^ suis rebus — to despair of one's position.
ad {summavi) desperationem per venire^ addtici {^. C. 2. 42)
— to be plunged into the depths of despair.
desperatio reriwi (ofnnium) (Catil. 2. 11. 25) — absolute
despair ; a hopeless situation.
quid (de) me Jiet? (Ter. Heaut. 4. 3. 37) — what will
become of me ?
actum est de me — it's all over with me ; I'm a lost man.
7. HOPE— EXPECTATION
spem habere 1 , • , ,
, . . . .KO cherish a hope.
speduci^ niti^ teneriX
7nagna me spes tenet (^\\}ci Ace. c. Inf.) (Tusc. i. 41. 97)
— I have great hopes that . . .
sperare videor — I flatter myself with the hope . . .
bene^ opti??ie {ineliord) sperare de aliquo (Nep. Milt. i. i) —
to hope well of a person.
in spetji vefiire, ingredi, adduci\ . .
vto conceive a hope.
spem concipere ammo J
spem redintegrare (B. G. 7. 25) — to revive a hope.
spem alicui facere, afferre^ inicere — to inspire any one with
hope.
^ desperare is used, generally with de, more rarely with the
accusative, in the meaning "to no longer count upon a thing,"
e.g. redihim, pacem ; or with the dative, especially with sibi, stiis
rebus, saluti, forhinae suae. Note the wsq oi desperatus, "aban-
doned," "given up," "despaired of," e.g. desperati morbi (Cic),
aegrota ac paene desperata res publica (Cic.)
154 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
ad speui aliqiiem excitare^ erigere — to awaken new hope
in some one.
I'jt maximam spe))i aliquem addiicere (Att. 2. 22. 3) — to
inspire some one with the most brilliant hopes.
in 7nelioreni spein^ cogifatione?n aliquem indiicere (Off. 2. 15.
53) — to induce some one to take a brighter view
of things.
spent proponere alicui — to lead some one to expect . . .
spes ajfulget (Liv. 27. 28) — a ray of hope shines on us.
spent falsam alicui ostendere — to rouse a vain, groundless
hope in some one's mind.
spent alicui adimere, tollere^ auferre, eripere — to deprive a
person of hope.
spent praecldere^ incidere (Liv. 2. 15) — to cut off all hope.
spem ptrdere 1
, . . , r,. 7 ' r -Ko lose hope.
spe detct, depellt^ deturoart\
spes ad irritunt cadif, ad irrituju redigitur — expectation is
overthrown.
spent abicere, deponere — to give up hoping.
inani^ falsa spe dtici, induci — to be misled by a vain hope.
spes me frustratur — hope has played me false.
spes extenuatur et evanescit — hope is vanishing by degrees.
spent alicttius fallere (Catil. 4. 11. 23) — to deceive a
person's hopes.
spent alicui or alicuius 7?tinuere — to weaken, diminish a
person's hope.
spent alicuius confirtnare — to strengthen a person in his
hopes.
spe77t ale re — to entertain a hope.
spe??t habere in aliquo \
.to set one s hope on
spent suam ponere. collocare itt \
some one.
altquo I
HOPE—EXPECTA TION—PriY \ 55
iiiter spent vietiwique siispe7isici)i animi esse — to hover
between hope and fear.
praeter spem, exspectationem — contrary to expectation.
exspectatmiem ^ sui facer e^ coinmovere — to cause oneself to
be expected.
exspectatio?iem explere (De Or. i. 47. 205) — to fulfil
expectation.
exspectatio7ii satisfacere^ respondere — to respond to ex-
pectations.
exspectatione alicuius rei pendere {animi) (Leg. Agr. 2. 25.
dd) — to be in suspense, waiting for a thing.
exspectatione torqiieri^ cruciari—to suffer torments of
expectation, delay.
suspense animo exspectare aliqiiid — to be waiting in
suspense for ...
aliqice?n in su7nviam exspectatione7?i adducere (Tusc. i. 17.
39) — to rouse a person's expectation, curiosity to
the highest pitch.
8. PITY— PARDON— WANT OF FEELING-
CRUELTY
Ito excite some one's pity.
1
misericordia77i alicui co77tmovere\
77iisericordiam alicuius concitare
ad 77iisericordia77i alique77i a/Iicere, adducere, inducere — to
arouse feelings of compassion in some one.
77iisericordia 77ioveri, capi (De Or. 2. 47) — to be touched
with pity.
7nisericordia77i i77iplorare — to implore a person's sympathy,
pity.
^ Att. I. 4. 5 crehras exspeciationes tui conimoves — i.e. you are
leading us to expect your arrival.
to be quite insensible to
all feelings of human-
ity.
156 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
ijidulgere vitiis alicuius — to be indulgent to a person's
faults.
alicui veniam dare {alicuius ret) — to pardon some
one.
077inem hm?ianitaiem exuisse, ab-
iecisse (Lig. 5. 14)
omnem huinanitatis sensum ami-
sisse
omnis humanitatis expertem esse — to be absolutely want-
ing in sympathy.
omnem hufuanitatem ex animo exstirpare (Amic. 13. 48)
— to stifle, repress all humane sentiments in one's
mind.
nulla7?i parte??i sensus habere — to possess not the least
spark of "feeling.
crudelitate uti {vid. p. 84, note) — to behave with cruelty.
crudelitatem exercere ift aliquo ] to exercise one's cruelty
crudelitatem adhibere in aliquemx on some one.
ani77iadvertere i7i alique77t — to inflict punishment on a
person.
9. LOVE— LONGING— ADMIRATION-
ENTHUSIASM
caru77i habere aUque77i \ . , „ .
^ - ,. to feel affection for a
171 a77iore habere alique77i \
, .. y. person.
a77iore prosequi^ a77iplecti ahque7n\
caru77i esse alicui \
,. .\\.o be dear to some one.
carum atque tucundu77i esse alicui \
ada77iasse aliquem (only in Perf. and Plup.) (Nep. Dion
2. 3) — to become devoted to some one.
L 0 VE — Z ONGING^ADMIRA TION 1 57
aliqiiem toto pectore^ nt dicitur^ amare (Leg. i8. 49) — to
love some one very dearly, with all one's heart.
aliquem ex animo ox ex aniini sententia amare (Q. Fr. i. i.
5) — to love deeply.
amove captum^ incenswn^ inflammatum esse, ardere — to be
fired with love.
a7}iorem ex animo eicere — to banish love from one's
mind.
mel ac deliciae aliciiius (Fam. 8. 8. i)l , , , , ,.
, ,. , .. . ^somebody s darhng.
amores et deliciae alicuius \
in amore et deliciis esse alicui (active in deliciis habere
aliquem) — to be some one's favourite.
aliquem in sinu gestare {aliquis est in sinu alicuius) (Ter.
Ad. 4. 5. 75) — to love and make a bosom friend of
a person.
aliquis, aliquid mi hi curae or cordi^ est — somebody,
something is never absent from my thoughts.
curae habere aliquid — to have laid something to heart ; to
take an interest in a thing.
nihil antiquius or prius habeo quam ut {nihil mihi antiquius
ox potius est, quam ut) — there is nothing I am more
interested in than . . .
desiderio alicuius rei tejteri, affici (more ^\.xor\'^y flagrare,
incensum esse) — to long for a thing, yearn for it.
desiderio exardescere — to be consumed with longing.
admirationi esse \
admiratione affici'^ Uo be admired.
admirationem habere\Q}im\i\. 8. 2. 6)1
^ pecHis metaphorically only occurs in isolated phrases, e.g. toto
pectore, cogitare, tremere. Its commonest substitute is aninncs.
Similarly cor metaphorically is only used in the phrase coj'di est.
^ admiratione affici also means "to be filled with admiration."
15« LATIN PHRASE BOOK
magna est adjiiiratio alicuius — some one is the object of
much admiration.
admirationem aliciii movere — to fill a person with
astonishment.
admiratione inceiisiim esse — to be fired with admiration.
admirabilia ( = 7rapd8o^a) — paradoxes ; surprising things.
studio ardere alicuius or alicuius rei (De Or. 2. i. i) — to
have enthusiasm for a person or thing.
studio alicuius rei alique^n incendere — to make some one
enthusiastic for a thing.
ardor, inflam77iatio animi, i7icitatio mentis, mentis vis incita-
tior — enthusiasm.
ardore?n animi resti?iguere — to damp, chill enthusiasm.
ardor ani7Jii resedit, consedit — rhis enthusiasm has abated,
cooled down.
10. BELIEF— CONFIDENCE— LOYALTY— PRO-
TECTION—PROMISE— VERACITY
{.fides, fiducia)
fide77i ^ habere alicui — to believe a person.
fide77i alicuius rei facere alicui — to make some one believe
a thing.
fide77i tribuere, adiimgere alicui rei — to believe in, trust in
a thing.
^ fides has six principal meanings : A. subjectively — (i) in an active
sense, belief, confidence, which some one holds ; (2) passive,
veracity, credit which one enjoys ; (3) neutral, good faith, sincerity,
loyalty, conscientiousness, and especially of the protection which one
expects by appealing to a man's loyalty. B. (4) active, ratification,
sanction; (5) passive, the thing promised, surety, guarantee; (6)
neutral, authenticity, certitude, truth of a thing. Cf. Haacke, Lat
Stil. 40-41.
CONFIDENCE — LO YAL TY^PROTECTION 1 59
fidem abrogare^ derogare alicui — to rob a person of his
credit.
fideni alicuius i7?imimiere, {nfirma7'e (opp. confirmaix^ — to
weaken, destroy a man's credit.
fiduciam in aliqiio ponere^ coUocare\\.o put confidence in
cofifidere alicui (but aliqjia re) J some one.
fiduciam {alicuius rei) habere — to have great confidence
in a thing.
fiducia sui {\A\. 25. 37) — self-confidence.
commitfere aliquid alicui or alicuius fidei — to entrust a
thing to a person's good faith.
totu7n se couwiittere^ tradere alicui — to put oneself entirely
in some one's hands.
fidem colere, servare — to preserve one's loyalty.
fidem praestare alicui — to keep faith with a person, keep
one's word.
i.i fide viafiere (^. G. 7. 4. 5) — to remain loyal.
fide7n laedere, violare^ fraTigere — to break one's word.
fidem alicuius labefacta7'e (Cluent. 60. 194) — to make a
person waver in his loyalty.
de fide deducere or a fide abducere alique77i — to undermine
a person's loyalty.
fide data et accepta (Sail. lug. 81. 1) — having exchanged
pledges, promises.
se co7iferre^ se tradere^ se permittere iti alicuius fide77i — to
put oneself under some one's protection.
confugere ad alique77i^ ad fide77i alicuius — to flee for
refuge to some one.
in fide 771 recipere alique77i (B. G. 2. 15. i) — to take a person
under one's protection.
fide77i alicuius obsecrare^ i77iplorare — to implore some's one
protection.
i6o LATIN PHRASE BOOK
jidej7i addere alicui rei — to confirm, ratify, sanction
something.
\J fidem publicani dare, iiiterponere (Sail. lug. 32. i) — to
guarantee the protection of the state ; to promise
a safe-conduct.
fidem dare alicui (opp. accipere) (c. Ace. c. Inf.) — to give
one's word that . . .
fidem servare (opp. fallere^ — to keep one's word (not
tenere\
fidem persolvere 1 . ,_,
„ - , , . Vto fulfil a promise.
fide77i {promissum) praestare \
fidem interponere (Sail. lug. 32. 5) — to pledge one's word
to . . .
fidem prodere 1 , , , ,
r ■, r Ko break one s word.
fidem frangerex
promisso stare — to abide by one's undertaking.
fide obstridum teneri (Pis. 13. 29) — to be bound by one's
word ; to be on one's honour.
fidem fiacere, afferre alicui rei (opp. demere, de-, abrogare
fidem) — to make a thing credible.
aliquid fide77i habet (vid. also fides under History, p. 112)
— a thing finds credence, is credible.
sponsio7ie77i fiacere, sponsore77i esse pro aliquo — to be security
for some one.
praestare alique77i, aliquid, de aliqua re or Ace. c. Inf. —
to be answerable for a person, a thing.
II. SUSPICION— PRESENTIMENT
suspicio7ie77i 77iovere, excitare, i7ticere, dare alicui — to rouse
a person's suspicions.
suspicionem habere de aliquo — to suspect a person.
SUSPICION— PRESENTIMENT— HA TRED 1 6 1
suspicio7iem alicuius re i habere — to be suspected of a thing.
sicspicio {iiliaiius rei) cadit in aliqiiem^ pertinet ad aliqiiein
— suspicion falls on some one.
alique77i in sitspicionem adducere {alicui)^ aliquem siispectum
reddere — to make a person suspected.
/;/ sHspicioneni vocari, cadere — to become the object of
suspicion.
in sKspicionem aiicui venire — to be suspected by some one.
suspicioneni a se removere, depeiiere,propu/sare (Wexr. 3. 60.
140) — to clear oneself of a suspicion.
suspicionem ex animo delere — to banish all feeling of
prejudice from the mind.
suspicio insidet in animo ejus\ ...
... . - vhe IS m a suspicious mood.
suspicio ei penitus inhaeret J
suspicio tenuissima^ 7ninima — the faintest suspicion.
a suspicione alicuius rei abhorrere — to have no presentiment
of a thing.
animus praes ant malu7n\ • ^ r 1 i
>my mind forebodes misfortune.
anwio praesagio 77ialu77i J
12. HATRED— JEALOUSY— ENVY
invisu7n esse aiicui
odio. invidiae esse aiicui . , , ,
. . . ,. ... Vto be hated by some one.
in invidia esse alicui
in odio esse apud alique77i I
i7ividia flagrare^ pre77ii — to be detested.
in odiu77i^ in i7ividia77t'^venire aiicui
invidiam colligere (aliqua re)
alicuius odium subire, suscipere^ i7i >
se convertere, sibi C07iflare
in alicuius odiu77i incurrere
M
to incur a person's
hatred.
1 62 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
to make a person
odious, unpop-
ular.
in invidiam, odium (alicuius) vocare
aliquem
in invidiam adducere alique7n
invidia77i aliciii confiare (Catil. i. 9. 23)
invidiam, odium ex-, concitare alicui, in
aliquem
capitali odio dissidere ab aliquo (De Am. i. 2) — to be
separated by a deadly hatred.
odium explere aliqua re (Liv. 4. 32) — to glut one's
hatred.
odium implacabile suscipere in aliquem — to conceive an
implacable hatred against a man.
odio or invidia alicuius ardere — to be consumed with
hatred.
odium inveteratum habere in alique7n (Vat. 3. 6) — to
cherish an inveterate animosity against some one.
odio iftflammatum, accensum esse — to be fired with a
passionate hatred.
odium alicuius injlammare — to kindle hatred in a person's
heart ; to fill some one with hatred (not implere, vid.
p. 146, note).
odium restinguere, exstinguere — to stifle, drown one's
hatred.
13. DISCONTENT— ANGER— REVENGE— FURY
aegre, graviter, inoleste, iiidigne ferre aliquid — to be dis-
contented, vexed at a thing \ to chafe.
indignitas, atrocitas rei (Mur. 25. 51) — the revolting
nature of an action.
0 f acinus indignu?n f (Ter. Andr. i. i. 118) — monstrous!
to vent one's anger,
spite on some one.
DISCONTENT— ANGER — KE VENGE — EUR Y 1 63
ira incensum esse
iracundia inflammatum esse ]-to be fired with rage.
ira ardere (Flacc. 35. 88)
iracundia exardescere^ effervescere — to be transported with
passion,
iracundia efferri — to be carried away by one's anger.
ira defervescit (Tusc. 4. 36. 78) — his anger cools.
virus acerbitatis suae effundere in
alique7n (De Amic. i^. 87)
iram in aliqueni effundere
iram, di/em evoi7iere in aliquem
irae induigere (Liv. 23. 3) — to give free play to one's
anger.
praecipite7n in iram esse (Liv. 23. 7) — to be short-tempered ;
to be prone to anger.
animu7ji explere — to cool one's anger.
iracundia77i continere, cohibere, reprimere — to restrain,
master one's passion.
iraTn resti7tguere^ sedare — to calm one's anger.
animu77i alicuius ab iracundia revocare — to prevent some
one from growing angry, appease his anger,
stomachu7n, bile7n alicuimovere — to excite a person's wrath.
ulcisci alique77i} poenas expetere ab aliquo — to revenge
oneself on some one.
ulcisci aliquid^ poenas alicuius rei expetere — to revenge
oneself for a thing.
ulcisci alique77i pro aliquo ox pro^
aliqua re
poenas alicuius or alicuius rei
repetere ab aliquo
to revenge oneself on
another for a thing
or on some one's be-
half.
^ ulcisci aliquem also means to avenge some one ; to exact
satisfaction on his behalf.
'^4 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
iniuriaspersegui{Y^,,, 2, 3. 9)__to avenge an insult.
impellere ahquem mfurorem—io make some one furious
furore infiammari, incendl—Xo become furious.
furore incensus, abreptus, impulsus~m a transport of rage
indignatio aliquem incedU~io be filled with indignation
tndignationes (Liv. 25. i. 9)-signs of irritation, of
discontent.
X. VIRTUES AND VICES
I. VIRTUE— MORALITY
vita honesta {turpis)~2. virtuous (immoral) life.
honesta expetere ; turpia fugere—lo follow virtue; to flee
from vice.
virtute praeditum, ornatum esse (opp. vitiis obrtitum esse)—
to be virtuous.
virtutem (iustitiam, pietatem) co/ere— to cultivate virtue
viam virtues ingredi (Off. i. ^2. ir8)-to walk in the
ways of virtue.
omnia consilia et facta ad virtutem referre^ {VhW. 10. 10.
20)— to make virtue the standard in every thought
and act.
virtutem sequi, virtutis studiosum esse~\o strive to attam
virtue.
virtutis perfectae perfecto mujiere fmgi (Tusc. i. 45. 109)
— to live a perfect life.
^ For -thoughts and deeds," cf. Or. 3. 43. 182 .;.,., instituta
et facta; Prov. Cons. 8. 20 consilia et facia ; Fin. 2. 14. 5 studta
et facta; Verr. 5. 14. ZS ^nentes homiimm et cogitatiojtes.
VIR TUE—MORA LI TV— VICE 1 65
virtutem pristinam retinere ] to live as scrupulously
nihil ex pristina virtiite ronittere] moral a life as ever.
summiiffi bonu77i^ i7i virtute ponere — to consider virtue the
highest good.
virtus hoc habet, ut . . . — this is a characteristic of
virtue, it . . .
a virtute discedere or deficere\ to deviate from the path of
honestatem deserere J virtue.
a 7naiorum virtute desciscere, dege7ierare^ deflectere — to
deteriorate.
a pare7itibus dege7ierare — to degenerate (from one's ances-
tors).
comwipi^ depravari — to be demoralised, corrupted.
excitare alique77i ad virtute77i — to rouse in some one an
enthusiasm for virtue.
bo7iitas (Fin. 5. 29. 65) — kindheartedness.
7iaturae boTiitas {0^. i. 32. 118) — innate goodness, kind-
ness.
naturae bo7ia — natural advantages.
2. VICE— CRIME
onmi vitio carere — to be free from faults.
vitia erumpunt {in aliqueni) (De Amic. 21. 76) — his vices
betray themselves.
ani77iu77i vitiis dedere — to abandon oneself to vice.
vitiis^ sceleribus C07ita77iinari or se contaminare (Off. 3. 8.
37) — to be tainted with vice.
vitiis^ sceleribus inquinatu77i^ C07itaminatu77i, obrutum esse —
to be vicious, criminal.
^ Note \.oo finis bonorum et malorum = \.\iQ. highest good and the
greatest evil.
^^^ LATIN PHRASE BOOK
vitia exstirpare et funditus tollere—io eradicate vice.
vita omnibus flagitiis^ vitiis dedita\2. life defiled by every
vita omnibus flagitiis ifiguinata J crime.
natura proclivem esse ad vitia~io have a natural pro-
pensity to vice.
scelera molin (Att. 7. n)— to meditate crime.
scelus facere, committere—to commit crime.
/acinus facere, committere—lo do a criminal deed.
to commit a crime and so
make oneself liable to
the consequences of it.
scelere se devincire, se obstritigere,
astringi
scelus {in se) concipere, suscipere]
scelus edere in aliquem (Sest. 26. 58)-to comm7t7^c^me
against some one.
scelus scelere cumulare (Catil. i. 6. i4)-to heap crime on
crime.
scelus^ supplicio expiare~to expiate a crime by punish-
ment.
3. DESIRE-PASSION—SELF-CONTROL i
cupiditate alic2Mus rei accensum, injlammatum esse— to be ]
fired with desire of a thing. *
ci^piditate alicuius rei ardere,fiagmre—ioh:,YQ an ardent
longing for a thing.
cupiditatem alicuius accendere
aliquem ad cupiditatem incitare
aliquem cupiditate inflammare
to rouse a person's
interest, cupidity.
s
I
_ Jlagittum IS a crime against oneself, e.g. drunkenness, scelus
IS a sin against society at large, e.g. theft, murder, nefas a sin
against God, e.g. sacrilege, parricide, facinus any unusual action,
then generally a crime, outrage.
DESIRE — PASSION— SELF- CONTROL 167
ciipiditatibus occaecari (Fin. t. 10. Tyi) — to be blinded by
passions.
libidine ferri — to be carried away by one's passions.
se {totiuji) libidinibus dedere — to abandon oneself (entirely)
to debauchery.
cupiditatibus servire, pdrere — to be the slave of one's
desires.
praecipite77i ferri aliqua re (Verr. 5. 46. 121) — to be
carried away by something.
ho7no ii7ipotens sui la man of no self-control,
ho77io effre7iatus^ i7tte77ipera72s \ self-indulgent.
sibi t77iperare or coTitinere et
co'ercere se ipsu77i
ani77iu77i regere, co'ercere^ cohibere
a7ii77iu77i vi7icere (Marcell. 3. 8)
t77iperare cupiditatibus \
co'ercere^ cohibere^ contifiere, Vto overcome one's passions.
do77iitas habere cupiditates\
ref7'e7iare cupiditates^ libidi7tes — to bridle one's desires.
effre7tatae cupiditates 1 . , ,.,,,,
... . . .,. Vunrestramed, unbridled lust.
i7tdo77iitae aTtiTni cupiditates \
cupiditates explere^ satiare — to satisfy one's desires.
Iibidine77i alicuius excitare — to arouse some one's lust.
libido do77ii7tatur (Or. 65. 219) — the passions win the
day.
libido co7isedit — the storm of passion has abated.
cupiditates deferbueruTtt {Cdit\. 18. 43) — the passions have
cooled down.
a7zi77ii perturbatio7tes exstirpare — to eradicate passion
from the mind.
to have self-control ; to
restrain oneself, mas-
ter one's inclinations.
i68
LATIN PHRASE BOOK
4. WRONG-INSULT-OUTRAGE-OFFENCE
(cf. p. 57)
iniuriam inferre, facere alicut\
iniuria afficere aliquem J ^^ '^'^°"S ^ person.
iniuria lacessere aUquem—io provoke a person by a
gratuitous insult.
iniuria abstinere (Off. 3. 17. 72)_to refrain from doing a
wrong, an injustice.
iniuriam accipere—io be the victim of an mjustice.
iniuriam ferre, pati— to suffer wrong.
iniurias defender^ repeikre,propulsare~io repel an injury
imurias negkgere~io leave a wrong unpunished, to ignore
it.
ad iniuria aliquem defendere—io protect any one from
wrong.
salisfacere^ alicui pro {de) iniuriis-io give some one
satisfaction for an injury.
coniumelia aliquem afficere~\o insult some one.
voces {verba) cotitu7neliosae\ . |
verborum contumeliae |i"sulting expressions. I
contumeliosis vocibus prosequi aliquem (vid p. 2>Z, note)—
to use insulting expressions to any one.
maledictis aliquem onerare, lacerare—io heap abuse on
some one.
offendere aliquejn, alicuius animuni
offeiidere apud aliquem (Cluent.
23. 63) 1^^ ^^u^t some one's
in offetisionem alicuius incurrerel ^^^^"^S^-
(Verr. i. 12. 35) j
offendi aliqua re {animus offenditur)—io feel hurt by
something.
OFFENCE— VIOLENCE— A MB USCA DE 1 69
offendere i?i aliguo (Mil. -^6. 99) — to have something to
say against a person, to object to him.
offendere^ in aliqua re (Cluent. 36. 98) — to take a false
step in a thing ; to commit an indiscretion.
ojfetnionem habere — to give offence to, to shock a person
(used of things, vid. p. 65).
res habet aliqidd offensionis — there is something repulsive
about the thing.
5. VIOLENCE— AMBUSCADE— THREATS
vim adhibere^facere alicui — to use violence against some
one.
vim i7ift'rre alicui — to do violence to a person.
vim et manus afferre a/icui (Cdi'il. i. 8. 21) — to kill with
violence.
vi^n vi depellere \ r ^ r
. . .,, , r ■, rto meet force by force.
VI vim illatam defendereX
insidias coUocare^ locare (Mil. 10. 27) — to set an ambus-
cade.
insidias alicui parare^ facere^ struere, inslruere, Icjidere — to
waylay a person.
aliquem in insidiis locare^ collocare^ ponere — to place some
one in ambush.
aliquem in insidias elicere, inducere — to draw some one
into an ambush.
subsidere in insidiis (JMil. 19. 49) — to place oneself in
ambush.
""■ Notice too offertdere caput (Quintil. 6. 3. 67), pedein (B. Hisp.
23), to strike one's head, foot against anythint^ ; offendere ali(]iieni
imparatum (Fam. 2. 3), to find some one unprepared, cf.
KaraXa/xiSdceti'.
170 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
mini tar i {iniiiari) alicui morte7ii^ crucem et tormenta^ beUu77i
— to threaten some one with death, crucifixion,
torture, war.
7ninitari alicui igni ferroque (Phil. 13. 9. 21) — to threaten
with fire and sword.
dettuTitiare^ bellu77i^ caede77i (Sest. 20. 46) — to threaten
war, carnage.
TTiiTias iacere. iactare\ .
... Vto use threats.
7711711S Utl J
6. APPEARANCE— DECEIT— FALSEHOOD-
DERISION
specie77i alicuius rei habere — to have the appearance of
something.
to give the impression of . . .
- have the outward aspect
of . . .
in specie77i \
specie (De Amic. 13. 47) Vapparently ; to look at.
per speciem (alicuius rei) J
per simulatione77i, simulatio7te alicuius rei — under pretext,
pretence of . . .
simula?'e 77iorbu77i — to pretend to be ill.
dissi77iulare ^ 77iorbu77i — to pretend not to be ill.
^ ''Threaten " in the sense of to be at hand, to be imminent, is
rendered by some such word as i}?ifnine}'e, impendere^ instare, e.g.
belhun inwiinet. For the meaning to seem likely, to promise, cf.
coniui'atio rem piiblicafu perversura videtur, the conspiracy threatens
to overthrow the state.
^ prae se ferve followed by Ace. and Inf. = to manifest, display,
e.g. Romanum esse sejjiper prae me tuli.
^ simulo=\ pretend to be what I am not, cf. aka^ibv, a braggart ;
dissimulo=\ pretend not to be what I am, cf. etpojv, a mock-modest
person. Qicae noti sunt simulo, quae sunt ea dis simulant ur.
Speciem alicuius rei praebere
speciem prae seferre ^
DECEIT— FALSEHOOD — DERISION 171
aliqiiis simidat aegrum or se esse aegnwi — some one feigns
illness.
alifer sentire ac loqiii {aliud sentire, aliud loqiii) — to
think one thing, say another; to conceal one's
opinions,
per dohuji (B. G. 4. 13) — by craft.
dolis et fallaciis (Sail. Cat. 11. 2) — by the aid of fraud and
lies.
sine fuco ac fallaciis (Att. i. i. i) — without any disguise,
frankly.
verba dare alicui i^Kxt. 15. 16) — to deceive a person, throw
dust in his eyes.
mendacium dicere \ „ ,.
J- -, , . . -,. no tell lies.
jalsa {pro veris) dicere I
ludere, irridere^ deridere aliquem
illiidere alicui or in aliquem
(more rarely aliqueni)
ludibrio esse alicui — to serve as some one's butt.
in ludibrium verti (Tac. Ann. 12. 26) — to become an
object of ridicule ; to be laughed at.
omnibus artibus aliquem ludificari^ eludere — to fool a person
thoroughly.
per ludibrium — in sport, mockery.
7. DUTY— INCLINATION
offlcium suu7n facere^ servare\
colere, tueri^ exsequi^ praestare I
officio suo satisfacere (Div. in Vto do one's duty.
Caec. 14. 47)
officio suo fungi
to make sport of, rally a
person.
'72 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
omnes officii partes exsegui \ to fulfil one's duty in every
7iulla7n officii parte fn deserere\ detail.
diligentem esse in retinendis officiis~io be exact, punctual
in the performance of one's duty.
officiiim siium deserere^ neglegere\
ab officio discedere
de, ab officio decedere Y^ neglect one's duty.
officio sua deesse (Fam. 7. 3)
ad officium redire—to return to one's duties.
in officio ma?iere (Att. i. 3)-to remain faithful to one's
duty.
contra officium est c. Inf.— it is a breach of duty to . . .
ab officio abduci, avocari—io let oneself be perverted
from one's duty.
salvo^ officio (Off. 3. I. 4)— without violating, neglecting
one's duty.
multa et magna inter nos officia ~ i?itercedunt (Fam. 13. 6:^)
—we are united by many mutual obligations.
in aliquetn officia conferre
aliquem officiis suis co7Jiplecti^
prosequi
officiosum esse in aliquem
litterae officii or humanitatis plenae—2. most courteous
letter.
to be courteous, obliging to
some one.
'- Notice salvh legibus (Fam. i. 4), without breaking the law-
salvajide (Off. 3. 4. 44), without breaking one's word.
2 officium is used of anything which one feels bound to do, either on
moral grounds or from a desire to please others (especially those in
authority). Thus the word denotes not merely duty, sense of duty,
faithful performance of duty, submissiveness (cf. xvi. 13), but also
courteous, obliging behaviour, complaisance, mark of respect
Objectively it has the meaning of an office, service, command, e.-
officium maritimum. ^'
\
INCH N A TION— REASON— CONSCIENCE 173
to have an inclination
for a thing.
studere aliaii rci^ stiidiosiim esse
nlicuius rei
studio alicuhis rei teneri
propeiisuju, proclivejii esse ad
aii(piid{o\iY^. alie?7Hm, aversiDu
esse, abhorrere ab aliqua re)
studiis suis obsequi (De Or. i. j. 3) — to follow one's
inclinations.
sibi or ingenio suo indulgere (Nep. Chabr. 3) — to indulge
one's caprice.
8. REASON— CONSCIENCE— REMORSE
to be endowed with
reason.
rationis participem (opp. exper-
te77i) esse
ratio7ie praeditum esse, uti
prude nter, considerate, consilio agere (opp. teniere, tiuIIo con-
silio, nulla ratio?te) — to act reasonably, judiciously.
sapere (Off. 2. 14. 48) — to be a man of sense, judg-
ment.
resipiscere (Att. a. k. 2) \ , .
- . . ' . to recover ones reason, be
ad sanitatem reverti, redire \
^ , . . reasonable a^am.
ad bonatn jrugeni se recipere\
ad sanitatem adducere, revocare aliqueni — to bring some
one back to his senses.
satin ( = satis7ie) sanus es ? — are you in your right mind ?
rationi repugnare — to^be contrary to all reason.
conscientia recta, recte facti {fac\
toru77i\ virtutis, be7ie actae I
.^ , . Va good conscience.
vitae, rectae volimtatis I
77iens bene sibi conscia I
174 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
conscientia mala ox peccatoriuji^
culpae^ scekris, delicti Va guilty conscience.
animus male sibi conscius
nulliiis culpae sibi conscium esse — to be conscious of no
ill deed.
conscientia 7norderi (Tusc. 4. 20. 45) — to be conscience-
stricken.
conscientiae maleficiorum stimulant alique??i — his guilty
conscience gives him no rest.
conscientia mala angi, excruciari\ to be tormented by re-
(niens scelerum furiis agitatur) \ morse.
conscientia recte factorum erigi — to congratulate oneself
on one's clear conscience.
Furiae agitant et vexant aliquem — the Furies harass and
torment some one.
9. MEASURE— STANDARD— LIMIT-
MODERATION
moduni tenere^ retineri^ servare, adhibere — to observe
moderation, be moderate.
omnia modice agere — to be moderate in all things, commit
no excess.
modum facere, statuere, constituere alicui rei or alicuius rei
— to set a limit to a thing.
modum iransire | I
extra modum prodire Vto pass the limit. 1
ultra inodum^ progredi^
^ Only Livy and subsequent writers use modum excedere, and in
the same way supra f/iodttm.
STANDARD — LIMIT— MORALS I75
metiri^ ponderare^ aestimare^ iu-
dicare aliquid {ex) aligua re
dirigere or referre aliqidd ad
aliquam rem
to show moderation in a
matter.
to measure something by
the standard of some-
thing else ; to make
something one's cri-
terion.
fines certos termmosque co7istituere — to impose fixed limita-
tions.
terminis circumscribere aliquid — to set bounds to a thing,
limit it.
moderatufn, C07iti7ientem esse
moderatum se praebere Vto behave with moderation.
temperajitia uti
moderatione?n^ inodiwi adhibere
in aliqiia re
moderari aliquid {YXdiCQ.. 5. 12)
modice ac sapienter — with moderation and judgment.
sine 7Jiodo ; nullo 77iodo adhibito — with no moderation.
extra^ praeter modum — beyond all measure.
77iediocritate77i tenere (Off. i. 25. 89) — to observe the
golden mean.
10. MORALS— IMMORALITY— PRINCIPLES-
CHARACTER
ho77io bene {77iale) moratus — a moral (immoral) man.
ho77io perditus — a depraved, abandoned character.
praecepta de moribus ot de virtute — moral precepts.
77iorum praecepta tradere alicui\ to give moral advice, rules
de virtute praecipere alicui J of conduct.
77iores corrupti or perditi — moral corruption (not corruptela
moruni).
^76 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
tarn perditis or corruptis moribus-^moxx^'.i such moral
depravity.
mores in dies magis labnntur (also with ad, e.g. ad wo/.
////>,;^)_ immorality is daily gaining ground.
severus montm castigator—2. stern critic of morals.
aliquid abhorret a meis moribus (opp. insitum \atque
iniiatum'] est ammo or in animo alia(ius)~somQ-
thing is contrary to my moral sense, goes against
my principles.
consilia et facta (cf. p. 164, note)-thought and deed.
i?istitntum tenere~{o remain true to one's principles.
ratione ; animi quodajn iiidicio—on principle.
vitae ratio bene ac sapienter institnta—^ sound and sens-
ible system of conduct.
meae vitae rationes ab ineunte aetate susceptae (Imp. Pomp.
I. i)— the principles which I have followed since
I came to man's estate.
certas rationes in agendo^ sequi~to follow fixed principles
of conduct.
omnia temere agere, nullo
mdicio uti, .to have no principles.
caeco i??ipetu ferri
natura et mores ; vita moresque ; indoles animi ingeniique ;
or simply inge?iiiim, indoles, natura, mores—chsir-
acter.
vir eonstans, gravis (opp. Aomo ineonstans, /evis)~a. man
of character, with a strong personality.
sibi constare, constantem esse — to be consistent.
"' Do not translate "to act, behave, conduct oneself" by agere
without an object or an accompanying adverb, e.g. bene, recte a^ere ■
however, with the gerundive the adverb may be omitted e v
ageudum est, tempus agendi, celeritas in agendo.
GOD — WORSHIP 111
aniino mobili esse (Fam. 5. 2. 10) — to be inconsistent,
changeable.
aliquid est proprhwi alicuius — something is a character-
istic of a man.
mobilitas et levitas aninii — inconsistency ; changeability.
XI. RELIGION
I. GOD— WORSHIP
numen {deoruifi) divinum — the sovereign power of the
gods.
dei propitii (opp. irati) — the favour of heaven.
siiperi ; inferi — the gods of the upper, lower world.
inferi {Orciis and Tartarus only poetical) — the world
below.
ad inferos descendere — to descend to the world below.
apud inferos esse — to be in the lower world.
aliquem ab inferis or a 77wrtuis evocare^ excitare (passive
ab ijiferis exsistere) — to summon some one from the
dead.
deos sancte^ pie venerari — to be an earnest worshipper of
the gods.
deum rite (^stwtma religione) colere — to honour the gods
with all due ceremonial (very devoutly).
cultus dei^ deorum (N. D. 2. 3. 8) — worship of the gods ;
divine service.^
sacra^ res divi7iae^ religiones^ caerimoniae — ritual ; cere-
monial.
rebus divinis interesse (B. G. 6. 13) — to take part in
divine service (of the priest).
N
178 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
sacris adesse — to be present at divine service (of the
people).
sacris initiari (Quintil. 12. 10. 14)— to be initiated into
the mysteries of a cult.
templa deorum adire — to make a pilgrimage to the shrines
of the gods.
numerum deorum obtinere (N. D. 3. 20) — to be regarded
as a god.
alique77i in deorum numeriwi referre^ reponere — to deify a
person.
aliquem in deorum numero referre — to consider as a god.
aliquem divino honore colere \
alicui divinos honores tribuereS"" ^""^ '^'^''''' ^°"'''''' ^"^
habere J someone.
propius ad deos accedere (Mil. 22. 59)— to approach the
gods.
supera et caelestia ; humana et citeriora — heavenly things ;
earthly things.
divinitus (De Or. i. 46. 202)— by divine inspiration
(often = marvellously, excellently).
divinitus accidit — it happened miraculously.
2. RELIGION— RELIGIOUS SCRUPLE— OATH
iinbuere {vid. p. 103, x\q\.q) pectora religione^ — to inspire
with religious feeling, with the fear of God.
1 religio (original meaning probably that which binds down, cf.
religo, leges, lidor, etc.) denotes, subjectively, religious feeling,
devotion, fear of God, religious scruple, conscientiousness. Object-
ively it means the object of religious fear, a sacred thing or place,
also that which is contrary to the gods' will, a crime, sin, curse ;
lastly in an active sense a religious obligation, an oath.
RELIGION— RELIGIOUS SCRUPLE — OATH 179
audienthiin aiiimos religlone perfundere (Liv. 10. 388) — to
fill the souls of one's audience with devotion.
religionein ex animis extra here (N. D. i. 43. 121) — to
banish devout sentiment from the minds of others.
omneiJi religionem tollere^ delere — to annihilate all religious
feeling.
religlofiem labefactare {vid. p. 50, note) — to shake the
foundations of religion.
religmie obstrictos habere 77iultitudinis animos (llv. 6. i. 10)
— to have power over the people by trading on
their religious convictions.
religione77i alicui afferre, inicere^ mcutere — to inspire some
one with religious scruples.
aliquid religioni habere or in
to make a thing a matter of
conscience, be scrupulous
about a thing.
religionem vertere
aliquid in religiojiem alicui
venit
nulla religio — absence of scruples, unconscientiousness.
religionem externam suscipere — to embrace a strange
religion.
novas religiones instituere — to introduce a new religion,
a new cult.
be Hum pro religionibus susceptum — a religious war.
violatas caerimonias inexpiabili religione sancire (Tusc. i.
12. 27) — to invoke an irrevocable curse on the
profanation of sacred rites.
iusiurandu7n dare alicui^ — to swear an oath to a person.
ex a7ii77ii 77iei sente7itia iuro — I swear on my conscience.
iureiurando aliquem astringere — to bind some one by an
oath.
^ sacra7nentiwi dicere alicui Tix\(\. aptcd aHqiiem = {.o take in some
one's presence an oath to the standard, a military oath.
i8o LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
iurehirando aliqiieju adigere — to make some one take an
oath.
iureiurando ac fide se odstritigere, ut — to promise an oath
to . . .
iureiurando teneri (Off. 3. 27. 100) — to be bound by oath.
iusiurandu77i {religionem) servare, conservare — to keep
one's oath.
periurium facere ; peierare — to commit perjury, perjure
oneself.
iusiurandu77i violare — to break one's oath.
3. BELIEF— UNBELIEF— SUPERSTITION
opi7iio dei — belief in God.
deu77i esse credi77ius — we believe in the existence of a God.
deos esse 7tegare — to deny the existence of the gods.
iTtsifas (i7i7tatas) dei cogTiitioTies habere (N. D. i. 17. 44) — to
have innate ideas of the Godhead ; to believe in
the Deity by intuition.
077i7iibus i7t7iatum est et iTi a7ii77io quasi i7isculptu77i esse deu77i
— belief in God is part of every one's nature.
7iatura in omniu77i ani77iis notione77i dei i77ipressit (N. D. i.
16. 43) — Nature has implanted in all men the idea
of a God.
i77ipietas — unbelief.
qui deu77i esse negat — an atheist.
superstitio 77ientes occupavit i^QXT. 4. 51. 113) — superstition
has taken possession of their souls.
siiperstitio7ie i77ibutu77t esse — to be tinged with superstition.
superstitione teneri, constrictu77i esse, obligatu77i esse — to be
the slave of superstition.
^ UPEKS TiriON^PRA VERS 1 8 1
siiperstitionem funditus tollere — to absolutely annihilate
superstition.
snperstitio7iem radicitus or penitus evelkre — to destroy
superstition root and branch.
formidines — superstitious fears ; phantoms.
4. PRAYERS— WISHES— VOWS
precari aliqiiid a deo
precari deum. deos ^ .
7 /o 1, T ^ V rto pray to God.
supplicare deo (ball. lug. 63. i)
adhibere deo preces
praeire verba (carmen) (Li v. 31. 17) — to read prayers for
the congregation to repeat.
(supmas) mantis ^ ad caelum tendere — to raise the hands
to heaven (attitude of prayer).
favefe ore, Unguis = ev(^7)[xelTe — maintain a devout silence
(properly, utter no ill-omened word).
preces facer e — to pray.
grates, laudes agere dis immortalibus — to thank, glorify
the immortal gods.
testari deos (Sull. 31. 86) — to call the gods to witness.
contestari deos hotninesque — to call gods and men to wit-
ness.
dis bene iuvantibus (Fam. 7. 20. 2) — with the help of the
gods.
quod deus bene vertat I ^ — and may God grant success !
^ supimts = vTrTios, bent backwards ; supinae inanus, with the
palms turned up. The opposite of supinus x:, promts, e.g. ptteriim
imponere equo pronum in ventrem, postea sedentem (Varr. ) ; pecora
quae natura prona finxit (Sail.)
^ Note that these clauses with quod are parenthetical.
i82 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
quod di i77imortales o?fien averta?tt f (Phil. 44. 11) — and
may heaven avert the omen ! heaven preserve us
from this !
quod abominor ! i^procul absit /) — God forbid !
di prohibeant^ di meliora ! — heaven forfend !
quod bonuni^ faustum^ felix fortunatic77ique sit!^ (Div. :.
45. 102) — may heaven's blessing rest on it !
precari aliaii bene (piale) or o?7inia bo7ia {77iala\ salute77i —
to bless (curse) a person.
vota facere^ 7timcupare, suscipere^ coTtcipere — to make a vow.
vota solvere^ per solvere^ reddere — to accomplish, pay a vow.
voti da77mari, co77ipdte77i fieri — to have to pay a vow ; to
obtain one's wish.
5. SACRIFICE— FESTIVAL
sacra^ sacrificiu77i facere {lepa\
pe^ecv), sacrificare Uo sacrifice.
re77i divina77t facere (dis) I
fure et odoribus i7tce7tsis — with incense and perfumes.
rebus divi7tis [rite) perpetratis — after having performed
the sacrifice (with due ritual).
sacrificiu77i statu77i {sole77i7ie) (Tusc. i. 47.* 11 3) — a period-
ically recurring (annual) sacrifice.
sacra polluere et violare — to profane sacred rites.
victi77ias (oxen), hostias (smaller animals, especially sheep)
i77i77ioIare, securi ferire^ caedere^ 77iactare — to slaughter
victims.
deos placare (B. G. 6. 15) — to appease the anger of the
gods.
77ianes expiare (Pis. 7. 16) — to appease the manes, make
sacrifice for departed souls.
^ Sometimes abbreviated q. b. f, f. f. s.
to keep, celebrate a fes-
tival.
SA CRIFICE — FES TI VAL—QRA CLE 1 83
pro victwits ho7nines iminolare — to sacrifice human victims.
parentare (Leg. 2. 21. 54) — to make a sacrifice on the
tomb of one's ancestors.
Iiba7'e — to offer libations.
diem festu7?i agere (of an indi-
vidual)
diem festum celebrare (of a
larger number)
siipplicatio7iei7i i7tdicere ad omfiia pulviTiaria {1a\. 27. 4) —
to proclaim a public thanksgiving at all the street-
shrines of the gods.
suppiicatione77i qui7ideci77i dieru77i decer7iere (Vhi]. 14. 14. 37)
— to decree a public thanksgiving for fifteen days.
S2tpplicatio7te77i habere (Liv. 22. i. 15) — to celebrate a
festival of thanksgiving.
Iectister7iiu77i facere, habere (Liv. 22. i. 18) — to hold a
lectisternium.
6. ORACLE— PRODIGIES—AUSPICES —
PRESAGE
oraculum coTtsulere — to consult an oracle.
oraculu77i petere {ab aliqud) — to ask for an oracular re-
sponse.
7iiittere Delphos coTisultum — to send and consult the
oracle at Delphi.
oraculu77i dare^ edere \
responsii77i dare {viR. p. Uo give an oracular response.
131, note), respo7tdere j
oraculu77i Pythiu77i i^Pythicu7)i)\ an oracle given by the
vox Pythia (Pyfhica )(Liv. i.V Delphian Apollo
56) J (Apollo Pythius).
1 84 LATIN THRASE BOOK
prodigia procurare^ (Liv. 22. 1) — to avert by expiatory
sacrifices the effect of ominous portents.
Ubros Sibyllinos adire, consulere, inspicere — to consult the
SibylHne books.
auguriiwi agere^^ auspicari (N. D. 2. 4. 11) — to take the
auspices, observe the flight of birds.
de caelo seruare (Att. 4. 3. 3) — to observe the sky {i.e.
the flight of birds, Ughtning, thunder, etc.)
aves {alites, oscines) ^ addicunt alicui (opp. abdicunt aliquid)
— the omens are favourable to some one.
augures obnuntiant (consult) (Phil. 2. -^-^^. 83) — the augurs
announce an unfavourable sign.
auspicato {rem gerere, urbem condere) — after having duly
taken the auspices.
07nen accipere (opp. improbare) — to accept as a happy
omen.
accipere^ vertere aliquid in omefi — to interpret something
as an omen.
faustis ominibus — with favourable omens.
omen infaustum, triste — an evil omen ; presage of ill.
^ procurare^ a technical term of religious ceremonial = to avert
by expiation ; to take the necessary measures, observe the proper
ceremony for appeasing the anger of the gods.
^ Not auspicia habere, which means to have the right to take
the auspices. As this right was usually combined with the right to
command, we find such phrases as ponere auspicia^ to give up a
command ; imperio auspicioque alicuhis, atispiciis alicimis, under
some one's command.
^ In the science of augury, alites denoted birds which gave omens
by their flight ; oscines those which gave them by their cries.
THE HOUSE AND ITS DIFFERENT PARTS 185
XII. DOMESTIC LIFE
I. THE HOUSE AND ITS DIFFERENT PARTS
domus necessarits rebus instructa — a comfortably-furnished
house.
do?fius riiina^ impefidet 1 , , , r ^^ ■
,^ . the house threatens to tall in
do??ius collapsura. corruitura \ , . ^ .
, .\ \vid. p. 170, note).
{esse) videtur I
domus subita ruiiia collapsa est — the house suddenly fell
in ruins.
domum demoliri (Top. 4. 22) — to demolish, raze a house.
do7?ius non 07Jines capit'^ (^copelv) — the house is not large
enough for all.
domum frequentare (Sail. Cat. 14. 7) — to be a regular
visitor at a house.
domus rimas agit — the house walls are beginning to
crack.
apud eum sic fut tamquam domi meae (Fam. 13. 69) — I
felt quite at home in his house.
apud aliquem esse — to be at some one's house.
tectum subire — to enter the house.
tecto^ {JTi) domum suam aliquem recipere (opp. prohibere
aliquem tecto, do??io) — to welcome to one's house
(opp. to shut one's door against some one).
domo pede77i non efferre — to never set foot out of doors.
^ ruina = id\\, overthrow (metaphor, e.g. ruina rei ptiblicae,
ruinac fortunarum, Catil. i, 6. 14). In plur. it is used of the ruins,
debris resulting from an overthrow, e.g. urbs strata ruinis, a town
in ruins; ftanajites ruinae urbis. For "ruins" in the sense of
remains of old buildings use parietinae.
^ Also metaph. e.g. Macedonia te noti capit.
^^6 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
pedem limine efferre— to cross the threshold.
foras exire (Plaut. Arnph. i. 2. 35)— to go out of the
house.
foras mittere alique77i~to turn some one out of the house.
in publico — in the streets.
in publicum prodire (Verr. 2. i. 31)— to show oneself in
the streets, in public.
publico carere^ se abstinere\
domi se tenere f"" "^^^' ^PP^^^ ^" Public.
deducere ^ aliquem de domo—io escort a person from his
house.
pro aris^ et focis pugnare, certare, dimicare—to fight for
hearth and home.
domi (opp. /?m)— at home ; in one's native country.
ostium, fores pulsare — to knock at the door.
ostium, fores aperire, claudere~to open, shut the door.
fores obserare — to bolt the door.
ianuam effringere, revellere—to burst open the door.
vulvas {portam) obsfruere—io barricade a door (a city-
gate).
^ Notice too deducere colo7iiam ; deducere naves, to launch ships,
opposed to stihducere = io beach a boat; deducere adulescentes ad
viriim clarissimum (De Am. i. i) ; deducere de sententia aliqiievi ;
rem in eum locum deducere, ut . . . ; de capite deducere (opp. addere)
quod perjtiimeratum est^^o subtract from the capital the amount
paid ; deducere aliqtiem, to escort a person from his province to
Rome,
- At Rome there were altars not only in the temples but also in
the streets and in private houses. In a house there were usually
two— one in the court, the altar of the Penates; another in the atrium
on a small hearth {foctis), this was the altar 'of the Lares. Hence
araefocique = \.\ie altars and hearths of the Lares and Penates,
DOMESTIC MATTERS — PROPERTY 187
2. DOMESTIC MATTERS— PROPERTY
rem do7iiesticam^ faviiliarem administrare^ regerx^ curare —
to keep house.
revi or opes habere^ bona possidere^ in bonis esse — to possess
means ; to be well off.
opibus^ divitiis^ bo?iis, facultatibiis abtmdare — to be very
rich.
re?n be?ie {male) gerere^ (vid?\io manage one's affairs,
p. 261) \ household, property well
rem familiarem tueri J or ill.
rem fa7niliare7n neglegere — to neglect, mismanage one's
household matters.
diligentem^ frugl esse — to be economical.
diligens paterfainilias — a careful master of the house.
frugi ^ (opp. nequam) servus — a good, useful slave.
severu??i imperium in suis exercere^ tenere (De Sen. 1 1. 37) —
to be a strict disciplinarian in one's household.
in possessionem alicuius rei venire — to come into the
possession of something.
in possessione77i alicuius rei invadere — to take forcible
possession of a thing.
expellere aliqiiejn domo^ possessionibus pellere — to turn a
person out of his house, his property.
^ rejn ge7'ere = gtr\Qx^\\y io manage one's affairs. Then specially
— (i) to do business (of commercial men); (2) to administer one's
estate ; (3) to hold a command (of a general in the field), ixs
gerere plur. = to carry out, accomplish undertakings, used specially
of political activity.
^ frugi is an old case-form (either locative or dative) from an
obsolete nominative friix. Cf. bonae frugi esse, to be useful ; ad
bonant frugem se recipere, to come to one's senses (Gael. 12. 28).
1 88 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
demovere^ deicere aliquem de possessiotie — to dispossess a
person.
exturbare aliquem omnibus \
fortunis^ e possessionibus \ to drive a person out of house
evertere aliquein boiiis^for- and home.
tunis patriis
possessiofze alicuius rei cedere aiicui {M.\\. 27. 75) — to give
up a thing to some one else.
res^ quae moveri possunt ; res moventes^ (Li v. 5. 25. 6) —
movable, personal property.
fundi — property in land ; real property,
3. HABITATION— CLOTHING
habitare^ in domo alicuius , apud aliquem (Acad. 2. 36,
115) — to live in some one's house.
domiciliu7ft {sede7?i ac domiciliiwi) habere in aliquo loco — to
dwell in a certain place.
sedem collocare alicubi (^e^. 2.^
to take up one's abode in
a place, settle down
somewhere.
19- 34)
sedem ac do7nicilium {fortunas
suas) constituere alicubi
considere alicubi {hXX. 5. 14. i)^
^ res nioventes ; movere is apparently sometimes used intransitively,
e.g. terra viovet (Liv. 35. 40 ; 40. 59), but here vioventes is probably
the participle of the middle i?iove?'i (cf. res quae ino\ tx'i posszait).
For parallel examples of a middle verb with a participle present or
a gerundive cf. Fin. 2. lo. 31 uij-a voluptate stante an movente?
Suet. Claud. 28 ledicam per urbem vehendi ius ; Or. 2. 71. 287
ceteris in cainpo exercentibus, etc.
^ habitare loaan is not used, locus habitatur is. On the other
hand, we find incolere Asia?n, etc., or with preps, cis, trans, inter,
prope, circum — incolere being used intransitively, e.g. B. G. i. i.
4 Germani qui trans Rhemim incohoit. incolere is used of a num-
ber of people, habitare of individuals.
HABIT A TION— CL 0 THING — FO OD 1 89
vmltitudinein in agris coUocare — to settle a large number
of people in a country.
domo emigrare (B. G. i. 31) — to emigrate.
domoprofugiis (Liv. i. i) — homeless.
mduere vestem (without sibi) — to dress oneself.
vestem i7mtare (opp. ad vestitum suum redire) (Plane. 12.
29) — to go into mourning.
vestimenta {et calceos) mutare — to change one's clothes
(and shoes).
vestitus obsoletus, tritus — cast-off clothing.
vestis stragula or simply vestis — drapery.
togatus^ palliatus — with a toga, cloak on.
pannis obsitiis — in rags.
paludatiis^ sagatus — in a military cloak {paludainentu77i^
of a general ; sagmti, of soldiers).
toga7n virile77i {pura77t) su77iere — to assume the toga virilis.
veste77i poftere ^ {exuere) — to undress.
4. FOOD— DRINK
cibiwi su77iere, capere — to take food.
cibii77i co7tcoquere, conficere — to digest food.
77iulti cibi esse, edace77i esse — to be a great eater.
cibu77i appoTtere, p07iere alicui — to set food before a person.
corpus curare (cibo, vi7to, so77ino) — to refresh oneself,
minister to one's bodily wants.
^ togatzis = 2i Roman citizen as opposed to — (i) a foreigner, (2) a
soldier, (3) tunicatits, which is used of the lower classes who actually
had no toga but simply tunica, cf. Hor. Ep. i. 7. 65 tunicatus popellus.
" vestem deponere — io give up wearing a garment, never use it
again. Notice too ponere ar/na, to put down one's weapons ; poncre
librum {de nianibus), to lay aside a book (not deponere, which would
mean to lay aside for good. Cf. viii. 9).
'9° LATIN PHRASE BOOK
ventri deditum esse~to be the slave of one's appetite.
cido se abstinere~\.o abstain from all nourishment.
leiunium servare — to fast.
tantum cibi et potionis adhibere quantum satis est~to take
only enough food to support life.
cibus delicatus — delicacies.
panis cibarius — ordinary bread.
vi7to deditum esse, induigere~to be given to drink.
potare~to drink to excess ; to be a drunkard.
alicui bibere dare ^— to give some one to drink.
alicuibibere ministmre~to serve some one with drink.
propino tibi hoc {poculum, salutem)—\ drink your health.
be7ie tibi or te ./—your health !
inter pocula~-^\{\\^\. drinking ; at table.
exhaurire poculum~\Q empty a cup at a draught.
5. SUBSISTENCE IN GENERAL
victus cotidianus — daily bread.
victus tenuis (Fin. 2. 28. 90)— meagre diet.
res ad vitam necessariae 1
quae ad mctum pertinent P^"" necessaries of life.
res ad vidum cultumque necessariae— things indispensable
to a life of comfort.
Tjitae conwioditas iiccunditasque — comfort.
ofjines ad vitam copias suppeditare alicui—Vo provide some
one with a livelihood.
1 These forms dare bibere, etc., are not Graecisms but old usages
which have survived in conversational language. For the infinitive
(the dative of the verbal noun) used in this way compare Verg. Aen.
I. 527 w« ^^os aut ferro Libycos popidare Penates veninms ; Plaut.
Bacch. iv. 3. \^ parasitiis modo venerat aurtim petere.
SUBSISTENCE— EXPENDirURE 191
quae siippeditant ad vidiwi (Off. i. 4. 12) — a livelihood.
copiae cotidianis sumptibiis suppetmit (vid. p. 31, note) — his
means suffice to defray daily expenses.
victu77i aliqiia re qicaerere — to earn a livelihood by some-
thing.
vivere car?ie, piscidus, rapto (Liv. 7. 25) — to live on meat,
fish, by plunder.
de suo (opp. alieno) vivere — to live on one's means.
vita^n (inopem) tolerare (B. G. 7. 77) — to endure a life
of privation.
7ion habeo^ qui (unde) viva?n — I have no means, no liveli-
hood.
laute vivere^ (Nep. Chab. 3. 2) — to live well.
6. EXPENDITURE— LUXURY— PRODIGALITY
siiDiptinn facere^ insumere in aliqicid — to spend money on
an object.
sumptus effiisi {vid. p. 146, note) or profusi — prodigal
expenditure.
su77iptui parcere (Fam. 16, 4) — to incur few expenses.
su77iptibus modu77i statuere — to limit one's expenditure.
su77iptu77i 7}ii7iuere — to retrench.
su77iptus perpetui {0^. 2. 12. 42) — current expenses.
simiptus liberales ip^. 2. 12. 42) — munificence.
delicate ac 77iolliter vivere — to live a luxurious and effemin-
ate life.
luxuria diffluere (Offr i. 30. io6)l to be abandoned to a
077iniu77i reru77i copia diffluere J life of excess.
iTi luxuria77i effimdi — to plunge into excesses, a career of
excess.
^ Not bene vivere, which is used of leading a moral life.
192 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
effundere^ profunderepecuniani^ patritnoniuju — to squander
one's money, one's patrimony.
dissipare re7?i famiiiarem {sua7ii) \ to squander all one's
lacerare bo?ta sua (Verr. 3. 70. 164) J property.
7. HOSPITALITY
conviviuni instruere^ apparare, ornare {niagnifice splendide)
— to prepare, give a feast, dinner.
mensas exquisitissimis epulis instruere (Tmsc. 5. 21. 62) —
to load the tables with the most exquisite viands.
mensae exstructae — a table bountifully spread.
caput cenae (Fin. 2. 8. 25) — the main dish.
secunda mensa (Att. 14. 6. 2) — the dessert.
ab ovo usque ad mala (proverb.) ^ — from beginning to end.
aliquem vocare^ invitare ad cenam — to invite some one to
dinner.
pro7nittere {ad cenam) (Off. 3. 14. 58) — to accept an invi-
tation to dinner.
inter cenam, inter epulas — during dinner ; at table.
promittere ad aliquein — to promise to dine with a person.
condicere alicui (adcenani) — to invite oneself to some one's
house for dinner.
adhibere aliquem cenae or ad cenam, convivio or in convivium
— to welcome some one to one's table.
cenam alicui apponere — to set a repast before a person.
convivia tempestiva (Arch. 6. 13) — a repast which begins
in good time.
accipere aliquem {bene, copiose, laute, eleganter, regio apparatu,
apparatis epulis) — to entertain, regale a person.
1 Lit. "from the egg to the apples," i.e. throughout the dinner ;
cf. integram famem ad ovum affero (Fam. 9. 20. i).
HOSPITALITY— SOCIABILITY 193
deverii ad aliquem (ad [/;/] vilkvji) — to go to a man's
house as his guest
dcvcrsari apiid aliquem (Att. 6. i. 25) — to stop with a
person, be his guest for a short time when travel-
ling.
mihi cum illo hospitiu7n est, intercedit — my relations with
him are most hospitable.
hospitio alicuius uti — to enjoy a person's hospitality.
hospitium cum aliquo facere^ {con-)iungere — to become a
friend and guest of a person.
hospitio aliquem accipere or excipere [domum ad se) — to
welcome a man as a guest in one's house.
hospitiu7n renuntiare (Liv. 25. 18) — to sever (previous)
hospitable relations.
do7nus patef, aperta est mihi — I am always welcome at
his house.
invitare aliquem tecto ac domo or domum suafu (Liv. 3. 14.
5) — to invite some one to one's house.
8. SOCIABILITY— INTERCOURSE— ISOLATION
vitae societas ^ — social life.
facilitas, faciles mores (De Am. 3. 11) — a sociable, affable
disposition.
societatem ifiire, facere cum aliquo — to associate with some
one.
dissipatos hoi?iines iti^(ad) societate?7i vitae convocare (Tusc.
I. 25. 62) — to unite isolated individuals into a
society.
^ The aclj. socialis in the sense of "sociable " only occurs in late
Latin, e.g. hotno sociak animal (Sen.)
O
194 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
sociu7)i se admngere alicui — to attach oneself to a person's
society.
aliquem socium admittere — to admit a person into one's
society.
assidimm esse cum aliqiw — to be always in some one's
company.
uti aliqico iyfamiliariter)\\.Q be on intimate terms with
alkuius fa7niliaritate uti\ some one.
usu^familiaritate^consuetudine
to be on friendly terms
- with a person.
coniunctum esse cuf?i aliquo
est niihi consuetudo^ or iisus
cum aliquo
vivere cum aliquo
vetus usus inter jios intercedit — we have known each other
well for several years.
devincire aliquem consuetudine — to attach a person to one-
self.
se dare in consuetudine?fi alicuius — to devote oneself to a
person's society.
se insinuare in consuetudine7?i alicuius (Fam. 4. 13. 6)-— to
insinuate oneself into a person's society,
summa necessitudine aliqiie7n contingere — to stand in very
intimate relations to some one.
in si??iultate C2i?n aliquo sum — relations are strained
between us.
ho77iinum coetus, congressus fugere — to shun society.
in solitudine vivere (Fin. 3. 20. 65) — to live in solitude.
secu77i vivere — to live to oneself.
vitam solitariam agere — to live a lonely life.
CONVERSA TION—A UDIENCE — CONFERENCE 195
9. CONVERSATION— AUDIENCE-
CONFERENCE
sermonem conferred instituere^ ordiri\ to enter into conver-
cuvi aliquo \ sation with some
se dare in sermonem cum aliqico \ one.
sermonem inferre de aliqua re-, — to turn the conversation
on to a certain subject.
in eum sermonem ^ incideix^ qui turn fere multis erat in ore
— to talk of a subject which was then the common
topic of conversation.
sernio inciditde aliqua re — the conversation turned on . . .
in sermone7n ingredi — to begin a conversation.
sermo ortus est ab aliqua re — the conversation began
with . . .
ser??ionem alio transferre — to turn the conversation to
another topic.
mediiwi sermonem abrumpere (Verg. Aen. 4. 388) — to
break off in the middle of the conversation.
sermonem producere in multam noctem (Rep. 6. 10. 10) —
to prolong a conversation far into the night.
sermonem habere cum aliquo de aliqua re (De Am. i. 3) —
to converse, talk with a person on a subject.
hinc sermo ductus est 1 the conversation began in
sermo inductus a tali exordiox this way.
7nultus sermo — a long conversation.
narratio^ fabula — a narrative, tale, story.
narratiunciUa^ fabella (Fin. 5. 15) — an anecdote.
haec fabula docet — this fable teaches us (without nos\
^ sermonem conserere only in late Latin.
"^ Distinguish from such phrases as incidere in sermonem {homi-
mwi), to become common talk.
to give audience to some
one.
196 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
convenire a/iqtie7n — to meet a person (accidentally or
intentionally) and talk with him.
congredi cum aliquo — to meet a person by arrangement,
interview him.
sui potestate77i facere, praebere
alicui
colloquendi copiam facere, dare
conveniendi aditum ^ dare alicui
aditum conveniendi or colloquium '^ petere — to ask a hearing,
audience, interview.
{ad colloquium) admitti i^. C. 3. 57)! to obtain an audience
in congressum alicuius venire J of some one.
vellealiquem (Plaut. Capt. 5. 2. 24) — to wish to speak to
some one.
paucis te volo 1 , • ,
., , . , , Va word with you.
trims verbis te volo\
sermo cotidianus, or simply sermo — conversational lan-
guage.
coram loqui {cum aliquo) — to speak personally to . . .
commerciu??i loquendi et audiendi — interchange of ideas ;
conversation.
capita conferre (Liv. 2. 45) — to put our heads together.
re77iotis arbitris or secreto — in private ; tete-a-tete.
intra parietes (Brut. 8. 32) — within four walls.
^ audientia is not used in this connection, but only in such
phrases as aitdientiam facere alicui or oratio)ii alicuius, to listen to
a person.
^ colloquhan as opposed to sermo means an interview specially
arranged, usually for transaction of some business.
GREE TING — FA RE WELL 1 97
10. GREETING— FAREWELL
salufem alicui dicere, iinpertire^
mintiare Vto greet a person.
aliqueiti salvere iubere (Att. 4. 14)!
quid agis ? ^ — how are you ?
quid agiturl quid fit 'i — what is going on? how are you
getting on ?
Cicero Attico ^ S.£>.P. (salutem dicit plurimani) — Cicero
sends cordial greeting to Atticus.
tibi plurimam salute??t — my best wishes for your welfare.
nuntia fratri tuo salutem verbis meis (Fam. 7. 14) —
remember me to your brother.
adscribere alicui salutem (Att. 5. 20. 9) — to add to one's
letter good wishes to some one.
salute data (accepta) redditaque — after mutual greeting.
inter se consalutare (Dq Or. 2. 3. 13) — to exchange
greetings.
dextraifi alicui porrigere^ dare — to give one's right hand
to some one.
dextrain iungere ciwi aliquo, dextras inter se iungere — to
shake hands with a person.
te valere ^ iubeo — I bid you good-bye, take my leave.
vale or cura ut valeas — good-bye ; farewell.
bene ajubula et redambula — a safe journey to you.
gratulari alicui aliquid or de aliqua ix — to congratulate a
person on something.
^ quid agis? is also used as an expression of surprise, " what are
you thinking of?"
^ This and the following phrase only epistolary.
^ valedicere alicui is poetical.
198 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
1 1. BETROTHAL— MARRIAGE— DIVORCE
filia77i alicui despondere — to betroth one's daughter to
some one.
sibi ialiquani) despondere (of the man) — to betroth one-
self, get engaged.
nuptias conciliare (Nep. Att. 5. 3) — to arrange a mar-
riage.
nuptias parare — to make preparations for a marriage.
condicio {uxoria) (Phil. 2. 38. 99) — a match.
ducere uxorem \ , r ^ \
, ,. . . . KO marry (of the man).
ducere aliquam in matnmonium J
nubere alicui — to marry (of the woman).
nupta?n esse cum aliquo or alicui — to be married to some
one.
uxorem habere (Verr. 3. 33. 76) — to be a married
man.
dotem filiae dare — to give a dowry to one's daughter.
filiam alicui in matrimonio or
in matri??ioniu7n collocare or
simply filiam alicui collocare
filiam alicui in matrimoniiwi dare
filiam alicui nuptum dare
nuntium remittere alicui (De Or. j to separate, be divorced
I. 40) \ (used of man or
repudium dicere or scribere alicui^ woman).
divortium facere cu7?i uxore \ ...
n to separate from, divorce
aliquam suas res sibi habere V , ^ , ^
, , ., , , (01 the man).
lubere (Phil. 2. 28. 69) J ^ '
^ The formula of divorce used by the man was tuas res tibi habeio,
cf. Plaut. Trin. 266.
to give one's daughter
in marriage to some-
one.
WILL — INHERITANCE I99
repudiu77i ^ re77iittere viro (Dig. 24. 3) — to separate (of
the woman).
12. WILL— INHERITANCE
testa77ie7itu77i facere^ coTiscribere — to make a will.
testa77ie7ttu77i obsig7iare (B. G. i. 39) — to sign a will.
testa77ie7itii77i resig7iare — to open a will.
testa77ientu77i resci7idere — to declare a will to be null and
void.
testa77ie7itu77i subicere^ supp07iere — to produce a false will.
testa77ie7itit77i irrituf7i facere, ruTTipere — to annul, revoke a
will.
testa77ie7ito aliquid cavere (Fin. 2. 31) — to prescribe in one's
will.
pecu7iia77i alicui legare — to leave money to a person in
one's will.
alique77i herede77i testa77ie7ito scribere^ facere — to appoint
some one as heir in one's will.
aUcuiiis 77iortui volu7itas {stiprema) — the last wishes of a
deceased person.
herede77i esse alicui — to be some one's heir.
hereditate aliquid accipere — to inherit something.
exheres pater7ioru77i bo7iorii77t (De Or. i. 38. 175) — dis-
inherited.
exheredari a patre — to be disinherited.
hereditate aliquid relictu77t est ab aliquo — something has
been left as a i-egacy by some one.
■^ Cicero uses divortium not repudium. divortium {dis, vertere)
is a separation by mutual consent, divortium est, quod in diversas
partes eurtt, qui discedunt (Voxil. Dig. L. 16. i. 161). In 7'epudium
one party takes the initiative, usually the husband. The formula
commonly used was tua condicione non utar.
^°° J-^ TIN PHRASE BOOK
heredltas ad me or mihi venit ab aliquo (Verr. 2. i. 10)— I
have received a legacy from a person.
hereditatem adire, cemere~io take possession of an
inheritance.
heresex asse, ex dodrante—^oX^ heir; heir to three-quarters
of the estate.
heres ex desse—heu to two-thirds of the property.
13. CUSTOM— USAGE
assuefadus^ ox assuetus aliqua ^^— accustomed to a thing.
in consuetudinem or morem venire—io become customary,
the fashion.
in nostras n:ores inducere aliquid (De Or. 2. 28)— to intro-
duce a thing into our customs ; to familiarise us
with a thing.
consuetudinem sua?n tenere, retinere, servare — to keep up a
usage.
consuetudo inveterascit (B. G. 5. 41. 5)— a custom is taking
root, growing up.
res obsolescit—:, thing is going out of use, becoming
obsolete.
a vetere cotisuetudine discedere 1
apristina consuetudine deflecteref'' ^^^^ "^^^ ""^^ customs.
inpristinam consuetudinem revocare aliquid— io return to
ancient usage.
aliquid est meae consuetudinis 1 .
aliquid cadit in meam consuetudifiem\ ^^ ^^ ^^^' custom. .
mos {moris) est, ut (Brut. 21. 84)— it is customary to . . .
more, tisu receptum est—\\. is traditional usage.
1 Note assucscere, to accustom oneself to . . . , and assuefacerc
aliquem, to accustom some one else to . . .
USAGE — COMMERCE IN GENERAL 201
lit fit. ita lit fit. utferefitX „ ,
, "1 . , yas usually happens.
ut so let ^ ut fieri so let J
itafert consnetudo — so custom, fashion prescribes.
ex consiietudine 7?iea (opp. praeter consuetudi7ieni) — accord-
ing to my custom.
7nore iiistitutoque viaioru77i (Mur. i. i) — according to the
custom and tradition of my fathers.
ex instituto (Liv. 6. 10. 6) — according to traditional usage.
XIII. COMMERCE AND AGRICULTURE
I. COMMERCE IN GENERAL— PURCHASE-
PRICE
negotiatores^ (Verr. 2. 69.^
168)
ho7nines negotii (always in
sing.) gerentes
iiegotii be7ie gere7ttes (Quint. 19. 62) — good men of busi-
ness.
7iegotiu77i obire or exseqiii — to be engaged upon a trans-
action, carry it out.
7tegoti2i77i {re77i) co7ificere, absolvere — to settle, finish a
transaction.
77iercatiira77i facere — to be engaged in commerce, whole-
sale business.
-^ The usual terms for men of business are negotiator^ viercato?-,
caicpo, instito}'. The first two are used of merchants, wholesale
dealers, negotiator ^.^^itzvdWy when talking of the transactions {negotia)
of business, mercator with reference to the profits {inerces). caiipo
is a retail dealer, tradesman, shopkeeper ; institor, a pedlar, com-
mercial traveller.
'business-men.
202 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
7tegotia habere [in Sicilid) — to have commercial interests
in Sicily.
contrahere rem or negotium cum aliquo (Cluent. 14. 41) — to
have business relations with some one.
transigere aliquid (de aliqua re) cu?n aliquo or inter se — to
transact, settle a matter with some one.
nihil cum aliquo contrahere — to do no business with a
man.
quaestu7n facere {FdiVa. 15. 14) — to make money.
quaestui aliquid habere (Off. 2. 3. 13) — to make a profit
out of something.
res^ quae importantur et exportantur — imports and exports.
exponere^ proponere merces (venales) — to set out goods for
sale.
parvo, vili pretio or bene emere — to buy cheaply.
magno or 7nale etnere — to buy dearly.
aliquid magno, parvo stat, constat — a thing costs much, little.
aliquid 7iihilo or gratis constat — a thing costs nothing.
pretium alicui rei statuere, constituere (Att. 13. 22) — to fix a
price for a thing.
2. MONEY— INTEREST— LOANS
pecunia magna} grandis [multum pecuniae) — much money.
pecunia exigua or tenuis — little money.
pecunia praesens {vid. p. 54, note) or nmnerata — cash ;
ready money.
aes {ai'gentui7i) signatum — coined money ; bullion.
arge7itmn [factum) (Verr. 5. 25. 63) — silver plate.
nu77i77ii adulterini — bad money ; base coin.
pecunia77i erogare {171 classeni) — to spend money.
^ In plur. niagnae, nudtae peciihiae = \z.xgd sums of money.
MONE Y—INTERES T—L OA NS 203
pecuniam insiwiere in aliquid or consut?iere in aliqua re —
to devote money to a purpose.
pecuniam niimerare alicui ( Att. 1 6. 1 6) — to pay cash.
pecimiain solvere — to pay money.
pecuniam alicui debere — to owe some one money.
pecunia??i alicui credere {sine fenore, usuris) — to lend some
one money (without interest).
pecunia7n fenori (fenore) alicui dare, accipere ab aliquo — to
lend, borrow money at interest.
pecuniam fetiore occupare (Flacc. 21. 54) — to put out
money at interest.
pecuniam collocare^ in aliqua re — to put money in an
undertaking.
pecunia iacet ofiosa — the money is bringing in no interest,
lies idle.
pecuniam mutuari or sumere mufuam ab aliquo — to borrow
money from some one.
pecu?iiajji alicui mutuam dare — to lend money to some one.
pecuniam creditam solvere — to repay a loan.
non solvendo ^ esse (Phil. 2. 2. 4) — to be bankrupt.
pecuniam exigere (acerbe) — to demand payment.
7?iagnas pecunias ex aliqua re (e.g. ex metallis) facere —
to have a large income from a thing (e.g. from
mines).
nu7?i7?ius iactatur (Off. 3. 20. 80) — the bank-rate varies.
versurajn facere {Ait. 5. 21. 12) — to transfer a debt.
nunmiulis acceptis (Att. i. 16. 6) — for a trifle, a beggarly
pittance.
■^ Sometimes absolutely, e.g. Cic. Off. 2. 25. ()0 pecuniam coUocare.
^ solvendo is a predicative dative. For the development of such uses
cf. nulli rei eriinus postea (Plaut. Stich. 718) ; Ovid Met. 15. 403
dedit huic aetas vires onerique ferendo est ; Li v. 4. 35 experitinda res
est sitne aliqui plebeius ferendo magno honori.
204 LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
3. MONEY-MATTERS— ACCOUNTS— AUDIT
res minwiaria or pecuniar ia\
^. , . rfinance : money-matters.
ratio peciimarum I ^
argeiitariafu facere (Verr. 5. 59. 155) — to be a banker.
argentariam dissolvere (Caecin. 4. 11) — to close one's
bank, give up banking.
codex or tabulae ratio excepti et expensi — account-book ;
ledger.
nomina facere or ijt tabu las referre — to book a debt.
pecunia in nominibus ^ est — money is outstanding, unpaid.
pecuniam in nominibus habeo — I have money owing me.
alicui expensum ferre aliquid — to put a thing down to a
man's account.
alicui acceptu77i referre aliquid'^ (Verr. 2. 70. 170) — to put
down to a man's credit.
rationem alicuius rei inire^ sub-
ducere
ad calculos vocare aliquid
(Amic. 16. 58)
inita subductaque ratione aliquid facei'e — to do something
after careful calculation.
rationes putare ^ cum aliquo — to balance accounts with
some one.
^ nomina are properly the sums entered in the ledger as due from
a person. Hence nomcn solvere, dissolvere, to pay a debt ; noinen
expedire, exsolvere, to get rid of a debt ; boniim nomen, a safe invest-
ment (Cic. Fam. 5. 6. 2).
^ Also used metaphorically to "owe a thing to another's instru-
mentality," e.g. quod vivo tibi acceptiun refcro.
^ The original meaning oi putare is to prune (cf. purus, ampufare),
cleanse by cutting off, then make clear, calculate, reckon. By a
transference it became used of the result of calculation, i.e. thinking,
believing. Compare the history of the F'rench raissonner and the
Italian ragioneria.
to go through accounts,
make a valuation of a
thing.
ACCOUNTS — RATE OF INTEREST 205
7-atio alicuius 7'ei constat (convemt^ par est) — the accounts
balance.
ratio acceptorum et datorum {accepti et expensi) (Amic. 16,
58) — the account of receipts and expenditure.
7'atwnem diligenter conficere — to keep the accounts (day-
book) carefully.
summamfacere alicuius rei — to compute the total of any-
thing.
de capite deducere (vid. p. 186, note) aliquid — to subtract
something from the capital.
rationem alicuius rei reddere — to render count of a matter ;
to pass it for audit.
rationem alicuius rei reposcere^
ali quern or ab aliquo
rationem ab aliquo repetere de
aliqua re (Cluent. 37. 104)
to demand an account, an
audit of a matter.
4. RATE OF INTEREST
centesimae (sc. usurae) (Att. 5. 21. 11) — interest at i per
cent per month, 12 per cent per annum.
binis centesimis fenerari — to lend at 24 per cent.
ternae centesimae — 36 per cent per annum.
quaternas centesifnas postulare {hXX. 5. 21. 11) — to demand
48 per cent.
semisses — 6 per cent (i.e. if for 100 denarii, asses, one
pays half a denarius, half an as per month).
se77iissibus 77iagna copia est — money is plentiful at 6 per
cent.
usurae se7nissiu77i (Colum.)l
/T • K r6 per cent.
usurae semisses (Jurists) I
quadrantes usurae — 3 per cent (a quarter of centesima).
^°^ ^ATIN PHRASE BOOK
trientes or trientariae usurae (Att. 4. 15)— 4 per cent
quincunx (Pers. 5. 149) |
quincunces usurae [^ P^^ ^^"^*
fenus ex friente Id. Quint, factum erat bessibus {Ait 4. 15. 7)
—the rate of interest has gone up from 4 per cent
to 8 per cent.
Mpeh^um fenus {Att 5. 21. i3)-simple interest.
fenus renovatiwi \
anatocismus {avaTOKicrp.6^) [compound interest
(Att. 5. 21. 11) j
fenus iniquissimum, gmnde, ^-mz;^— exorbitant rate of
interest.
usura 7nenstrua — monthly interest.
ceittesimis cum anatocismo contentum esse (Att. 5. 2 1. 1 2)— to
be content with 12 per cent at compound interest.
5- PROFIT— CREDIT— DEBT
lucrum facere (opp. damnum facere) ex aliqua re~to make
profit out of a thing.
in lucro ponere aliquid (Flacc. 17. 4o)-to consider a
thing as profit.
debitor, or is qui debet— ihQ debtor.
creditor, or is cui debeo — the creditor.
fides et ratio pecuniarum—crtdit and financial position.
fides {vid p. 158, note) concidit~crQ6.it is going down.
fidem derogare alicui~to rob a person of his credit.
fides aliquem deficere coepit—^ man's credit begins to go
down.
fides {deforo) sublata ^.r/ (Leg. Agr. 2. 3. 8)-credit has
disappeared.
PROF I T— CREDIT— DEB T 207
Jides tota Italia est angusta — credit is low throughout
Italy.
fidem 77io/iri (Law. 6. 11. 8) — to shake credit.
laborare de pecimia — to have pecuniary difficulties.
in siimma difficiilfate tiummaria ver sari (Yen. 2. 28. 69) —
to be in severe pecuniary straits.
ift Diaxiuias angustias {pecuniae) adduci — to be reduced to
extreme financial embarrassment.
acs aliemuii (always in "ivag.^ facer e^ contrahere — to incur
debts.
grande, magnum (opp. exiguu77i) aes alienu7n conflare — to
incur debts on a large scale.
incidere in aes alie7iii77i — to get into debt.
aes alienu77i habere\ , . , ,
\\.o be m debt.
in aere alie7to esse J
i7i suis 7iu77i77iis versttri (Verr. 4. 6. 11) — to have no
debts.
aere alie7io obrutwn, demersu77i esse — to be deeply in
debt.
aere alieno oppressum esse — to have pressing debts.
aes alienum dissolvere^ exsolvereX
no77Wia (cf. p. 204), solvere^ dis- Uo pay one's debts.
solvere^ exsolvere J
7iomina exigere (Verr. 3, 10. 28) — to demand payment
of, recover debts.
ex aere alieno exire\ . , ,
,,, . KO get out of debt.
aere alieno liberari \
versura solvere., dissolvere (Att. 5. 15. 2) — to pay one's old
debts by making new.
^^ LATIN PHRASE BOOK
6. BUILDING
opus locare~\o contract for the building of something.
opus redimere, conducere—to undertake the contract for a
work.
domum aedificandavi locare, conducere—to give, undertake
a contract for building a house.
aedificatorem esse (Nep. Att. 13. j)— to be fond of
building.
exstruere aedifichmi, monume?itum~-to erect a building, a
monument.
funda7tienta iacere, agere~to lay the foundations.
furr/m excitare, erigere, facere~\o build a tower.
oppidum constituere, condere—to build, found a city.
ponteiii facere in flumine\
inicere pontem Uo build a bridge over a river.
fluinen ponte imigere I
p07is estinflumine — there is a bridge over the river.
pontem dissolvere, rescindere, interscindere (B. G. 2. 9. 4)—
to break down a bridge.
luminibus alicuius obsiruere, officere^—to obstruct a
person's view, shut out his light by building.
7. AGRICULTURE— MANAGEMENT OF STOCK
agrum colere (Leg. Agr. 2. 25. 67)— to till the ground.
agrosfertiles deserere—to leave fertile ground untilled. §
agriculturae studere (opp. agriculturam deserere)—X.o have
a taste for agriculture.
Also used metaphorically to overshadow, eclipse a person, of. v
1. I.
I
AGRICULTURE 209
opus rusticwn — tillage ; cultivation.
ifi agris esse^ habitare — to live in the country.
serere ; setnen spargere — to sow,
sementem facere (B. G. i. 3. i) — to look after the sowing.
lit seinentem feceris^ ita ;;z^/(?^ (proverb.) (De Or. 2. 65) — as
you sow, so will you reap.
laetae segetes — the laughing cornfields.
laetissivii flores (Verr. 4. 48. 107) — a glorious expanse of
flowers.
odoj'es, qui efflantur e floribus — the perfume exhaled by
flowers.
messis in herbis est (Liv. 25. 15) — the crop is in the
blade.
adhuc tua messis in herba est (proverb.) — your crop is
still green, i.e. you are still far from your ambi-
tion.
frumenta in agris viatura non sunt (B, G. i. 16. 2) — the
corn is not yet ripe.
messem facere \
fructus demetere ox percipere\
fructiis condere (N. D. 2. 62. 156) — to harvest crops.
messis oplma (opp. ingrata) — a good harvest.
arbores serere (De Sen. 7. 24) — to plant trees.
arbores caedere — to fell trees.
inopia (opp. copia) rei frumentariae\
-.„ ,, ,^ ^ want or corn: scarcity
dimcultas an7ionae{\mxi.rQvciXi.\'^.\ . , ,
. ^ m the corn-market.
44) . J
annona ingravescit, crescit — the price of corn is going up.
annona laxatur, levatur^ vilior fit — the price of corn is
going down.
caritas annonae (opp. vilitas\ also simply annona — dearth
of corn ; high prices.
P
210 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
ad denarios ^ L in singiilos modios annona pervenerat — corn
had gone up to 50 denarii the bushel.
annona cara est — corn is dear.
hac annona (Plaut. Trin. 2. 4. 83)— when corn is as dear
as it is.
rem pecuariani facere, exercere (cf. Varro R. R. 2. i)— to
rear stock.
pastu7n agere — to drive to pasture.
pastum ire — to go to pasture.
pascere gregem — to feed a flock (of goats).
greges pascuntur'^ (Verg. G. 3. 162)— the herds are grazing.
alere eqieos, ra?ies — to keep horses, dogs.
animalia quae nobiscum degiint (Plin. 8. 40)— domestic
animals.
XIV. THE STATE
I. CONSTITUTION— ADMINISTRATION-
GOVERNMENT
forma rei publicae\
descriptio civitatis Ithe constitution.
instituta et leges I
rem publicam constituere ^
rem publicam legibus et insti-
tiitis temperare [Tusc. 1. 1. 2)
civitati leges^ indicia^ iura de-
scribere
\
to give the state a con-
sitution.
;
1 denarius = :xhoM\. Q^d., vid. Gow, Companion to School Classics
p. 149.
2 pascere and/a^r/are also used metaphorically, vid. iii. s. v. ocuU.
^ Cf. tres viri rei publicae constiiuendac.
CONST I TUTION—A DMINISTRA TION 2 1 1
siiis legibus utitur (B. G. i. 45. 3) — (a state) has its own
laws, is autonomous.
fiuliani habere rem publicam — to have no constitution, be
in anarchy.
7-em piiblicajn in pristinum stattim restituere — to restore the
ancient constitution.
optima re publica — at the time of a most satisfactory
government.
libera res publica^ liber populus — the Republic.
rejH publicam gerere, administrare, regere^ tractare, gubernare
— to govern, administer the state.
rei piiblicae praeesse — to have the management of the
state.
ad giibemacula (metaph. only in^
plar.) rei publicae sedere
clavu/H rei publicae tene7'e
gubernacula rei publicae tractare
principem civitatis esse — to be the chief man in the state.
principem in re publica locum obtinere — to hold the first
position in the state.
negotia publica (Off. i. 20. 69) — public affairs.
vita occupata {vid. p. 94) — the busy life of a states-
man.
accedere^ se conferre ad rem publica77i\ to devote oneself to
re7n publicam capessere (Off. i. 21. V politics, a political
71) J career.
in re publica or in rebus publicis versari — to take part in
politics.
rei publicae deesse (opp. adesse) — to take no part in
politics.
a ne^otiis publicis se removere\ . _ , ,. .
^ ... , Vto retire from public life.
a re publica recedere I
to hold the reins of
government.
212 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
in otium se referre (Fam. 99)— to retire into private life.
vita privata (Senect. 7. 22) — private life.
publico carere.foriwi ac luce77i fugere\ *
forensi luce carere f^^ ^^"" publicity.
rem publicam tiieri, stabilire~Xo defend, strengthen the
state.
res publica stat (opp. /^^^/)_the state is secure.
rem publicam quaere, amplificare~io aggrandise, extend
the power of the state.
saluti rei publicae non deesse— to further the common
weal.
rei publicae^ causa (Sest. 47. loi) — for political
reasons.
e re publica (opp. contra remp.)~{or the advantage of the
state ; in the interests of the state.
summa res publica (or su77ima rei publicae)— tht welfare of
the state.
comfnoda publica or rei publicae rationes—\hQ interests of
the state.
rei publicae rationibus or simply rei publicae consulere~\o
further the public interests.
ad rei publicae ratio?ies aliquid referre— to consider a thing
from a political point of view. *
in rem publica7n 077ini cogitatione I
curaque incu77ibere {Ysim. 10. i. 2) *
omnes curas et cogitationes in re7n
publica77i co7iferre
077ines curas in rei publicae salute
defigere (Phil. 14. 5. 13)
to devote one's every
thought to the
state's welfare.
1 There being no adjective in Latin for "political," we have to
make use of periphrasis with such words as res publica, civilis, potu-
laris, etc.
♦
I
^'Statesmen.,.
ADMINISTKA TION—GO VERNMENT 2 1 3
totum ef a?twio et corpore in salutetn rei piiblicae se conferre
— to devote oneself body and soul to the good of
the state.
bene, opt i me se?itire de re publica\ , , , r 1
. , , ,. , to have the good of the
omnia de re ptwlica praeclara \- ,
state at heart.
atque egregia sentire I
rector civitatis (De Or. i. 48. 211) — the head of the state.
viri rerimi civilium^ rei publicae
gerendae periti or viri in re
publica prudentes
aiictores consilii publici
principes rem publicam admini-
strantes or s\Tc\Y>\y principes
pnidentia (civilis) (De Or. i. 19. 85) — statesmanship;
political wisdom.
homo in re publica exercitatus — an experienced politician.
res civiles — political questions.
plus ifi re publica videre — to possess great political in-
sight.
longe pro spicere futuros casus rei publicae (De Amic. 12. 40)
— to foresee political events long before.
alicuius in re publica or capessendae rei publicae consilia eo
spectant^ ut . . . — a man's policy is aiming at,
directed towards . . .
rei publicae 7?iuneribus orbatusX
gerendis negotiis orbatus (Fin. Vbanished from public life.
5- 20. 57) -. J
2. CIVIL RIGHTS— RANK
civitate donare aliquem (Balb. 3. 7) — to make a man a
citizen.
214 LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
i?z civitatein recipere, ascribere, asciscere allquem — to enroll
as a citizen, burgess.
civitafe??i alicui dare, tribuere, impertire — to present a per-
son with the freedom of the city.
civitatem mutare (Balb. ii. 27) — to naturalise oneself
as a citizen of another country.
generis antiquitate florere — to be of noble family.
nob ilitati fewer e (Sest. 9. 21) 1 to be a friend of the
7iobilitatis fautorem, studiosum esse] aristocracy.
Aomo novus ^ — a parvenu (a man no member of whose
family has held curule office).
ordo senatorius [amplissimus) — the senatorial order.
ordo equester{splendidissitnus) — the equestrian order; the
knights.
sununo loco 7iatus — of high rank.
nobili, ho?iesto, illustri loco or genere natus — of illustrious
family.
humili, obscuro loco natus \
humilibus (obscuris) parentibus >oi humble, obscure origin.
natus J
infi^no loco natus — from the lowest classes.
equestri loco natus or ortus — a knight by birth.
su7nmi (et) infimi (Rep. i. 34. 53) — high and low.
hommes onmis generis — people of every rank.
homines omniu?n ordi?nun et aetatum — people of every
rank and age.
homo plebeius, de plebe — one of the people.
traduci ad plebem (Att. i. 18. 4) — to get oneself admitted
as a plebeian.
^ A novus homo by taking office becomes for his descendants
princess nobilitatis (Cic. Brut. 14) or auctor generis (Leg. Agr. 2.
35)-
RANK— DIGNITY— POSITION 2 1 5
trafisitio adplebe?}} (Brut. 16.62)
1 to transfer oneself from
t?-aductio ad plebeni I
the patrician to the
plebeian order.
iinus de or e viultis — one of the crowd ; a mere individual.
faex populi^ plebis^ civitatis — the dregs of the people.
infima fo7'tuna or condicio servorum — a degraded, servile
condition.
imus e togatoru7}i numero — an ordinary, average Roman
citizen.
3. DIGNITY— POSITION— HONOURS— PRE-
EMINENCE—(cf. p. 64)
dignitatem suam tueri, defendere, retinere, obiinere — to
guard, maintain one's dignity.
dignitati suae servire, consulere — to be careful of one's
dignity.
aliquem ad summa7?i dignitatem perducere (B. G. 7. 39) —
to elevate to the highest dignity
principejn {primu7n\ secundum locum dignitatis obtiiure — to
occupy the first, second position in the state.
in altissimo dignitatis gradu collocatum^ locatum, positum
esse — to occupy a very high position in the state.
aliquem ex altissimo dignitatis gradu praecipitare {Doxn. 37.
98) — to depose, bring down a person from his
elevated position.
aliquem de dignitatis ^radu de-
movere
aliquem gradu movere^ depellere | (cf. p. 152).
or de gradu {statii) deicere \
dignitatis gradu?n ascendere — to attain a position of
dignity.
to overthrow a person
2 1 6 LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
ad honores ascendere — to rise, mount to the honours of
office.
amplissimos honorum gradus assequi, adipisci — to reach the
highest grade of office.
ad stimmos honores perveinre (cf. also p. 64) — to attain to
the highest offices.
vir defimctus honoribiis — a man who has held every office
(up to the consulship).
principatiwi tenere^ obtmere — to occupy the leading posi-
tion.
de principahi delectus (B. G. 7. 63) — deposed from one's
high position.
principatum alicui or ad aliquem deferre — to assign the
first place to some one.
contendere cum aliquo de principatu (Nep. Arist. i) — to
contend with some one for the pre-eminence.
primas (e.g. sapientiae^ alicui deferre^ tribuere, concedere —
to give the palm, the first place (for wisdom) to
some one.
4. PUBLIC MEETINGS— SUFFRAGE
convocare populi conciliu7n and^
^ , .,. to summon an assem-
populum ad concilium r , , r ,
: , /.. „ -r X bly of the people.
contionem advocare (Sail. lug. t^t,. 3)!
agere cum populo^ (Leg. 3. 4. 10) — to submit a formal
proposition to the people.
^ Aulus Gellius (13. 16. 3) explains the difference between cum
populo agere and contionem habe^'e ; the former = rogare quid poptdum
quod suffragiis stiis aut iubeat aut vetet. Cf. Liv. 22. 10. 2 velitis
iubeatisne haec sic fieri? also 21. 17. 4. habej-e contione7n [co-
ventio = cotiiitio = co7itio) is equivalent to verba facere ad populum
sine nil a rogatione.
PUBLIC MEE TINGS— SUFFRA GE—LA WS 217
concilium indicere, habere^ dimittere — to fix the day for, to
hold, to dismiss a meeting.
comitia habere — to hold a meeting of the people.
co?nitia magistratibus creandis — meetings for the election
of officers.
coviitiis (Abl.) convenire — to meet for elections.
comitiis coiisukm creari — to be chosen consul at the
elections.
suffragiii77i ferre {vid. p. 79, note, sententiam dicere) — to
vote (in the popular assembly).
?iiultitudi?iis suffragiis rem permittere — to leave a matter
to be decided by popular vote.
5. LAWS— BILLS
legem ^rogationem ^ promulgare (Liv. 33. 46) — to bring a bill
before the notice of the people.
legem ferre ox sinx^Xy ferre ad populum, ut . . . — to pro-
pose a law in the popular assembly.
legem suadere (opp. disstiadere)\ to support a bill (before
pro lege dicere \ the people).
Iege7n rogare or rogare populum (cf. p. 216, note) — to for-
mally propose a law to the people.
legem perferre (Liv. t^2>' 4^) — ^o carry a law (said of the
magistrate).
lex perfertur — a law is adopted.
legem antiquare'^ (opUr ciccipere^ iubere) — to reject a bill.
^ A rogatio had to be posted up in some public place for trinuvi
nundi7ium {tempus) (Phil. 5. 3. 8), i.e. for seventeen days, nundinae
{iiovetn, dies) being a holiday, fair, held every ninth day.
^ On the voting-tablets [tabellae) used in the comitia was written
either A [antiqtw) to reject the bill, V- R {titi rogas) to pass it ; in
judicial questions A {absolvo), C {condenmo), N • L {non liquet).
2i8 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
legem sciscere (Plane. 14. 35) — to vote for a law.
legem iubere — to ratify a law (used of the people).
legem sancire — to let a bill become law (of people and
senate).
Solo lege sanxif, ut or 77e — Solon ordained by law that . . .
Solonis legibus scnictntn eral, ut or 7ie — the laws of Solon
ordained that . . .
Iege7n abrogare^ (Att. 3. 23. 2) — to replace an old law by
a new.
legem tollere (Leg. 2. 12. 31) — to abolish a law.
legi intercedere — to protest against a law (used of the veto,
intercession of plebeian tribunes).
legem proponere in publicum — to bring a law before the
notice of the people.
edictum proponere (Att. 2. 21. 4) — to publish, post up an
edict.
legefn i?i aes incidere — to engrave a law upon a brazen
tablet.
lex rata est (opp. irrita) — a law is valid.
Iege7n ratam esse iubere — to declare a law valid.
a lege discedere — to transgress a law.
salvis legibus (vid. p. 172, note) — without breaking the law.
lex^ iubet, vetat {dilucide^ plajtissifne) — the law orders,
forbids (expressly, distinctly).
in lege scriptum est, or simply est — the law says . . .
sententia or voluntas legis — the spirit of the law.
^ legi or de lege derogare = \.o reject a clause in it ; legem abrogare,
to nullify a law by passing another which contradicts it ; tnultani,
poe7ia??i inrogare alicui, to inflict a fine on some one with the approval
of the people ; pecmtiafn erogare {ex aerario in classem), to draw
money from the treasury and distribute it according to the wishes
of the people.
- lex is often personified in this way.
LAWS— POPULAR FAVOUR 219
leges scribere^facere^ condere^ constituere (not dare) — to make
laws (of a legislator).
legum scriptor^ conditor^ i?ive)itor\
(]iil leges scribit (not legum Va legislator.
lator) ^ J
in legem iiirare (Sest. 16. 37) — to swear obedience to a
law.
lege teiieri — to be bound by a law.
legibus solvere — to free from legal obligations.
ea lege, ut — on condition of . . .
aliqiiid contra legem est — a thing is illegal.
acta rescindere, dissolvere (Phil. 13. 3. 5) — to declare a
magistrate's decisions null and void.
in album referre (De Or. 2. 12. 52) — to record in the
official tablets [A?ttiales jnaxiini).
6. POPULAR FAVOUR— INFLUENCE-
UNPOPULARITY
popular favour ; popular-
aura favoris popularis (Li v. 22
26)
populi favor, gratia popularis j ity.
aura popularis (Harusp. 18. 43 ) J
auram popularem captare (Liv.^
3. 33) Uo court popularity.
gratiafn populi quaerere \
aurae popularis ho?no (Iav. 42. 30) — a popular man.
ventum popularem quendam {ifi aliqua re) quaerere — to
strive to gain popular favour by certain means.
grafiosujn esse (opp. invisutn esse) — to be popular, influen-
tial.
^ legis lator — \\\& man who proposes a law.
220 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
opibus, gratia, auctoritate valere, florere — to have great in-
fluence.
opes, grat'uwi, potentia7Ji C07isequi — to acquire influence.
gratiam inire apud aliquem, ab aliquo (cf. p. 58) — to gain
some one's favour.
gratiam, opes alicuius imminuere (opp. augere) — to weaken
a person's influence.
crescere ex aliquo — to raise oneself by another's fall.
crescere ex invidia senatoria — to profit by the unpopularity
of the senate to gain influence oneself.
iacere {vid. p. 92, note) — to be politically annihilated.
existimatio populi, hominum — public opinion.
mulfum communi hominu??i opinioni tribuere — to be always
considering what people think.
invidia \
offensio populi, popularis Vunpopularity.
offensa populi voluntas J
invidia dictatoria (Liv. 22. 26) — the feeling against the
dictator.
ex invidia alicuius auram popularem petere (Liv. 22. 26) —
to use some one's unpopularity as a means of
making oneself popular.
7. PARTY-SPIRIT— NEUTRALITY— POLITICS-
ARISTOCRACY— DEMOCRACY
partes (usually of plebeians)!
r .- / r • \ \^ party; faction.
J actio (of aristocrats) J
partium studiiwi, also simply studia — party-spirit.
partium studiosu?Ji esse — to be a strong partisan.
certamen partium | ..
..,„,., s Vparty-striie
contentio partium (Phil. 5. 12. 32) I
of . . ., be a parti-
san of . . .
>to be neutral.
PARTY-SPIRIT— NE UTRALIT Y—POL 1 TICS 22 1
partium studiis divisum esse — to be torn by faction.
consiliorum in re publica socius — a political ally.
alicuius partes (causam) or simply 1 to embrace the cause
aiiquetn seqiii
alicuius partibiis stiidere
ab icuvi) aliquo stare (Brut. 79. 273) — to be on a person's
side (not ab alicuius partibus),
alicuius studiosum esse — to be a follower of some one.
cum aliquo facere (Sull. 13. 36) — to take some one's
side.
nullius or neutrius (of two)^
partis esse
in neutris partibus esse
neutrain partem sequi
medium esse
77iedium se gerere
a partibus rei publicae animus liber (Sail. Cat. 4. 2) — an
independent spirit.
idem de re publica sentire — to have the same political
opinions.
ab aliquo in re publica dissentire — to hold different views
in politics.
ex rei publicae dissensione — owing to political dissen-
sion.
in duas partes discedere {^3\\. lug. 13. i) — to divide into
two factions.
studio ad rem publicanh-ferri—\.o throw oneself heart and
soul into politics.
se civilibus fiuctibus co7nmittere — to enter the whirlpool of
political strife.
imperium singulare, unius dominatus, regium imperium —
monarchy.
222 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
opti7}iatiu7n dominatus "j
civitas, quae optimatium arbitrio /'^'"^'^tocracy (as a form of
regltur government).
bonicives, opthm, optimates, also simply ^6;;//(opp. improbi) ■
ilh, qui optimati7ijn causam agunt—i\\Q aristocracy
(as a party in politics).
principes or primores—the aristocracy (as a leading class
in government).
nobiks ; ^ iiobilitas ; qui nobilitaie generis excellunt—iht
aristocracy (as a social class).
paucorum dominatio or potentia — oligarchy.
multitudinis dominatus or /w/^;-/?/;;/— government by the
mob.
spirituspatricii{Uv. 4. 42)— patrician arrogance; pride of
caste.
homines graves (opp. Ieves)~m^x\ of sound opinions.
homo popularis — a democrat. ■
homomrepopularis{CA\:x\. 4. 5. 9)_a man who genuinely '
wishes the people's good.
homoflorens in populari ratione—?^ democratic leader. I
imperium populi ox populare, civitas or res publica popularis
— democracy.
causam popularem suscipere or defendere~Xo take up the
cause of the people, democratic principles.
populi causam agere— to be a leading spirit of the popular
cause.
patriae amantem {amantissimum) esse (Att. 9. 22)— to be
(very) patriotic.
mundanus, mundi civis et incola (Tusc. 5. 37)— a citizen of
the world ; cosmopolitan.
DEMA COG y—RE VOL UTION— REBELLION 223
8. DEMAGOGY— REVOLUTION— REBELLION-
ANARCHY
plebis duXj vulgl iurbator^ civis turbulentus^ civis reruvi
novarum ciipidus — a demagogue, agitator.
iactatio^ concitatio popularis — popular agitation.
artes populares — tricks of a demagogue.
populariter agere — to play the demagogue.
conversio rei publicae (Div. 2. 2. 6) — revolution.
/>o?nines seditiosi^ turbuleiiti or iiovariwi reruDi cupidi — re-
volutionists.
novis rebus studere 1 to hold revolutionary
novarum rerum cupidum essej opinions.
novas res vwliri (Verr. 2. 125) — to plot a revolution.
contra rem publica?n sentire — to foster revolutionary pro-
jects.
contra rem publicam facere — to be guilty of high treason.
a 7'e publica deficere — to betray the interests of the state.
plebem concitare, solllcitare — to stir up the lower classes.
seditione77i facere, concttare — to cause a rebellion.
seditio erumpii ^ — a rebellion breaks out.
coniurare {inter se) de c. Gerund,
or ut . . .
coniurationem facere (C^\a\. 2. 4.
6)
conspirare cum aliquo {contra aliquem) — to conspire with
some one.
re?n publicam labefictare — to shake the stability of the
state.
rem publicatii perturbare — to throw the state into confusion.
^ But belluni exardcscit, war breaks out.
•to form a conspiracy.
224 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
statiim rei publicae convellere — to endanger the existence
of the state.
rem piiblicam vexare — to damage the state.
rem publicam funditus evertere — to completely overthrow
the government, the state.
omnes leges confundere — to upset the whole constitution.
oi7inia turbare ac ?mscere — to cause universal disorder.
perturbatio omniu7n rerum (Flacc. 37) — general confusion ;
anarchy.
077inia divina humanaque iura per^mscentur (B. C. 1.6. 8) —
anarchy reigns supreme.
leges nullae 1 , .
.... -- }- lawlessness : anarchy.
luaicia nulla \
res fluit ad interregnum — things seem tending towards an
interregnum.
7ion 7iullus odor est dictaturae (Att. 4. 18) — there are
whispers of the appointment of a dictator.
tu77iultu77i sedare (B. C. 3. 18. 3) — to quell an outbreak.
concitata77i 77iultitudinem reprimere — to allay the excitement
of the mob.
plebe7n co?iti7tere — to hold the people in one's power, in
check.
9. PROSCRIPTION— CONFISCATION— BANISH-
MENT—AMNESTY
proscribere alique77i or alicuiusX .,
to proscribe a person,
possessiones r 1 i 1 • 1
... declare him an outlaw.
aqua et ig7ii i7iterdicere alum j
171 proscriptortwt 7iu77ieru77i referre alique77i (Rose. Am. 11.
32) — to place a person's name on the list of the
proscribed.
PROSCRIPTION— CONFISC A TION— BANISHMENT 225
e proscriptorui7i nwnero exhnere aliqiiem — to erase a
person's name from the list of the proscribed.
bona alicuhis publicare (B. G. 5. 54) — to confiscate a
person's property.
bona alicui restituere — to restore to a person his confis-
cated property.
in exsiliu7n eicere or expellere
to banish a person, send
him into exile.
aliquem
ex urbe {civitate) expellere^ pel-
lere aliquem
de^ e civitate aliquem eicere
exterminare {ex^ urbe, de civitate aliquein (Mil. 37, loi) —
to expel a person from the city, country.
e patria exire iubere alique7?i — to banish a man from his
native land.
patria carere — to be in exile.
interdicere alicui Italia — to banish a person from Italy.
aliquem exsilio afficere, multare — to punish by banishment.
in exsilium ire. pers:ere. proficisci\
. '^ «^ '^ -^ Vto go mto exile.
exsulatum ire or abire J
sohmi vertere^ mutare (Caecin. 34. 100) — to leave one's
country (only used of exiles).
exsulare (Div. 2. 24. 1^2) 1 ,. .
.,. , KO live in exile.
in exsilio esse^ exsulem essej
aliquem (in patriam) restituere — to recall from exile.
in patriam redire — to return from exile.
ante actarum (praeteritarum) rerum oblivio or simply oblivio
— amnesty {afivrjcrTla).
omnem ?nemoriam discordiarum oblivione sempiterna delere
(Phil. I. I. i) — to proclaim a general amnesty.
postliminium (De Or. i. 40. 181) — a returning from exile
to one's former privileges.
Q
226 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
lo. POWER— MONARCHY— ROYALTY
imperium^ rerum summam deferre alicui^ — to confer
supreme power on a person.
rem publtcam alicui permittere — to give some one unlimited
power in state affairs.
imperium tenereiinaliqueni) — to have power over some one.
i7?iperiiwi obtinere — to maintain power, authority.
principatu deici (B. G. 7. 6-^ — to be deposed from one's
leading position.
cum i77iperio esse (cf. p. 249) — to have unlimited power ;
to be invested with imperiu7n.
171 iinperio esse — to hold a high office (such as conferred
i77iperiu77i^ i.e. C07isulatus^ dictatura^ praeturd).
imperiu77i in a7i7iu77i prorogare — to prolong the command
for a year.
impefiu77i deponere (Rep. 2. 12. 23) — to lay down one's
power.
i77iperiu77t singulare ^ — absolute power ; autocracy.
domiTtari tTi aliquem — to have unlimited power over a
person.
imperiu77i^ 7'eg7iu77i^ tyra7t7iide77i ^ occupare — to take upon
oneself absolute power.
^ defej-re in the sense "confer," "attribute," is also constructed
with ad ; when it means to bring news, give information, it always
takes ad.
^ Cf. ceriamen singulare, a fight of one individual with another, a
duel (cf. xvi. loa). smgula?-is also has the meaning "unique,"
"pre-eminent," e.g. singularis virtus.
^ tyranjius, ty?-annis, tyrannicus are rarely used in the Greek sense,
irresponsible sovereign, etc., but usually mean despot, despotic, etc.
The pure Latin equivalents are rex, dominus, dotnittatio, imperium,
regius, or if there is emphasis on the cruelty of despots, dominus
saevus, crudelis et super ba dominatio, etc.
i
MONARCHY— ROYALTY— SLAVERY 227
rerum potiri — (i) to usurp supreme power, (2) to be in a
position of power.
do7m7iatio impotens | , . ' ,
... ^despotic, tyrannous rule.
potest as immoderata^ tnfimta^
tyrannide?n concupiscere — to aspire to a despotism.
tyrannidem sibi parere aliqua re — to establish oneself as
despot, tyrant by some means.
regmwi appetere (B. G. 7. 4) — to aspire to the sove-
reignty.
regnu7ii adipisci — to obtain the sovereignty, kingly office.
aliad regnum deferre, tradere — to invest some one with
royal power.
alique7n rege77i^ tyra7tnu77t constituere — to establish some
one as king, tyrant.
regem restituere 1 to restore a king to his
alique7ti i7t reg7iu77i restituerex throne (not iti soliimi).
aliquem regTio spoliare or expellere (Div. i. 22. 74) — to
depose a king.
regios spiritus sibi su77iere — to assume a despotic tone.
II. SLAVERY— FREEDOM
servitute pre77ii (Vhil. 4. i. 3) — to languish in slavery.
liberuTti populu77i servitute afficere — to enslave a free people.
aliquem in servitute77t redigere — to reduce to slavery.
alicui seTvitutetTi iTiiuTigere, i77ip07tere — to lay the yoke of
slavery on soma one.
civitate77i servitute oppressaTTt fettere (Dom. 51. 131) — to
keep the citizens in servile subjection.
Iibertate77i populo eripere — to rob a people of its freedom.
populu77i Iiberu77i esse, libertate uti, sui iuris esse pati — to
grant a people its independence.
to shake off the yoke of
228 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
aliquem in servitutem abducere, abstrahere~io carry off into
slavery.
aliquem sub corona vendere (B. G. 3. i6)-to sell a prisoner
of war as a slave.
iugum servitutis accipere~\o submit to the yoke of slavery.
liberfas, libertatis ^/2/^/2/^— independent spirit.
impenum oppugnare, percellere~\o attack, overthrow a
tyranny.
ad libertafem conclamare—to summon to liberty.
adarma conclamare (Liv. 3. 50)— to call to arms.
vincula rumpere— to burst one's chains.
iugum servitutis excutere
iugum servile a cervicibus deicere
(Phil. I. 2. 6) ■ \ slavery.
servitutem exuere (Liv. 34. 7) I
iugum servile alicui demere \
ab aliquo servitutem ox servi-y^ deliver some one from
tutis iugum depellere j ^^^^^^y.
dominatione7n or dominatum '
'-'f'^^'^Sere [to destroy a despotism,
regios spiritus reprimere (Nep. j tyranny.
Dion 5. 5) J
libertatem recuperare~to recover liberty.
rempublicam in libertatem vindicare a or ex dominatione-^
to deliver the state from a tyranny.
12. REVENUE— COLONIES— PROVINCES
veciigalia redi77iere, conducere~\o farm the revenues.
vectigalia exercere {vid p. 51, note)— to collect the taxes.
vectigalia exigere {acerbe)~Xo exact the taxes (with
severity).
RE VENUE — COL ONIES—PRO VINCES 229
peaifiiam cogere a civitatibus — to extort money from the
communities.
vectigalia^ tributa ^ pendere — to pay taxes.
inwiunis {tributonwi) (Verr. 5. 21. 51) — exempt from
taxation.
immunitatem omnium rerum habere — to enjoy absolute
immunity.
vectigalia^ tributa alicid imponere — to impose tribute on
some one.
tributorum multitudine premi — to be crushed by numerous
imposts.
ager publicus — public land ; state domain.
agros assignare (Leg. Agr. i. 6. 17) — to allot land.
pecunia publica^ quae ex metallis redit — the public income
from the mines,
avertere peamiam (Verr. 2. 1. 4)! , ,
r /T^ 1 T^ 1 ox fto embezzle money.
peculatu?7ijacere (Rab. Perd. 3. 8) I
rem publicam quaestui habere — to enrich oneself at the
expense of the state.
coloniam deducere in aliquem locum {vid. p. 186, note) — to
found a colony somewhere.
colonos mittere (Div. i. i. 3) — to send out colonists.
coloniam constituere {y^g. Agr. i. 5. 16) — to found a colony.
provinciam ^ alicui decernere^ mandare — to entrust some
one with an official duty, a province.
^ vectigal{a = \ndi.\veci taxes, including, for example, decumae, the
tenth, tithe of corn ; scripHira, the duty on pasturage ; portorium,
harbour-toll. t)'ibiilu7n = d\xQZ\. tax on incomes,
^ provincia originally means a sphere of activity, an employ,
especially of magistrates ; it then means the administration of a
country outside Italy conquered in war, and lastly the country itself,
a province. The senate each year determined on the countries to
which magistrates were to be sent {provincias nominare, decernere).
230 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
provincias sortiri (Liv. 38. 35) — to draw lots for the
provinces.
alicui Syria {sorte) obvenit^ obtigit — the province of Syria
has fallen to some one's lot.
provincias ititer se comparant — (the magistrates) arrange
among themselves the administration of the pro-
vinces, the official spheres of duty.
in provincia7?i prqficisci {\Ay. 38. 35) — to set out for one's
province.
provincias perjnutare — to exchange provinces.
provinciain administrare, obtinere — to manage, govern a
province.
provinciam obire — to visit, traverse a province.
{de or ex) provincia decedere or simply decedere {vid. p. 1 4,
note) — to leave a province (at the termination of
one's term of office).
13. MAGISTRACIES
{a) Candidature — Election
petere magistratum^ honores — to seek office.
a??ibire ^ aliquem (always with Ace. of person) — to solicit
the vote or favour of some one.
nomen profiteri or ?>\m^\y projiferi — to become a candidate.
manus prensare^ (De Or. i. 24. 112) — to shake hands
with voters in canvassing.
^ Hence ambitio, legitimate canvassing ; ambitus, illegal canvass-
ing.
^ Under the head oi ambitionis occupatio (De Or. i. i. i) are
enumerated saltita?'e, rogare, supplicare, vianus prensare, invitare ad
prajidium, and sometimes convivia tributini data. For the whole
subject w'^. Q. Cicero's hook de petitione consulatus ad M. fratrem.
CANDIDA TURE — ELECTION 23 1
noniina appellaf {no7nenclator) — the agent {no?ne?iclator)
mentions the names of constituents to the can-
vasser,
competitor (firnt. 30. 113) — a rival candidate.
multa {paucd) puncta in centuria {tribii) aliquaferre^ — to
obtain many (few) votes in a century or tribe.
centuriam, tribumferre (Plane. 49) — to gain the vote of a
century or tribe.
07nnes centurias ferre or omnium sujfragiis^ cunctis centuriis
creari — to be elected unanimously.
repulsam ferre consulatus (a popuio) (Tusc. 5. 19. 54) — to
fail in one's candidature for the consulship.
7Jiagistratus vitio creati — magistrates elected irregularly {i.e,
either when the auspices have been unfavourable
or when some formality has been neglected).
sufficere alique^n in alicuius locum or alicui — to elect a
man to fill the place of another who has died
whilst in office.
alicui or in alicuius locum succedere — to succeed a person
in an office.
alicui imperatori succedere — to succeed some one as
general.
suo {legitimo) anno creari (opp, ante annuni) — to be
elected at the age required by law {lex Villia annalis),
continuare magistratum (Sail. lug. 37. 2) — to continue
one's office for another year.
continuare alicui magistratum — to prolong some one's
office for another year.
^ In counting the votes polled, a dot or mark was put opposite a
candidate's name as often as a tablet {tabella) with his name on it
came up. Hence punctum ferre, to be successful, e.g. Hor. A. P.
343 omne tulit punctum qui fuiscuit utile dulci.
232 LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
prorogare alicui imperiii7n {in annu7ti) — to prolong a
person's command.
magisti-atiis et imperla (Sail. lug. 3. i) — civil and military
offices.
inire magistrahini — to enter into office.
niunus adfjiinistrare, gerere \ . „ .
^ . . Vto perform official duties.
7nunere jungly muneri praeessex
honores alicui mandare^ deferre — to invest a person with a
position of dignity.
7nuneri aliquem praeficere, praeponere — to appoint some
one to an office,
7nunus expkre, sustinere — to fulfil the duties of one's
position.
abdicare se tnagistratii (Div. 2. 35) — to resign one's post
(before the expiry of the term of office).
deponere ^ magistratu7Ji\ to give up, lay down office (usual-
abire magistratu \ ly at the end of one's term of
de pote state decedete J office).
res ad interregnum venit or adducitur — an interregnum
ensues.
abrogare alicui mujttis (Verr. 2. 57) — to remove a person
from his office.
abrogare alicui ifnperiiwi — to deprive a person of his
position as commandant.
viri clari et honorati {T)t Sen. 7. 22) — men of rank and
dignity. |l
honoribus ac reipublicae 7Jiuneribus\
perfunctus (De Or. i. 45)
a77iplis honoribus usus (Sail. lug.
25- 4)
a man who has held
many offices.
f
^ But deponere is also found in the sense of abdicate, e.g. B. G.
7. 33. 4 ; N. D. 2. II ; Liv. 2. 28. 9.
PARTICULAR MAGISTRACIES 233
{b) Particular Magistracies
consulein creare ^ — to elect a consul.
aliqueni consulem declarare (Leg. Agr. 2. 2. 4) — to declare
a person consul-elect.
aliquaii considem renimtiare (De Or. 2. 64. 260) — to
officially proclaim (by the praeco^ herald) a man
elected consul ; to return a man consul.
bis consul — twice consul,
iterufu, tertiimi consul — consul for the second, third time.
sexfum (Pis. 9. 20), septimum consul — consul for the sixth,
seventh time.
videant or dent operant consules^ ne quid res publica detri-
menti capiat "^ {C^t\\. i. 2. 4) — let the consuls take
measures for the protection of the state.
in hocpraeclaro consulatu — during this brilliant consulship.
aetas consularis — the consular age (43 years).
pro consule ift Ciliciam proficisci — to go to Cilicia as pro-
consul.
superiore consulatu — in his former consulship.
dictatorem dicere (creare) — to name a person dictator.
dictaturam gerere — to be dictator.
dictator dicit {legit) magistrum equituni — a dictator appoints
a magister equitum.
potest ate7n habet in aliquem vitae necisque (B. Ci. i. 16. 5) —
he has power over life and death.
lictores suf?imove?it turbani (Liv. 4. 50) — the lictors clear
the way.
^ creare is used of any magistrate regularly elected. The locus
classiciis on this subject is Cic. De Leg, 3, 3, 6-12.
^ This formula conferred absolute j^jower on the consuls. This
was done only in cases of great emergency, and was somewhat
similar to our " declaration of martial law."
234 LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
fasces praeferre, su77Wiittere — to walk before with the
fasces ; to lower the fasces.
censores censent populum — the censors hold a census of
the people.
censum habere^ agere (Liv, 3. 22) — to hold the census.
censuram agere, gerere — to perform censors' duties.
locare aedes, vias faciendas (Phil. 9. 7. 16) — to receive
tenders for the construction of temples, highroads.
locare opera publica — to let out public works to contract.
rediviere, conducere porticum aedificanda77i (Div. 2. 21. 47)
— to undertake a contract for building a portico.
nota, animadversio censoria — the reprimand of a censor.
notare aliquem ignortiinia (Cluent. 43. 119) — to brand a
person with infamy.
censu prohibere, excludere — to strike off the burgess-roll.
tribu 7novere aUque77i — to expel some one from his tribe.
e setiatu eicere \
Vto expel from the senate.
seTtatu Tiioverex
lustru77i co7idere (Liv. i. 44. 2) — to complete the censor-
ship (by certain formal purificatory ceremonies =
lustro facieTidd).
tribimi plebis sacrosancti (Liv. 3. 19. 10) — the plebeian
tribunes, whose persons are inviolable.
appellare ^ tribiiTios plebis {iTt aliqua re apraetore) (Liv. 2. 55)
— to appeal to the plebeian tribunes against a
praetor's decision.
provocare'^ adpopulu77t (Liv. 2. 55) — to appeal to the people.
intercessio tribimicia (cf. p. 218) — the tribunicial veto.
^ appellare as a legal technical term only occurs in classical Latin
in the formula te, vos appello.
^ provocare only with proper names, e.g. ad Catonem provocare.
To appeal to some one's pity, etc. — implorare alicuius viiseri-
cordiaJH, fidevi^ etc.
THE SENATE 235
14. THE SENATE
publicu7n consiliii77i (Phil. 7. 7. 19) — the council of the
nation ; the senate.
in senatum legere^ eligere — to elect to the senate.
senatum vocare, convocare — to call a meeting of the senate.
senatu77i cogere (Liv. 3. 39) — to assemble the senate.
edicere^ titse7tatusfrequensadstt{Y2iTi\. 11. 6. 2) — to issue
a proclamation calling on the senators to assemble
in full force.
se7iatu77i habere — to hold a sitting of the senate.
ad se7iatu77i referre^ (Dom. 53. 136) — to bring a question
before the senate (of the presiding magistrate).
patres {se7iatu77i) co7tsuiere de aliqua re (Sail. lug. 28) — to
cohsult the senators on a matter.
se7tte7ttia77i rogare, i7iie7'rogare — to ask the opinion of . . .
se7ite7ttia77i dicere — to give an opinion (also used of a
judge, cf. p. 79).
se7iatus se77te7itia iTiclmat ad . . . (De Sen. 6. 16) — the
senate inclines to the opinion, decides for . . .
se7tte7ttia viTtcit (Liv. 2. 4. 3) — the majority were of the
opinion . . .
77iaior pars — the majority.
^ Distinct from senatitm legere = \.o read over and revise the list of
senators (used of the censor). The head of the Hst was called
princeps senatus.
^ edicere, edictum, technical terms ; edicere is used of the praetor
deciding how a case is tol^e tried, cf. Verr. 2. i. 41 ; Flacc. 28. 67.
Then more generally of an order, declaration, proclamation. The
senate was convened by Xh^ praeco or by means of a notice posted in
some public place {edictuvi).
^ A meeting of the senate opened by a declaration of the agenda
by the presiding magistrate, a consul, praetor, or tribune. This was
called referre ad senatum.
236 LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
quid censes ? quid tibi videtur ?1
quid de ea re fieri placet '^ f '^^^ ^' ^^^^ ^I^^"^^" •
discessionem facere (Sest. 34. 74)— to take the vote (by
division).
discedere (j>edibus\ ire in alicuius sententiaf?i^ (Li v. 23. 10) —
to vote for some one's motion.
senatus decrevit {populusque iussit) ut — the senate decreed
(and the people ratified the decree) that . . .
senatus consultimi fit (Att. 2. 24. 3) — a resolution of the
senate (not opposed by a tribunicial veto) was
made.
senatus auctoritas — the opinion of the senate in general.
senatum alicui dare (Q. Fr. 2. 11. 2) — to give a man audi-
ence before the senate.
a senatu res ad populu?n reicitur — a matter is referred (for
decision) from the senate to the people.
dicendi mora diem extrahere, eximere^ tollere — to pass the
whole day in discussion.
dimittere senatum ^ — to dismiss the senate.
nox senatum dirimit — night breaks up the sitting.
After the rogafio sententiaruju came the voting, usually by divi-
sion (/<?;- discessionem, pedibus ire in sententiam), but in cases of
doubt each member v^^as asked his opinion {per singiilorian sejitentias
exqiiisitas). The presiding officer then dismissed the meeting with
the words nihil vos vioramur, patres conscripti, "I need not detain
you any longer. " From this formula probably came the colloquial
uses— (i) "I do not care for . . .," "I have no interest in . . ."
(with the Ace); (2) "I have nothing against . . .," "you have
my consent to . . ." (with the Ace. and Inf or quominus).
LA W IN GENERAL 237
XV. LAW AND JUSTICE
T. LAW IN GENERAL
ius dicere \ to administer justice (said of the
ins reddere (Liv. 3. ■t^-^^ praetor).
ius suum persequi — to assert one's right.
ius suum adipisci {Lay. i. 32. 10) — to obtain justice.
ius suum tejiere, obtinere — to maintain one's right.
de iure suo decedere or cedere — to waive one's right.
{ex) iure^ lege agere cum aliquo — to go to law with a person.
summo iure agere cum aliqico (cf. summum ius^ summa
iniurid) — to proceed against some one with the
utmost rigour of the law ; to strain the law in one's
favour.
in ius, in iudiciimi vocare aliquem — to summon some
one before the court.
diem dicere alicui — to summon some one to appear on a
given day ; to accuse a person.
iti indicium venire, in iudicio adesse — to appear in court.
indicia administrare — to have charge of the administra-
tion of justice.
indicium exercere {vid. p. 51, note) — to administer justice ;
to judge (used of criminal cases before the
praetor).
iudicio praeesse — to be president of a court.
conventus agere (B. -G. i. 54) — to convene the assizes
(used of a provincial governor).
quaestiones perpetuae (Brut. 27. 106) — the standing com-
missions of inquiry.
aliquem in integrurn {vid. p. 47, note) restituere — to rein-
state a person in his right.
238 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
(i) respojzdere^ {de iure or ius) — to give a legal opinion,
decision on points of law.
(2) cavere {in iure) (Off. 2. 65) — to point out what pre-
cautions, what formal steps must be taken to insure
immunity.
(3) <^S^'^^ — to be energetic in the conduct of the case; to
plead before the judge.
aequuni iudicem se alicui praebere — to judge some one
equitably.
ex aequo et botio (Caecin. 23. 65) — justly and equit-
ably.
iudex incorruptus — an impartial judge.
ratio iudiciorum — ^judicial organisation.
aequa iuris descriptio (Off. 2. 4. 15) — a sound judicial
system.
aequo iure vivere cum aliquo — to live with some one on
an equal footing.
iustitium indicere, edicere (Phil. 5. 12) — to proclaim that
the courts are closed, a cessation of legal busi-
ness.
iustitium remittere — to re-open the courts.
ius ad artem redigere — to reduce law to a system.
ius nullum — absence of justice.
ius ac fas omne delere\ ,11, 1 r
yto trample all law under foot.
omnia tura pervertere J
contra ius fasque — against all law, human and divine.
Optimo iure — with full right.
^ In {\\\\ consulenti respondere. From this consultation lawyers got
the title hiris or iure constilti. In these three points, 7'esponiiere,
cavere, agere, consisted the practical duty of a jurist. Cicero, however
(De Or. I. 48), adds scribere = \.o draw up legal instruments such as
wills, contracts, etc.
INQ UIR y— TES TIMONY— TOR TUKE 239
ins praccipuiwi^ be7ieficium^ domim^ also i7?imu?iitas^ c. Gen.
— prerogative, privilege.
2. INQUIRY— TESTIMONY— TORTURE
aliq2iid^ causam cognoscere 1 to hold an inquiry into a
quaerere aliquid or de aliqua re\ matter.
qiiaestione77i habere de aliquo^ de aliqua re or iTi aliquetn —
to examine a person, a matter.
quaestioTti praeesse — to preside over an inquiry.
quaesitor — the examining judge.
incog7uta causa (of. p. 241, i7idicta causa) — without any
examination.
in tabulas publicas referre aliquid — to enter a thing in the
public records.
deprehe7idere alique77i (Jti aliqua re) — to catch a person,
find him out.
deprehcTidere alique77i Iti 77ia7tifesfo scelere — to take a person
in the act.
testis gravis — an important witness.
testis locuples — a witness worthy of all credit.
testis iTicprruptus atque ititeger — an impartial witness.
aliquem testem alicuius rei {iTt aliquid) citare — to cite a
person to give evidence on a matter.
aliquem teste7fi adhibere \ , . .
yto use some one s evidence.
aliquo teste uti \
aliqueTti testem dare, edere^ proA
ferre Vto produce as a witness.
aliquem testem producere J
^ privilegium in this sense is post-classical. In classical prose it
denotes a law passed for or against an individual {'t)rivus), e.g.
privilegium ferre, irrogare de aliquo (Cic. )
240 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
testem prodire {in aliquein) — to appear as witness against
a person.
testimotiium dicere pro aliquo — to give evidence on some
one's behalf.
pro testimonio dicere — to state as evidence.
testibus teneri, convictum esse — to be convicted by some
one's evidence.
alicui admovere for??ienta 1
^ ^- J 7- Ko have a person tortured.
qiiaerere tormentis de aliquo \ ^
de servis quaerere {in dominu??i) — to examine slaves by
torture.
cruciatUs tormentorum — the pains of torture.
aliquem a ceteris separare et in arcam conicere ne qiiis cu7n
eo colloqui possif {Mil. 22. 60) — to isolate a witness.
3. PROCESS— DEFENCE
causa privaia — a civil case.
causa publica (Brut. 48. 178) — a criminal case.
causam alicuius agere (apud iudicem) — to conduct a
person's case (said of an agent, solicitor).
causam dicere, orare (Brut. 12. 47) — to address the court
(of the advocate).
causam dicere — to defend oneself before the judge (of the
accused).
causam dicere pro aliquo — to defend a person.
causa7n alicuius defendere — to conduct some one's defence
in a case.
causa7n optimam habere (Lig. 4. 10) — to have a good case.
causa?n inferiore^n dice?ido reddere superiore7n (rov ijrrco
\oyov KpeiTTco iroLelv) (Brut. 8. 30) — to gain a
weak case by clever pleading.
PROCESS— DEFENCE — A CCUSA TION 24 1
patronus^ (causae) (De Or. 2. 69) — counsel; advocate.
caiisaiti suscipere 1 , ,
\\.o undertake a case.
ad causa?n aggredi or accederex
indicia causa (opp. cognita causa) — without going to law.
/item alicui intendere — to go to law with, sue a person.
adhuc sub iudice lis est (Hor. A. P. 77) — the case is still
undecided.
lites coinponere (Verg. Eel. 3. 108) — to arrange a dispute
(by arbitration).
causam or litem obtinere\
. ,. . . Ko win a case.
causa or ludicio vincere J
causam or litem amittere, per-\
to lose one's case.
dere
causa or lite cadere (owing to
some informality)
calufnniae litimn (Mil. 27. 74) — chicanery (specially of
wrongfully accusing an innocent man).
4. ACCUSATION— VERDICT— DECISION
accusatio (Cael. 3. 6) — a criminal accusation.
actio^ petitio — a private, civil prosecution.
nomen alicuius deferre (apicd praetorem) (Verr. 2. 38. 94) —
to accuse, denounce a person.
referre in reos aliquem — to put some one on the list of the .
accused.
eximere de rets aliqictm — to strike a person's name off
the list of the accused.
aliquis reus fit (Fam. 13. 54) — some one is accused.
^ They were not called advocati till under the Empire, In
Augustan Latin advocatus — amicus qui adest alicui {in iudicio), i.e.
a man who supported his friend by his presence and influence.
R
^42 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
indices reicere (Verr. 3. „. 28)-to challenge, reject jury-
men.
crimi?ia diluere, dissolvere~io refute charges.
accusare aliquem rei capitalis {rerum capitalium)~\.o charge
some one with a capital offence.
caput aUcuius agitur {vid. p. 53)-_a person's life is in
jeopardy.
accusare aliquem peculatus, pecuniae pudlicae—io accuse
some one of malversation, embezzlement of public
money.
accusare aliquem falsarum tabularum ^— to accuse a person
of forging the archives.
postulare aliquem repetundarum ^ or de repetundis~to accuse
a person of extortion (to recover the sums extorted).
accusare aliquem perduellionis—to charge a person with
treason (hostile conduct against the state generally).
accusare aliquem maiestatis-~lo accuse a person of high
treason (more specific than the preceding).
accusare aliquem ambitus, de ambitu~to accuse some one
of illegal canvassing.
accusare^ aliquem de vi, de veneficiis—lo accuse a person of
violence, poisoning.
accusare aliquem inter sicarios (Rose. Am. 32. 90)— to
accuse a person of assassination.
sententiae iudicum~thQ finding of the jury.
sententiamferre, dicere (Off. 3. 16. 66)-to" give sentence
(of the judge, cf. p. 79, note).
I
' Cf. tabulaspublzcascorrumpere {-Rose. Am. 128) ; commntare, to
lalsify public records.
- Extortion generally can be rendered by vioknta exactio pecu-
marum, or some verbal periphrasis (e.g. per vim capere peafmas,
GUILT 243
iudicare causam {de aliqiia re) — to decide on the conduct
of the case.
iudiciuui rescindere 1 .....
. ,. . 7 /r. 11 ^ \ fto rescind a decision.
res tudicatas rescindere {^?d\. 22. 63)!
lege Plautia damnari{^2^. Cat. 31. 4) — to be condemned
under the Lex Plautia.
5. GUILT
in culpa esse — to be at fault ; to blame ; culpable.
culpa alicuius rei est in aliquo — some one is to blame in a
matter ; it is some one's fault.
mea culpa est — it is my fault.
culpa carere^ vacareX
extra culpam esse Vto be free from blame.
abesse a culpa J
prope abesse a culpa\ . , , , ,
„ - Vto be almost culpable.
qffinem esse culpae I
culpam in aliqicem conferre, transferrer conicere — to put the
blame on another.
culpam alicui attribuere, assignare — to attribute the fault to
some one.
aliquid alicui crimini dare, vitio vertere (Verr. 5. 50) — to
reproach, blame a person for . . .
culpam comniittere, contrahere 1 to commit some blame-
f acinus, culpam in se admittere\ worthy action.
non co77imittere, ut . . . — to take care not to . . .
culpa7?i alicuius rei sustinere — to bear the blame of a thing.
culpam a se a7novere ^ — to exonerate oneself from blame.
veniam dare alicui — to pardon a person.
^ l^oio. purgare aliquid, to justify oneself in a matter; se alicui
purgare de aliqua re (Fam. 12. 25); alicui purgatum esse (B. G.
I. 28).
244
LATIN PHRASE BOOK
6. PUNISHMENT— ACQUITTAL
'to punish some one.
to exact a penalty from
some one.
poena afficere aUque7n (Off. 2. 5. 18)"^
animadvertere in alique77i
punire aliquem
ulcisci aliquem {pro aliqiia re)
poenas alicuius persequi
poenam pefere, repetere ad aliquo
poenas expetere ab aliquo
suppliciufn swnere de aliquo
hanc poenam constituere in aliquem^ ut . . . — to ordain as
punishment that . . .
graviter consulere in aliquem (Liv. 8. 13) — to deal severely
with a person.
poenas [graves) dare alicui — to be (heavily) punished by
some one.
poenas alicui pendere (alicuius rei) — to be punished by some
one (on account of a thing).
poenas dependere^ expendere, sol-\
vere, persolvere
poenam (alicuius rei) ferre, per
ferre
poenatn luere (alicuius rei) (Sull. 27. 76) — to be punished
for a thing, expiate it.
luere ^ aliquid aliqua re (De Sen. 20) — to atone for some-
thing by . . .
poenam subire — to submit to a punishment.
pecunia multare alique^n — to condemn some one to a
fine.
to suffer punishment.
^ To express the passive use expiari, e.g. scehis siipplicio expiatum
est.
\
PUNISHMENT— A CQ UITTAL 245
viultavi irrogare aliciii (Dom. 17. 45) — to impose a fine
(used of the prosecutor or the tribunus plebis
proposing a fine to be ratified by the people).
decern niilibus aeris damnari — to be fined 10,000 asses.
171 vincula {custodiam\ dare aliquei)i\
, . ^ . ,. \ o put some one m
in vincu/a, in catenas conicere ali-
irons, chams.
quem I
in carcerem conicere aliquefji — to throw some one into prison.
capitis or capite damnare aliquem — to condemn some one
to death.
capitis absolvere aliquem — to repeal a death-sentence
passed on a person.
supplicium alicui decernere^ in aliquein constituere — to decree
the penalty of death.
Solo capite sanxit, si quis . . . (Att. 10. i) — Solon made
it a capital offence to , . .
morte multare aliquem (Catil. i. 11. 28) — to punish any
one with death.
suppliciuni sumere de aliqiio — to execute the death-
sentence on a person.
supplicio (capitis) affici — to suffer capital punishment.
ad palum deligare (Liv. 2. 5) — to bind to the stake.
virgis caedere — to beat with rods.
securi percutere^ ferire aliquem — to execute a person, cut
off his head.
in crucem a^ere. tollere aliqueniX
. ^ \. . Ko crucify.
cruci sujpgere aliquem I
impune fecisse^ tulisse aliquid — to go unpunished.
impunitum aliquem dimittere — to let a person go scot-free.
mortem ^ deprecari (B. G. 7. 40. 6) — to beg for life.
^ One can also say vitam, sahitevi deprecari, as deprecari means
(i) to obtain by supplication, (2) to avert by supplication.
246 LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
XVI. WAR
I. LEVIES— MILITARY OATH— ARMIES IN
GENERAL
aetas militaris — military age.
qui arma ferre possunt or inventus — men of military age.
qui per aetatem arma ferre non possunt or aetate ad belliwi
inutiles — men exempt from service owing to age.
exercitum conjicere (Imp. Pomp. 21. 61) — to raise an
army.
milites {exercitu??i) scribere^ conscribere — to levy troops.
dilectu7?i habere — to hold a levy.
imperare ^nilites civitatibus — to compel communities to
provide troops.
nomen {no??iina) dare, profiteri — to enlist oneself.
ad no7iien no7t respondere (Liv. 7. 4) — to fail to answer
one's name.
militiam (only in the sing.) capessere — to take service in the
army.
militiam detrectare, subterfugere — to try to avoid military
service.
excusare niorbuni, valetiidine7n — to plead ill-health as an
excuse for absence.
militiae vacatione7?i habere — to be excused military duty.
equo^ pedibus 77ierere (Liv. 27. 11) — to serve in the cavalry,
infantry.
sacramenfu77i (o) dicere {vid. p. 179, note) — to take the
military oath.
milites sacra77iento rogare, adigere — to make soldiers take
the military oath.
LEVIES— MILITARY OATH— ARMIES 247
evocare undique copias — to call up troops from all sides.
cvocati^ vohmtarii (B. G. 5. 56) — the volunteers.
omnes ad arma coiivocare — to issue a general call to
arms.
efficere dims legiones — to form two legions.
cojHplere legiones (B. C. i. 25) — to fill up the numbers of
the legions.
supplementum cogere, scridere, legere — to levy recruits to fill
up the strength.
aiixilia ^ arcessere — to summon auxiliary troops.
copias (arma) cum aliquo iungere or se cum aliquo iungere —
to join forces with some one.
conducere^ contrahere copias — to concentrate troops.
cogere 07?ines copias in unum locum — to concentrate all the
troops at one point.
parare exercitu?Ji, copias — to equip an army, troops.
alere exercitum (Off. i. 8. 25) — to support an army.
recensere^ lustrare, recognoscere exercitum (Li v. 42. 31) — to
review an army.
de??iittere exercitum — to disband an army.
commeatum militibus dare (opp. petere^ — to give furlough,
leave of absence to soldiers.
magnae copiae (not multae) — a large force, many troops.
exiguae copiae (Fam. 3. 3. 2) — a small force.
ingens^ maximus exercitus (not nu??ierosus) — a numerous
army.
robora peditujn — the Hower of the infantry.
milites levis armaturae — light infantry.
^ «?/xz7za = auxiliary troops raised in the provinces, usually light
cavalry. In Caesar's army the cavalry consisted of Gaulish, Spanish,
and German auxiliaries. A thousand of these were attached to each
legion and were usually commanded by a Roman officer.
^^S LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
vetus miles, veteranus miles ] veterans ; experienced
qui magnum in castris usu?n habent] troops.
expeditus (opp. impeditus) miles-3. soldier lightly armed,
ready for battle.
exercitatus in «/-/wj— practised in arms.
milites tumultuarii^ (opp. exercitus iustus) (Liv. 35. 2)—
soldiers collected in haste ; irregulars.
tiro?tes — recruits.
2. PAY— SERVICE— COMMISSARIAT
stipendium ^ dare, numerare, persolvere militibus—^o pay
the troops.
stipendia facere, merere — to serve.
e7neritisstipendiis{^^\\, lug. 84. 2)— after having completed
one's service.
militia functum, perfunctum esse\
rude donatum esse^ (Phil. 2. 29) j^^ ^^^^^^ ^^°"^ service.
milites mercemiarii or exercitus conducticius—mQrcQn^ry
troops.
rem frumentariam comparare,\
P^^idere L look after the com-
rei frumentariae prospicere (B. j missariat.
G. I. 23) j
1 tumultus is used of a sudden rising, rebellion, to repress which
all able-bodied men were called to arms. Such risings were particu-
larly common in Gaul, but cf. tumidttis servilis (B. G. r 10) •
himulhcs Istricus (Liv. 41. 6. i). ■ ' ^
2 stipendmm first established in 406 B.C. ; it was paid at the end
of the campaign, hence stipendia often = campaigns, years of service.
^ Used originally of gladiators, who on their retirement received
a staff or wooden sword {rudis\ hence they were called rudiarii.
Cf Ov. Tr. 4. 8. 24 me quoque donari iam rude tempus erat.
COM MISS A RIA T— COMMA ND 249
frumentum providere exercitui — to provide corn-supplies
for the troops.
frumenti vim maximam co^nparare — to procure a very
large supply of corn.
intercludere co7n??ieatu7n — to cut off the supplies, intercept
them.
intercludere^ prohibere hostes commeatu — to cut off all
supplies of the enemy.
3. COMMAND— DISCIPLINE
praeficere aliquem exercitui — to place some one at the
head of an army, give him the command.
praeficere alique7n bello gerendo — to charge some one with
the conduct of a war.
praeesse exercitui — to be at the head of an army.
magnum usum in re 77iilitari habere (Sest. 5. 12) — to pos-
sess great experience in military matters.
rei militaris rude77i esse — to have had no experience in
war.
vir fortissimus — a hero.
magnas res gerere — to perform heroic exploits.
res fortiter feliciterque gestci\z. success; a glorious feat of
res bene gesta \ arms.
res gestae ^ — exploits in war ; brilliant actions.
su77i77ia belli^ i77iperii (B. G. 2. 4. 7) — the command-in-
chief.
CU771 i77ipe7io esse — to hold a high command.
^ Thus magnae, niemorabiles, praestantissifnae res gestae, and also
meae, tuae, suae, etc. The phrase rem gerere can be used either of
the combat [proeliuni) or the whole war [bellurn), cf. B. G. 5. 44. 11 ;
Off. 3. 108.
250 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
imperii summam fenere {Re^. 2. 2Z)]io be commander-
t??tpem suvwiae praeesse [ in-chief.
imperii summam deferre alicui or ad aliquem, tradere alicui
—to appoint some one commander-in-chief.
imperium transfertur ad aliquem (not transit)~\hQ com-
mand is transferred, passes to some one
imperium alicui abrogare (Off. 3. io)-to depose a person
from his command.
modestia^ (opp. m;;^^^^^//^)— discipline (insubordina-
tion).
dicto audientem esse alicui— \o obey a person's orders.
milites disciplina coercere \
77iilites coercere et in officio^^'^ ^^^P ^°°^ discipline
cotitinere (B. C. i. 67. 4)) ^"^^"gst one's men.
4. WEAPONS
arma capere, sumere~to take up one's arms.
arma expedire (Tusc. 2. 16. 37)_to make ready for
battle.
galeam itiduere — to put on one's helmet.
annis {castris) exuere aliquem— \q disarm a person.
arma ponere (not deponere)— to pile arms (cf. p. 189,
note).
ad armis discedere (Phil. n. 33)_to lay down arms.
in armis esse— to be under arms.
cum telo esse — to be armed.
extorquere arma e manibus— to wrest weapons from some
one's hands.
1 modestia, the character of the man who observes a mean {qui
servat modum), is used morally of self-restraint, moderation
{<T^4>po<x{,vri). In politics it means loyalty ; in the army, discipline
WE A PONS— IVAR 251
res ad nri7ia venit — matters have reached the fighting-
stage.
tela iacere^ cojiicere^ mittere — to discharge missiles.
extra teli iactum^ cojiiediun esse — to be out of range.
ad teli coniectum venire (Liv. 2. 31) — to come within
javelin-range.
se obicere telis — to expose oneself to missiles.
eminus hastis, cotmniniis gladiis uti — to use javelins at a
distance, swords at close quarters.
gladium educere {e vagina) — to draw one's sword (from
the scabbard).
gladiiwi in vagi?iam recondere — to sheath one's sword.
gladium stringere, destringere — to draw one's sword.
gladium alicui in pectus injigere — to plunge one's sword
in some one's breast.
gladio aliquem per pectus tra7tsfigere (Liv. 2. 46) — to trans-
fix, pierce a man's breast with one's sword.
sicam, cultrum in corde alicuius defigere^ (Liv. i. 58) — to
plunge a dagger, knife in some one's heart.
decurrere {in armis) — to manoeuvre.
vi et armis — by force of arms.
5. WAR
bellum parare — to make preparations for w\ar.
apparatus (xSiXQ in pl«r.)^^/// — preparations for war; war-
material.
bellu7n indlcere, demmtiare — to make form.al declaration
of war.
^ defigere is also used metaphorically, e.g. defigere onines cui'as,
cogitatio7ies in rei public ae salute (Phil. 14. 5. 13).
^S^ LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
res repetere {ai, aliquo) (Off. ,. , ,. 36)-to demand satis-
faction, restitution.
res reddere {alicui) (cf. p. 57)_to make restitution.
bellu7,i lustum {piiwi)—^ regular, formal war.
bellum intestinum, domesticum (opp. bellum externum)-^
civil war.
bellum facere, movere, excitare~to cause a war
bellum conflare (Fam. 5. 2. 8)-to kindle a war.
bellu7?i jnoliri— to meditate war.
bellum incipere, belli milium facere (B. G. 7. i. 5)— to
commence hostilities.
bello se interponere (Liv. 35. 48)— to interfere in a war.
bello tmplicari~to be involved in a war.
bellum cum aliquo inire—to begin a war with some one
bellum impendet, imminef, instaf—^ war is imminent.
bellum oritur, exardescit—^Ynr breaks out.
omnia bello flagrant or ardent (Fsim. 4. i. 2)— everywhere
the torch of war is flaming.
bellum gerere cum aliquo~to make war on a person.
bellum coniungere (Imp. Pomp. 9. 26)— to wage war in
conjunction with some one.
bellum ducere, trahere, extrahere~to protract, prolong a
war.
omni studio in {ad) bellum incumbere~io carry on a war
energetically.
bellum inferre alicui {An. 9. i. 3)_to invade.
bellum or arma ultro inferre~to be the aggressor in a
war j to act on the offensive.
bellmn {inlatum) defendere~to act on the defensive.
proficisci ad bellum, in expeditionem (Sail. lug. 103)— to go
to war, commence a campaign.
mittere ad bellum~to send to the war.
WAR— THE ARMY ON THE MARCH 253
belhun ad^mnisfrare — to have the control of the war.
bello perseqin aliqiiein^ I aces sere — to harass with war.
belli fi7iem facere^ bellum fifiire — to put an end to a war.
belhwi conficere^ perficere — to terminate a war (by force of
arms and defeat of one's opponents).
bellum componere (Fam. 10. 2iZ) — to terminate a war (by
a treaty, etc.)
bellum transferre alto, in . . . — to transfer the seat of war
elsewhere.
belli sedes (Liv. 4. 31) — the seat of war, theatre of
operations.
ratione7?i belli gerendi mutare (Liv. 32. 31) — to change
one's tactics.
6. THE ARMY ON THE MARCH
agi7ien medium (Liv. 10. 41) — the centre of the marching
column.
ag7nen primum — the vanguard.
agmen novissimm?i {exfremm?i) — the rearguard.
agmen claudere, cogere — to bring up the rear.
signa^ ferre, tollere\\.o begin the march, break up the
castra movere J camp.
agmen agere — to set the army in motion.
^ «^«a = standards of a maniple, cohort, or legion. Since Marius'
time the signuin of a l®gion was an eagle, those of the maniples
different animals, wolf, horse, etc. In the camp the standards were
fixed in the ground, in action they were carried in the front rank,
hence several phrases — signa convellere, tollere, efferre, to break up
camp ; signa proferre, promovere, to advance in battle-order ; signa
inferre, to attack ; signa conferre, to come to close quarters ; signa
statuere, to halt ; signa convertere, to change one's route ; signa
referre, to retire ; sigtta relinqiiere, to desert, etc.
^54 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
procedere cum exerdtu~io advance with the army
magnis itineribus (Sail. lug. 37)--by forced marches.
quam maximis itineribus {potest)~hy the longest possible
forced marches.
citatum agmen rapere\\.o lead the army with forced
raptim agmen ducere j marches.
citato gmdu incedere (cf. p. i5)_to advance rapidly.
loca, regiones, loci naturam explorare~io reconnoitre the
ground.
iterfacere — to march.
iterconficere (B. C. i. 70)— to traverse a route.
iter maturare, accekrare~to quicken the pace of march-
ing.
iter continuare (B. C. 3. ii)-to march without interrup-
tion.
iter 7ion inter mittere~not to interrupt the march.
iterflectere, convertere, avertere\xo deviate, change the
signa convertere (B. G. i. 25) j direction.
averso itinere contendere in . . .—to change one's route
and march towards .
iter tentare per vim (cf. p. ii)--to force a way, a
passage.
agmen, exercitum demittere in . . .—to march down on
to . . .
exercitum admovere, adducere ad . . .—to advance on . . ^
signa sequi (opp. a signis discedere, signa relinquere)~\Q
follow the standards.
ordi?zes servare (B. G. 4. 26)— to keep the ranks.
confertis, solutis ordinibus—w'ith close ranks; with ranks
in disorder.
raris ordinibus — in open order.
ordines turbare, perrumpere—to break the ranks.
THE ARMY ON THE MARCH 255
agmi?ie quadrato incedere, ire — to march with closed ranks,
in order of battle.
agmine duplici, triplki — in two, three columns.
novissimos pretiiere — to press the rearguard.
novissimos turbare — to throw the rearguard into confusion.
novissimos carpere — to harass the rear.
novissimis praesidio esse — to protect the troops in the rear.
oppHinere hostes {ifnprudentes^ incautos^ inopinmites^ — to
surprise and defeat the enemy.
subsistere, consistere\ , ,
Uo halt.
gradimi sistere J
capere^ occupare locwn — to occupy a position (with troops).
occupare loca superiora — to occupy the high ground.
praeoccupare locum (Liv. 35. 27) — to occupy a place
beforehand.
tenere montem (B. G. i. 22) — to hold a mountain.
consistere in monte — to take up one's position on a
mountain.
considere sub 7?ionte [sub montis radicibus^ — to occupy the
foot of a hill.
praesidiis firmare urbem \
. ,. -, . - hto garrison a town.
praesidiU7n collocare in uroe\
praesidia^ custodias disponere — to station posts, pickets, at
intervals.
vigilias crebras ponere (Sail. lug. 45. 2) — to place a close
line of sentry-posts.
7. THE CAMP
castra stativa (Sail. lug. 44) — a permanent camp.
castra hiberna^ aestiva — winter-quarters, summer-quarters.
castra ponere^ locare — to encamp.
256 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
idoneo, aequo, sua (opp. iniquo) loco~m a favourable
position.
castra metarl (B. C. 3. i3)-to mark out a camp.
miliks in hibernis collocare, in hiberna deducere—to take
the troops to their winter-quarters.
castra munire~to make a fortified, entrenched camp.
casfra munire vallo {aggere)~\.o fortify the camp with a
rampart.
fossa7n ducere~\.o make a ditch, a fosse.
vallum iacere, exstruere, facere—to raise a rampart, earth-
work.
castra praesidiis firmare~to strengthen the camp by
outposts.
praesidio castris milites relinquere— to leave troops to
guard the camp.
casfra coniungere, iungere (B. C. i. 63)— to make a camp
in common.
castra nudare (B. G. 7. 7o)-to leave the camp unde-
fended.
cohors, quae in statio7ie ^^/— the cohort on guard-duty.
vigilias agere in castris (Verr. 4. 43)-to mount guard in
the camp.
custodias agere in vallo~to keep watch on the rampart.
statio?ies agere pro portis~\o be on duty before the gates
circumire vigilias (Sail. lug. 45. 2)— to make the round
of the sentries.
tesseram dare (Liv. 28. i4)-to give the watchword,
countersign.
copias castris continere~to keep the troops in camp.
se {quietum) tenere castris—to remain inactive in camp.
excursione7n in hostium agros facere~\o make an inroad
into hostile territory.
THE CAMP— A SIEGE 257
praedaiu7n ire — to go in search of plunder, booty.
feri'e atque agere^ praedajfi — to carry off booty.
capere eqiws — to capture horses.
iignatum, aquatum ire — to go to fetch wood, water.
pabiclatum^ frumentatum ire — to forage.
pabulatione premi (B. C. i. 78) — to suffer from want of
forage.
omnia ferro igniqiie^ ferro atque igni or ferro flam7naque
vastare — to ravage with fire and sword.
dassicum or tuba canit ad praetorium — the bugle, trumpet
sounds before the general's tent.
vasa conclamare (B. C. 3. 37) — to give the signal for
breaking up the camp, collecting baggage.
vasa colligere (Liv. 21. 47) — to pack the baggage (for
marching).
signa conveliere (vid. p. 253, note) — to pluck up the
standards out of the ground (to begin the march).
consilium habere* convocare — to hold a council of war.
re7n ad consilium deferre — to refer a matter to a council
of war.
8. A SIEGE
oppidu7?i natura loci munitum (B. G. i. 38) — a town with
a strong natural position.
oppidu7n 77ianu (opere) munitum — a town artificially
fortified.
oppidum obsidere 1 , .
, . ,. , - HO besiege a city.
oppidiwi oosidione claudereX
oppidum in obsidio7ie tenere — to keep a town in a state of
siege.
^ ferre of things inanimate, agere of cattle. Cf. ^^peiv /fai dt7ei;'.
S
258 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
oppidiwi fame domare — to starve a town into surrender.
oppidum oppugnare — to storm a town.
oppidum claudere operibus (Nep. Milt. 7) — to invest a
town with earthworks.
oppidum cingere vallo et fossa — to surround a town with a
rampart and fosse.
opera facere — to raise siege-works.
vineas agere (B. G. 3. 21) — to advance pent-houses,
mantlets.
turres instituere^ exstruere — to raise towers.
testudine facta inoenia subire (B. G. 2. 6) — to advance to
the walls protected by a covering of shields.
scalas admovere (B. C. 3. d'^ — to apply scaling-ladders.
positis scalis muros ascendere — to scale the walls by means
of ladders.
aries murum attingit^ percutit — the battering-ram strikes
the wall.
iter ruina patef actum 1 u u
patentia minis {vid. p. 185, note) J '
cuniculos agere (B. G. 3. 21) — to make mines, subter-
raneous passages.
oppidum tormentis verberare — to rain missiles on a town,
bombard it.
tela ingerere^ conicere — to discharge showers of missiles.
murimi nudare defensoribus — to drive the defenders from
the walls.
eruptione7?i facere ex oppido
crebras ex oppido excursiones
facere (B. G. 2. 30)
ignem inferre operibus (B. C. 2. 14) — to set fire to the
siege-works.
subsidium alicui summittere — to send relief to some one.
to make a sally, sortie from
the town.
A SIEGE 259
viunitiones perrumpere — to break through the lines (and
relieve a town).
urbis obsidwne77i liberare 1 to raise a siege (used of the
oppidum obsidione liberare \ army of relief).
obsidionein quattuor menses siistinere — to hold out for four
months.
oppugnationem^ obsidione7ii relinquere — to give up an
assault, a siege.
portas obstruere (B. G. 5. 50) — to barricade the gates.
portas refringere 1 i 1 1
"^ -, -to break down the gates.
claustra portarum revellere\
in oppidum irrumpere 1 , 1 •
. . . . KO break mto the town.
in oppidum irruptionem jacere \
oppidmn capere^ expugnare — to take, storm a town.
oppidmn recipere — to retake a town.
oppidum incefzdere — to fire a town.
oppidum diripere — to plunder a town.
oppidmn evertere^ excidere — to completely destroy a
town.
oppidiwi solo aequare — to raze a town to the ground.
deditione facta (Sail. lug. 26) — after capitulation.
arma traders — to surrender weapons.
salutem petere a victore — to beg for mercy from the
conqueror.
se suaque of?mia dedere victoriX to give up one's person
se suaque omnia permittereV and all one's posses-
victoris potestati - J sions to the conqueror.
se permittere infidem atque inpotestatem alicuius (B. G. 2. 3)
— to surrender oneself to the discretion of some
one.
infidem recipere aliquem (Fam. 13. 16) — to deal mercifully
with some one.
^^° LATIN PHRASE BOOK
libera corpora sub corona {kasfa) veneunt {K i\. 3. 16. 4)
— the free men are sold as slaves.
cum uxoribus et //<^^w— with wife and child.
aliquem {incoiumem) conservare~to grant a man his life.
9. BEFORE THE FIGHT
potestafem, copiam pugnandi hostibus facere~io offer battle
to the enemy.
potestatem sui facere {alicui) (of. p. 196, notes)-to accept
battle.
proelio {adpugnam) hostes lacessere, provocare~to provoke
the enemy to battle.
pugnam detrectare (Liv. 3. 60)— to decline battle.
supersedere proelio—io refrain from fighting.
hostem e manibus no?t dimittere~Xo not let the enemy
escape.
locum ad pugnam idoneum deligere~Xo choose suitable
ground for an engagement.
diempugnae constituere (B. G. 3. 24)-to fix a day for the
engagement.
signum proelii {committendi) exposcere (B. G. 7. 19)— to
demand loudly the signal to engage.
signum proelii dare~\o give the signal to engage
vexillum proponere (Liv. 22. 3)-to fix the ensign on the
general's tent (as a signal to commence the engage-
ment).
ad arma co7tcurrere — to rush to arms.
exercitum educere or producere in aciem—io lead the army
to the fight.
ad vim et arma descendere {vid p. 54, notes)— to have
recourse to force of arms.
I
THE FIGHT 261
in certamen descendere — to engage in the fight.
in aciem descendere (Liv. 8. 8) — to enter the field of battle.
acie7n {capias, exercitiwi) instriiere or in acie constiticere — to
draw up forces in battle-order.
aciem triplicem instruere (B. G. i. 24) to draw up the army
in three lines.
aciem explicare or dilatare — to extend the line of battle,
deploy the battalions.
media acies — the centre.
subsidia collocare — to station reserve troops.
eqiiites ad latera disponere (B. G. 6. 8) — to place the
cavalry on the wings.
contionari apud miiites (fi. C. i. 7) (to harangue the sol-
contionem habere apiid milites J diers.
advirtutem excitare, cohortari {or simply adhortari, cohortari)
— to incite to valour.
animos militum confirmare (B. G. 5. 49) — to encourage,
embolden the soldiery.
10. THE FIGHT
{a) The Fight in General
proelium com77iittere — (i) to begin the battle, (2) to give
battle.
proelium inire (Liv. 2. 14) — to engage.
proeliu?7i facere — to give battle.
proelio equestri co7itendere\ to give battle with a cavalry-
proeliu77i equestre facere J division.
proeliu77i facere secundu77i\ „ , _ „
,. . Vto fight successfully.
proeliis secundis uti I
re77i {bene, 77iale) gerere {vid. p. 187, note) — to win, lose a
fight (of the commander).
vto fight a pitched battle.
262 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
proeliiwi intermittere — to interrupt the battle.
proelium dirimere (B. C. i. 40) — to break off the fight.
proelium restituere — to renew the battle with success.
proelium renovare^ redintegrare — to begin the fight again.
proelium deserere — to give up the fight.
proelio^ arniis decertare (B. G. i. 50) — to fight a decisive
battle.
acie (armis, ferrd) decernere \
in acie dimicare
proelio interesse — to take part in the engagement.
ex equo pugnare — to fight on horseback.
certanien singiilare — single combat.
provocare aliquem ad certanien singulare — to challenge
some one to single combat.
proelium cruentum^ atrox — a bloody battle.
proelium iustum (opp. tumultuarium) — a pitched battle.
{b) The Attack
classicum canit (B. C. 3. 82) — the trumpet sounds for the
attack.
gradum inferre i?i hostem — to march on the enemy.
aggredi hoste77i
to attack the enemy.
invadere, i?ftpetum ^ facere in
hostem
signa inferre in hostem
iinpetum sustinere (fi. G. i. 26) — to resist the attack, onset.
impetum excipere'^ (Li v. 6. 12) — to parry the attack.
^ impetus is not used in the dative sing, or in the plur. ; these
cases are supplied by incursio.
2 Caesar's method of attack was usually this : the troops drawn
up on rising ground charged at the double {concursus) ; when within
range came eniissio telorum ox pilonvn. This was followed up by
a hand-to-hand melee {i7iipetiis gladiorum).
THE ATTACK 263
in 77iedios hostes se inicere — to rush into the midst of the
foe.
per medios hostes {7?iediajn hosthim acieDi) perrwtipere — to
break through the enemy's centre.
manum (us) conserere cum hoste 1 to come to close quar-
signa conferre cu7?i hoste ^ J ters.
proelio concurritur (Sail. lug. 59) — the lines charge in
battle one on another.
adversis hostibus occurrere — to attack the enemy in the
front.
aversos hostes aggredf] . . . .
. r . . Ko attack the enemy m the rear.
hostes a tergo adonn \
iusto (opp. tumultuario) proelio confligere cum hoste (Li v.
35. 4)- — to fight a pitched, orderly battle with an
enemy.
acies incllnat or incllnatur (Liv. 7. 33) — the line of battle
gives way.
proelium anceps est ] the issue of the battle is unde-
ancipiti Marte pugnaturX cided.
diu anceps stetitpugna — the issue of the day was for a long
time uncertain.
res est in periculo, in summo discrimine — the position is
critical.
res ad triarios ^ redit (Liv. 8. 8) — the triarii must now fight
(proverbially = we are reduced to extremities).
^ signa conferre cum aliquo also sometimes means to join forces.
^ The triarii were the veterans who made up the third hne behind
the principes and hastati. If these first two lines were beaten or in
difficulties [laborare), the triarii, who were in a kneeling posture
{dextro genu innixi, Liv. 8. 9), stood up {consurgebant, Liv. 8. 10) and
continued the fight. Hence this proverb {inde rejn ad triarios
redisse cum laboratur proverbio increbuit). For the organisation of
the legion in general vid. Liv. book 8.
264 LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
ic) Close Quarters
collatis signis {viribus) pugnare — to fight hand-to-hand, at
close quarters,
turn pes ciwi pede collatus est (Li v. 28. 2) — a hand-to-hand
engagement ensued.
collato pede (Liv. 6. 12) — hand to hand.
gladio co)7iminus (opp. eminus) rem gerere — to fight with
swords at close quarters.
omissispilis gladiis rem gerere — to throw down the javelins
iypila) and fight with the sword.
res ad gladios venit "I swords must now decide the
res gladiis geri coepta est\ day.
strictis gladiis in hostem ferri — to throw oneself on the
enemy with drawn sword.
res ad manus venit — the fighting is now at close quarters.
laxatis (opp. confertis) ordinibus pugnare — to fight in open
order.
ferariim^ ritu pugnare — to fight like lions.
manu fortis — personally brave.
(d) Tactics — Reinforcements
in latus hostiiwi incurrere — to fall upon the enemy's
flank.
circunivenire hoste7n aversum or a tergo (B. G. 2. 26) — to
surround the enemy from the rear.
multitudine hostiu7n cingi — to be surrounded by the
superior force of the enemy.
^ The Latin language uses the general term {/era) where we use
the special (lion). Similarly pecorwn modo fugiunt (Liv. 40. 27),
where we translate " they flee like deer."
REIN FOR CEMENTS— SUCCESSFUL ATT A CK 265
equitatu siiperiorevi esse — to have the advantage in
cavalry.
pare77i (opp. ivipdreni) esse hosti — to be a match for the
enemy.
orbe?n^ facere C^^iXX. lug. q7. Ol
, .^ ° ^ ^^ J-to form a square.
tn orbem consistere J
cuneum facere (Liv. 22. 47) — to draw up troops in wedge-
formation.
phalangeal facere (B. G. i. 24) — to form a phalanx.
phalangem perfringere — to break through the phalanx.
subsidia smtimittere — to send up reserves.
integros defatigatis summittere — to send fresh troops to
take the place of those wearied with fighting.
rari dispersique pugnare (B. C. i. 44) — to fight in skir-
mishing order.
integri et recentes defatigatis succedunt — fresh troops relieve
the tired men.
(<?) Successful Attack
pel/ere hostem — to repulse the enemy.
acies hostium impellitur — the enemy's line is repulsed.
loco movere, depellere^ deicere hostem (B. G. 7. 51) — to drive
the enemy from his position.
summovere or reicere hostiu77i equites — to repel the attack
of the enemy's cavalry.
repellere^ propulsare hostem — to repulse an attack.
^ orbis properly a circle, but corresponding almost exactly in its
objects to our square-formation [vid. B. G. 4. 37, 5. 33 ; Sail. lug.
97. 5). For a good account of Roman military formation see
Kraner, Uebersicht des Kriegwesens bei Caesar, in his edition of the
Belhun Gallicum.
266 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
undique premi, urgeri {^. G. 2. 26) — to be pressed on all
sides.
prosternere^ profligare hostem — to rout the enemy
(/) Retreat — Flight — Pursuit
signa receptui canunt \
^^ • -^ /T. r- \ fthe retreat is sounded.
receptui canitur (B. G. 7. 47) I
pedejn referre — to retire (without turning one's back on
the enemy).
equitatus tutu7ii receptui7i dat — the cavalry covers the
retreat.
se recipere (B. G. 7. 20) — to withdraw one's forces.
loco excedere — to abandon one's position.
infugam dare, conicere hostem^
r J . no put the enemy to flight.
jugare hostem I -^ &
fundere hostiu7ii copias — to rout the enemy's forces.
caedere et fundere hosteni\
r J ^ r 7 . Ko utterly rout the enemy.
jundere et jugare hostejii I ^
■prae se agere hostem — to drive the enemy before one.
fugamfacere (Sail. lug. 53) — (i) to put to flight, (2) to
take to flight.
terga vertere or dare — to flee, run away.
terga dare hosti — to run away from the enemy.
fugae se mandare (B. G. 2. 24)^
fugam capessere, capere
se dare in fugafu, fugae
se conicere, se co?iferre i?i fugam
fuga saluteni petere — to seek safety in flight.
fiiga effusa, praeceps (Liv. 30. 5) — headlong flight.
pecorum modo fugere (Liv. 40. 27) — to flee like deer,
sheep.
to take to flight.
FLIGHT— PURSUIT^DEFEA T 267
arma abicere — to throw away one's arms.
praecipitetn sefiigae mandare — to flee headlong.
ex (i?i) fuga dissipati or dispersi (B. G. 2. 24) — soldiers
routed and dispersed.
hostes msequt, prosequi — to pursue the enemy.
hosfes (^fusos) persequi — to follow up and harass the enemy
when in flight.
hostes assequi, cojisequi — to overtake the enemy.
fugie7itibus instare — to press the fugitives.
tergis hostiufn inhaerere — to be on the heels of the enemy.
fugam hostium reprijiiere (B. G. 3. 14) — to bring the flying
enemy to a stand.
excipere aliquem fugientem — to cut off some one's flight.
magna caedes hostium fugientium facta est — there was great
slaughter of fugitives.
capere aliquem vivu7?i — to take a person alive.
effugere, eldbi e inanibus hostiu7n — to escape from the
hands of the enemy
dimittere e 77ianibus hostes — to let the enemy escape.
eripere aliquem e maTiibus hostiu77i — to rescue some one
from the hands of the enemy.
sefuga recipere (B. G. i. 11) — to save oneself by flight.
{g) D EFEAT — Massacre — Wounds — Losses
proelio vi7tci, superari^ inferiore77i, victu77i discedere — to be
defeated in fight, lose the battle.
clade77i hostibus afferre, inferre — to inflict a defeat on the
enemy.
clade77i accipere — to suffer a defeat.
i7ige7ttem caedem edere {Iay. 5. 13) — to cause great slaughter,
carnage.
to absolutely annihilate
the enemy.
268 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
stragem edere, facere — to massacre.
omnia strata siintferro — all have perished by the sword.
hostes, exercitmn delere^ concidere — to annihilate, cut up the
enemy, an army.
hostes ad internecione7n caedere, ^
dekre (Li v. 9. 26)
hosthnn copias occidione occldere
(Liv. 2. 51)
vulnus infligere aliaii — to wound a person (also used
metaphorically).
mortiferam plaga7n alicui infligere — to inflict a mortal
wound on some one.
vulnus {grave, mortiferuin^ accipere, excipere — to be (seri-
ously, mortally) wounded.
7nultis et illatis et acceptis vulneribus (B. G. i. 50) — after
many had been wounded on both sides.
vulneribus confedus — weakened by wounds.
vulnera {cicatrices^ adversa (opp.l
aversa) '-
wounds (scars) on the
I breast.
'a J
vulnera adverso corpore acceptc
refricare^ vuhius, cicatricem obductam — to open an old
wound.
ex vulnere 7nori (Fam. 10. 't^-^ — to die of wounds.
magfto CU771 detri77iento — with great loss.
nostri circiter centu77i cecideru7it — about a hundred of our
men fell.
ad it7iuin 077i7ies~ perierunt — they perished to a man.
^ refricare is also used metaphorically in the sense of renewing,
recalling, e.g. dolorem (De Or. 2. 48) ; 7nemoria?n (Phil. 3. 7. 18) ;
desideriuni (Fam. 5. 17. 4).
" The phrase ad wnan omnes, to a man, without exception, occurs
De Am. 23. 86 ; Fam. 12. 14 ; Liv. 2. 55 ; and without omttes, Fam.
10. 16 ; B. C. 3. 14.
VICTOR V— TRIUMPH 269
II. VICTORY— TRIUMPH
exercitus victor — the victorious army.
siiperiorem (opp. inferiorem\ victore??i {proelio^ piignd)
discedere — to come off victorious.
victoria7ii adipisci^ parere\
victor iam f err e^ referre Vto gain a victory, win a battle.
proelio vincere \
victoriam reportare ab hoste — to gain a victory over the
enemy.
victoriai7i praecipere (aninio) (yks . 10. 26) — to consider one-
self already victor.
victoria?n explorataiii di??iittere — to let a sure victory slip
through one's hands.
sicut parta iatn atque explorata victoria — as if the victory
were already won.
victoriam conclamare (B. G. 5. 37) — to raise a shout of
victory.
victoriam or de victoria gratiilari aliciii — to congratulate a
person on his victory.
victoria miilto sanguine ac vulneribiis stetit (Li v. 23. 30) —
the victory cost much blood and many wounds,
was very dearly bought.
triumphare de aliquo {ex bellis)
triumphum ^ agere de or ex ali-
quo or c. Gen. {victor iae^
pugnae)
per triumphwn {in triumpho^ aliquetn ducere — to lead some
one in triumph.
^ E.g. triumphum agere Boiorum (Liv.) ; Pharsaliae pugnae
(Cic); de Ligiirihus (Liv.); ex Aequis (Liv.) For other phrases cf.
triumphum postutare, imperare ; triumphwn tertium departure ;
triuinphum consulis celebrare.
to triumph over some one.
270 LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
triumpkum senatiis Africano decernit (Fin. 4, 9. 22) — the
senate decrees to Africanus the honours of a
triumph.
1 2. TRUCE— PEACE— TREATIES— ALLIANCE
indutias facer e (Phil. 8. 7) — to make a truce.
indutias violare — to break a truce.
ius gentium violare — to violate the law of nations.
agere cum aliquo de pace — to treat with some one about
peace.
pacem conciliare (Fam. 10. 27) — to bring about a peace.
pacem facere cum aliquo — to make peace with some
one.
pacem dirimere^ frangere — to break the peace.
his condicionibus — on these terms.
pads condiciones ferre (not proponere) — to propose terms
of peace.
pads condiciones dare, dicere alicuiilAw. 29. 12) — to dictate
the terms of peace to some one.
pads condiciones accipere, subire (opp. repudiare, respuere)
— to accept the terms of the peace.
pax convenit in eam condicionem, ut . . . — peace is con-
cluded on condition that . . .
summa pax — deep peace.
captivos perfjiutare, com?fiutare — to exchange prisoners.
captivos redi^nere (Off. 2. 18) — to ransom prisoners.
captivos sine pretio reddere — to restore prisoners without
ransom.
obsides dare — to give hostages.
obsides civitatibus i7nperare — to compel communities to
provide hostages.
TREA TIES— ALLIANCE— CONQ UES T 271
pactionem facere cum aliqiio (Sail. lug. 40) — to conclude a
treaty with some one.
ex pacta ^ ex foedere — according to treaty.
foedus facere {cum aliquo\ icere, ferire — to conclude a
treaty, an alliance.
foedus frangere, rumpere^ violare — to violate a treaty,
terms of alliance.
sociu7?i aliquem asciscere (B. G. i. 5) — to make some one
one's ally.
in ainicitia populi Romani esse (Liv. 22. 37) — to be on
friendly terms with the Roman people.
a senatu amicus^ appellatus est (B. G. i. 3) — he received
from the senate the title of friend.
13. CONQUEST— SUBMISSION
terra potiri — to conquer a country.
terram suae dicionis facere
popuhmi in potestatem suam re-
digere (B. G. 2. 34)
populum in deditionem venire
cogere
populum in deditionem accipere — to accept the submission
of a people.
populum per domare^ subigere — to subjugate a nation.
populum^ terram suo imperio^ suae potestati subicere {xioX. sibi
by itself) — to make oneself master of a people,
country.
to reduce a country to
subjection to oneself.
^ amicus, the friend of the Roman people, distinct from socius, an
ally ; a socius was always ainictcs, but not necessarily vice versa.
The title aynictis populi Romani was granted by the senate to
foreign princes in recognition of some signal service.
272 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
se i?nperio alicuius subicere (not'
alicui)
in deditionem venire (without aliciu)
in alicuius potestatein se permittere
sub imperio et dicione alicuius esse
subiecUwi esse^ obnoxium esse im-
perio or dicioni alicuius (not
simply alicui)
in potestate, in dicione alicuius
to make one's sub-
mission to some
one.
to be subject to some
> one, under some one's
dominion.
esse
qui imperio subiecti sunt — subjects.
aliquem ad officium (cf. p. 172, note) reducere (Nep. Dat.
2. 3)— to reduce a people to their former obedience.
aliquem in officio continere— to keep some one in subjection.
in officio manere, permanere~to remain in subjection.
Asiam in provinciae formam {in provinciam) redigere (B. G.
I- 45)— to make Asia into a Roman province.
Asia populi Romani facta est— Ksm\N3cS made subject to
Rome.
gentem ad internecionem redigere or adducere (B. G. 2. 28)
— to completely annihilate a nation.
XVII. SHIPPING
I. NAVAL AFFAIRS IN GENERAL
navis actuaria — a cutter.
navis longa — a man-of-war.
navis oneraria — a transport or cargo-boat.
navis mercatoria — a merchantman.
oppidum mariti7?ium — a seaport town.
I
NA VAL AFFAIRS IN GENERAL 273
navibus plurhmim posse 1 , . ,
... , T rto have a powerful navy.
rebus maritimis multum valereX
navejfi, classem aedificare^facere^ efficere, instituere — to build
a ship, a fleet.
navejH {classeni) arfjiare^ ornare, instruere — to equip a
boat, a fleet.
nave^n deducere (vid. p. 186, note) — to launch a boat.
navem subducere {in ariduni) — to haul up a boat.
navem reficere — to repair a boat.
navem conscendere, ascendere — to embark.
exercitiwi in naves iviponere (Li v. 22. 19) — to embark an
army.
milites in terram^ in terra exponere — to disembark troops.
classiarii^ (B. C. 3. 100) — marines.
naufae, reiniges — sailors, rowers.
vedores (Phil. 7. 9. 27) — passengers.
naves annotinae — ships of last year.
2. VOYAGE— SHIPWRECK— LANDING
solvere (B. G. 4. 28) \
navem (jtaves) solvere Vto weigh anchor, sail.
ancora??i {ancoras) tollere\
naves ex portu solvunt — the ships sail from the harbour
7nalacia et tranquillitas (B. G. 3. 15) — a dead calm.
vela in altum dare (Liv. 25. 27) — to put to sea.
ventum {tempestateni) nancti idonemn ex portu exeunt — the
ships sail out on a fair wind.
^ Alzo classici milites, classica legio (Liv. 21. 41 ; 22. 19). The
marines were recruited from the lowest classes {capite censi) and from
the liberti. The rowers were slaves ; the ordinary sailors were socii
navales.
^74 LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
velafacere, pcmdere\
vela dare |^° ''^^ ^^^ sails.
vela contrahere (also metaph.)— to furl the sails.
Oram legere (Liv. 21. 51)— to hug the coast.
superare insulam, proniunturium~-io double an island,
cape.
ventis reflantibus (Tusc. i. 49)-with the wind against one.
cursum dirigere aliquo—io set one's course for a place.
cursum tenere (opp. commutare and deferri)~\Q hold on
one's course.
curstim conficere (Att. 5. 12. i)— to finish one's voyage.
gubernaculum tractare\
clavum tenere 1 ^° ^^^^^*
navem remts agere or propel/ere— to row.
remis contendere \
navem remts coticitare, incitarey ^°^ ^^^^*
sustinere, inhibere remos (De Or. i. 33)_to stop rowing;
to easy.
navem retro inhibere (Att. 13. 21)— to back water.
naufragiumfacere~to be shipwrecked.
navis ad scopu/os al/iditur {K C. 3. 2 7)-the ship strikes
on the rocks.
vento se dare— to run before the wind.
in litus eici (B. G. 5. 10)— to be stranded.
deferri, deici aliquo\to be driven out of one's course ; to
tempestate abripi j drift.
procet/a (tempestas) aliquem ex alto ad ignotas terras {pras)
defert~tht storm drives some one on an unknown
coast.
naufragium colligere (Sest. 6. 15)— to collect the wreckage.
appellere navem {ad terram, litiis)~to land (of people).
appelli {ad Oram) (Att. 13. 21)— to land (of ships).
I
to make fast boats to
anchors.
Vto land, disembark.
LANDING— A NAVAL BATTLE 275
ancoras iacere — to drop anchor.
aficoras tollere — to weigh anchor,
naves ad ancoras deligare (B. G.
4. 29)
naves (classejn) coiistituere {in
alto)
ad ancora7Ji consistere
ad ancoras deligari Vto ride at anchor,
in a?tcoris esse, stare, consistere
exire ex, de navi
egredi {ex) 7iavi
exire, egredi in terratJi
escensionem facere (of troops)
portu, terra prohiberi (B. C. 3. 15) — to be unable to
land.
litora ac portiis custodia clausos tenere — to keep the coast
and harbours in a state of blockade.
deperire — to founder, go down.
aestu incitato — at high tide.
3. A NAVAL BATTLE
navis praetoria (Liv. 21. 49) — the admiral's ship; the
flagship.
pugna?n navalem facere^ — to fight a battle at sea.
navejn expedire — to elear for action.
nave7Ji rostro percutere — to charge, ram a boat.
navem expugnare — to board and capture a boat.
navem, classem depriniere, mergere — to sink a ship, a fleet.
classes concurrunt (Liv. 26. 39) — the fleets charge.
1 For a description of a sea-fight vid. B. G. iii. 13-16.
^l^ I^A TIN PHRASE BOOK
copulas, manusferreas {in 7iavem)\ to throw grappling-
^^^^^^^ [ irons on board; to
i7i navem {hostium) transcendere J board.
navevi capere, intercipere, deprehendere~X.o capture a boat.
vela artnajnentaque — sails and rigging.
ex eo 7iavium concursu magnum incommodutn est accephwi
— much damage was done by this collision.
navigia speculatoria — reconnoitring-vessels.
I
APPENDIX
ut ait Cicero (always in this order) — as Cicero says.
ut Ciceronis verbis utar — to use Cicero's expression ; to
say with Cicero (not ut cum Cicerone loquar).
ut ita dicam — so to speak (used to modify a figurative
expression).
ut non {nihil) dicam de . . . — not to mention . . .
ut plura 7ion dicam — to say nothing further on . . .
ne dicam — not to say . . . (used in avoiding a stronger
expression).
ne {quid) gravius dicam — to say the least . , .
ut breviter dicam — to put it briefly.
denique
ne multa^ quid plura ? sed quid
opus est plura ?
ut paucis (rem) absolvajn
ut paucis {brevi, breviter) com-
plectar
ut brevi comprehendam
ut brevi praeci dam
ut eorum^ quae dixi^ sum7na7n facia??i — to sum up
!-in short ; to be brief.
ne longum sit
im \\
ne longus, multus sim Vnot to be prolix.
ne diutius vos demorer\
278 LATIN PHRASE BOOK
ne in re nota et pervulgata vmlttis sim — not to be diffuse
on such a well-known subject.
ut levissime dicani (opp. ut gravisstmo verbo ittar) — to use
the mildest expression.
ut planius dicam — to express myself more plainly.
ut verius dicam — to put it more exactly.
ut semel or in perpetuum dicam — to say once for all.
ut in eodem simili verser — to use the same simile, illus-
tration.
ut hoc utar or afferam — to use this example.
dicam quod sentio — I will give you my true opinion.
tantum or unum illud or hoc dico — I will only say this
much . . .
non nego, non i?tfitior — I do not deny.
hoc did potest de aliqua re \ , . , • , ^
, ,.,,.., this can be said of . . .,
/toe cadit in aliquid V
r . , , • 7- .7 apphes to . . .
hoc transjern potest in atiquid\
dixi quasi praeteriens or in transitu — I said en passant^ by
the way.
sexcenties, millies dixi — I have said it a thousand times.
ut supra (opp. infra) dixii7ius^ dictum est — as I said
above.
did vix {non) potest or vix potest did {vix like non always
before /<?/^j'/) — I cannot find words for . . .
incredibile dictu est — it sounds incredible.
supersedeo oratione (not"! ^ . , . .
^ II avoid mentioning . . . ; 1
L \ prefer not to touch upon . . .
omitto dicere J
haec habeo dicere or habeo quae dica7n — this I have to say.
haec (fere) dixit — he spoke (very much) as follows.
haec ill sententiain dixit — the tenor of his speech was
this ...
I
APPENDIX 279
7nihi quaedam dicenda sunt de hac re — I have a few words
to say on this.
quod vere praedicare possu?n — without wishing to boast,
yet . . .
quod non arroganter dixerim — which I can say without
offence, arrogance.
pace tua dixerim or die ere liceatX „
, . . 7. . Vallow me to say . . .
bona ycuni) venia tua dixerun J
non est huius loci c. Inf. 1 , . . ,
Vthis IS not the place to . . .
non est hic locus, ut . . . j
sed de hoc alias pluribus — more of this another time.
atque or sed haec {<qutde7?ij'
hactenus so much for this subject . . . ;
atque haec quidem de . . . v enough has been said
ac {sed) de . . . satis dixi, on . . .
dictum est
haec {quidem) ilk — this much he said.
haec Ciceronis fere — this is very much what Cicero said.
atque etiam hoc animadvertendum est — there is this also to
notice.
ad reliqua perga^nus, progrediamur — to pass on.
hic {tile) locus obscurus est — this passage is obscure.
hoc in medio relinquamus — let us leave that undecided.
sed labor longius — but that takes us too far.
non id ad vivum reseco (Lael. 5. 8) — I do not take that
too strictly.
nonnulla praedicam-^\ wish to say a few words in preface.
ut 07nittam c. Accus. |
cum discessi, -eris, -eritis ab Vputting aside, except.
praeter c. Accus. J
ut praetermittam c. Ace. c. Inf.] to except the fact
praeterquam quod or 7iisi quod J that . . ,
, . , ,it is clear, evident.
hoc in aperto est j
hoc est hue {sole
hoc facile intellegi potesiX . . . . .
I that IS self-evident, goes without
from this it appears, is
apparent.
280 LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
hoc in promptu est
hoc in aperto est
hoc est hue {sole ipso) clarius — this is as clear as daylight
hoc facile intellegi pot
hoc per se intellentur ,
^ _ saying.
hoc sua sponte apparet I
ex quo int el legit ur or intellegi
potest, debet
ex quo perspicuum est
inde patet, apparet
apparet et exstat 1 . , . _
Ht IS quite manifest.
exstat atque eminet\
si quaeris, si verum quaerimus — to put it exactly
id quod maxi7nu77i, gravis simui7i\
est Vthe main point.
quod caput est I
quod Tnaius est — what is more important.
testis est, testatur, declarat
documento, indicio est (without
demonstr. pron. but cui rei
docu77ie7ito, i7idicio est)
sed hoc nihil {sane) ad re77i — but this is not to the point.
aliquid (re) dicis (opp.l there is something in what you
nihil dicis) V say ; you are more or less
est istuc quidem aliquid J right.
audio, fateor — I admit it, say on.
ain tu ? — do you think so ? are you in earnest ?
nonne ? — is it not so ?
quorsum haec {dicis) ? — what do you mean ?
77iale (opp. dene) narras {de) — I am sorry to hear . . .
monstra dicis, narras — it is incredible.
clarius loquere — speak up, please.
this shows, proves
APPENDIX 281
mihi crede (not crede mihi) — believe me.
per me licet — I have no objection.
rem acu tetigisti — you have hit the nail on the head.
ita prorsus existiino — that is exactly what I think.
ita res est — it is so.
res ita {aliter) se habet — the matter stands so (otherwise).
7iec mirum^ minitne 77iiru7n {id quide7?i), quid inirian ? — no
wonder.
neque id minmi est or videri debet — there is nothing strange
in that.
et recte {iure^ jneritd)\
et recte (iure) quidem Vquite rightly.
recte, iure id quidem J
neque i^nmerito (ijtiuria) 1 , • i 1
. , . ...... Vand rightly too.
7ieque id immerito {i7iiuria)\
77ieo ituo. suo) iure] . , _ . ,
Vwith periect right.
zusto iure \
iustissime. rectissime \^ • ■ , • 1 i r ^^
. - . legitimately ; with the fullest
Optimo iure (cf. summo iure V . ,
P- 237). J
77iacte virtute (esto or te esse iubeo) — good luck to you.
sed mammi de tabula I — but enough !
INDEX
[The numbers refer to the pages. /. — " and folloioing pages "'\
Abalienare, 59
abdere, 92, 142
abdicare, 232
abdicere, 189
abducere, 76, 80, 182
aberrare, 130
abesse, 11, 21
abhinc, 21
abhorrere, 80, 161
abicere arma, 267
ad pedes, 28
cogitationes, ^]
consilium, 84
dolorem, 147
memoriam, 88
spem, 154
timorem, 150
abire, 16
abolere, 90
abominari, 182
abrogare, 159
abrumpere, 195
absolutus, 77, 114
absolvere, 77, 202
abstergere, 149
abstinere, 168
absumere, 5, 37
abundantia, 55
abuti, 73 (note)
accelerare, 254
accendere animum, 151
accepimus (we know), 11 1
accepti at expensi ratio, 204
accessus et recessus, 5
accipere in bonam partem, 138
accipere omen, 184
hospitio, 192
acclamare, 119 (note)
acclivis, 3
accuratus, 121 (note)
accusatio, 241
acerbitas, 133 (note)
acies, 261
oculorum, 27
acquiescere, 92
acroama, 117 (note)
actio, 103, 117
actor, 119
actum agere, 71
actum est de, 40, 153
actus (act of a play), 117
acu rem tangere, 281
adamasse, 92, 156
addere gradum, 15
addicere alicui, 184
adesse alicui, 54
animo, 75, 152
sacris, 178
adiacere mari, 9
aditus, 196
admirabilia, 158
admiratio, 158
adulterini nunmii, 202
adumbrare, 77 (note), 125
adventicius, 29
adventus, 14
284
LATIN PHRASE BOOK
adversae res, 50
adversa fortuna, 50
adverse flumine, 5
advesperascit, 22
advocatus, 241 (note)
aedificare, i, 208
aedificator, 2, 208
aegre ferre, 146, 162
aegritudo, 148
aegrotare, 36
aequare solo, 259
aequi iniqui, 63
aer, 6, 31
aes alienum, 207
signatum, 202
aestas, 22
aestimare, 175
aestiva castra, 255
aestus, 5, 36
aetas, 32
aetas heroica, 112 (note)
militaris, 246
puerilis, 97
recentior, 1 1 1
affectio, 145
afficere, 61 (note)
affirmare, 83
afflictae res, 42, 50
agar, 189, 208
agere alias res, 75
animam, 39
causam, 222, 240
cum populo, 216
fabulam, 118
iure, lege, 238
partes, 119
vigilias, 256
vineas, 258
agitare equum, 15
agitur caput, 242
vita, 53
agmen, 254
agrestis vita, 96
agricultura, 2.0Z f.
ain tu ? 280
alienare, 59
Alpes, 3
altercari, 136
alternis diebus, 23
ambages, 122
ambigua verba, 136
ambitio, ambitus, 230
ambitus verborum, 135
ambulare, 197
amicitia, 62
amicus pop. rom., 271
amor, 162
amplecti, 26 (note)
amputare errorem, 81
anatocismus, 206
ancora, 275
angor, 150
angustiae, 42
anima, 31, 39
animadversio censoria, 234
animadvertere, 27 (note)
animalia, 2
animantia, 2
animata, 2
animus, 59 (note)
annales, 112
annona, 209
annotare, 142
annus, 21, 33
ansa, 49
antiquare, 217
antiquitas generis, 214
antiquitatem redolere, 124
antiquitates, 19 (note)
antiquitatis memoria, 112
antiquius, 157
aperire se, 179 (note)
viam, II
apparare, 192
apparatus belli, 251
se applicare, 97, loi
appropinquare, 17
apud, coram, 122 (note)
aqua, 4
aquae ductio, 4 (note)
aquatum ire, 257
arae focique, 186
arbitrium, 47
arbores, 2, 209
arcessitum dictum, 132
ardere, 5
ardere amore, 157
cupiditate, 166
INDEX
285
ardere odio, 162
studio, 158
argentum, 202
argumentum, (proof) 106, (subject)
117
aries, 258
arithmetica, 113 (note)
arma, 311
armare navem, 271
armatura levis, 247
ars, 114
ars ludicra, 117
dicendi, 120
artes ingenuae, 91
artus, 24
aspergere infamiam, 69, 70
sales, 132
asperitas caeli, 6
ex asse, 200
assidere, 37
assiduus, 194
assuescere, 200
astra, 7
astrologus, 113 (note)
atrium, 186 (note)
attendere, 75
auctorem esse, 85
auctores consilii publici, 213
auctoritas, 64, 100
aucupari, 58
aucupium verborum, 140
audire bene, 68
audientes, 143 (note)
audientia, 123, 195
auditione accepisse, 66
augurari, 79
augurium, 184
aura, 219
auris, 24
auspicari, 184
auspicium, 184
australis, 9 (note)
autumnale tempus, 21
auxilia, 247 (note)
auxilium, 54
aversus, 173
axis, 7
Barba, 25
beata vita, 50
beatitas, 50 (note)
belligerare, 248
bellum, 246/;
bellum pro religionibus susceptum,
179
bene audire, 68
latine, 94 (note)
tibi, 190
vertere, 62
vivere, 191
beneficium, 59
benevolus, 57
bibere, 190
bibliotheca, 142
biduo serius, 23
bilem evomere, 163
bis die, 23
in bivio, 12
blanditia, 74
boni (cives), 222
bonitas, 165
cui bono ? 56
bracchium, 26 (note)
Cachinnus, 35
cadaver, 41 (note)
caelestia, 6, 113
caelum, 6
caerimoniae, 177
calamitas, 51
calcaria, 15, 97
calculi, 204
calida lavari, 4
caligo, 75
callum, 147 (note)
calor, 8
calumnia, 241
candidatus, 230/".
canis, 210
canticum, 119
cantus, 116
capacitas, 75 (note)
capessere, 211
capilli, 25
capita conferre, 196
capitalis, 162, 242
captare, 35
captio, 107
286
LATIN PHRASE BOOK
captivus, 270/.
ut captus est, 75 (note)
caput, 24 (note)
career, 245
cardo caeli, 7
carere, 225
caritas, 209
carmen, 116
carus, 156
castigator, 176
castra, 255
casus, 20, 51
catena, 245
cater va, 119
caupo, 201 (note)
causa (cause), 44
(interest), 212
(process), 240
(situation), 43
cavere, 199, 238
cedere de iure, 237
fortunae, 52
tempori, 18
celare, 79
celebritas, 120
cena, 192
censor, 234
centesimae usurae, 205
cernere hereditatem, 119
certiorem facere, 67
certo, certe, 83 (note)
cervices, 25
ceteris rebus, 46
chorus, 119
cibarius, 190
cibus, 190
cicatrices, 268
cingulus, 7
circuitus, 135
circumferre oculos, 27
circumfluere, 55
circumfundere, 6, 17
circumsedere, 258
circumvenire, 264
citare, 239
citato equo, 15
citeriora, 178
civilis, 212 (note)
civitas, 214/.
clades, 267/.
clamare, 129
clamor, 129
classiarii, 273
classicum, 257
classis, 272
claudere agmen, 253
aures, 24
fores, 186
oppidum, 258
claudicare, 129
clavum tenere, 211, 274
coagmentare, 105
codex, 204
coercere animum, 167
milites, 250
coetus, 194
cogitatio, 'j'j, 78
cognitiones, 180
cohors, 256
colere agrum, 208
aliquem, 70
amicitiam, 62
deum, 177
fidem, 159
litteras, 92
virtutem, 164
colligere animum, 150
coniectura, 79
ex aliqua re, 106
gloriam, 68
gratiam, 58
invidiam, 161
laudem, 65
se, 37
stipem, 55
vasa, 257
vires, 30
coUis, 3, 9
coUocare fiduciam, 159
filiam, 198
insidias, 169
multitudinem, 189
pecuniam, 203
praesidium, 255
sedem, 189
studium, 70
colloquium, 196/.
colonia, 229
INDEX
287
comicus, 115 (note)
comitia, 217
commeare, 14
commeatus, 249
commcmorare, 99
commendare, 68, 89
commenta, 76, 79
comnientari, 121, 134
comnientarii, 142
commenticius, 78
commercium linguae, 133
comminus, 264/
(non) committere ut, 243
commode dictum, 132
commodum, 56
communicare, 84 (note)
commutare, 242 (note)
commutationes, 21
comoedia, 115
comparare frunientum, 248
gloriam, 67
compensare, 57
competitor, 231
complecti animo, 76
complere, 146 (note)
complexus, 26 (note)
compos, 75, 152
composita verba, 139
compositio verborum, 135
coniprobare, 106
comptus, 25
conatus, 86
concedere, 108
conciliare, 57, 64
concilium, 216
concinere, 109
concipere animo, 76, 78
ignem, 5
seel us, 166
vota, 182
con ci tare equum, 15
misericordiam, 155
navem, 274
odium, 162
risum, 35
seditionem, 223
conclamare ad arma, 228
ad liber tatem, 228
ignem, 6
conclamare victoriam, 269
concludere, 107
conclusiuncula, 107
concoquere, 189
concubia nocte, 22
concupiscere, 69,
concurrere, 14, 260, 275
concursus, 263
condemno, 217
condere fructus, 209
in sepulcro, 40
leges, 219
lustrum, 234
poema, 115
urbem, 184, 208
condicio (match), 198
conducere, 228, 247
conducticius, 248
conductum esse mercede, 61
conferre capita, 196
operam, 70
pecuniam, 55
signa, 253 (note), 263
studium, 92
confidere, 159
conflagrare, 5
conflare bellum, 252
infamiam, 69, 70
odium, 162
periculum, 53
conflictari, 36, 51 (note)
confluere, 14
confutare, 106
conglutinare, 105
congressus, 194, 196
coniector, 38
coniectura, 79
coniuratio, 223
conivere, 27 (note)
connexum esse, 105
conquer! , 66
conquiescere, 92
conscendere equum, 14
conscientia, 174
consciscere, 39
consensus mundi, i
omnium, 109
consentire, 109
consequentia, 107
288
LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
considerare, 85
consignare, 140
consilia et facta, 164
consilium capere, 84
consilium est ut, 87
consilium publicum, 235
consilium, quo liber scriptus est,
87 (note)
consistere mente, 153
consolari, 54
conspirare, 223
constantia (consistency), 104
constare ex, 47
mente, 152
sibi, no, 176
constat, 83
consternari, 15
constructio verborum, 135
consuetude (habit), 200
(relation), 194
saeculi, 20
sermonis, 133
consul, 233
consulatus, 234
consulere famae, 68
in aliquem, 244
oraculum, 183
rei publicae, 212
saluti, 54
valetudini, 36
contaminare, 165
contemplatio, 103
contentus, 148
contestari, 181
contextus, 125
continens, 2, 10
contingere, 62
continuare magistratum, 231
continuatio, 105, 135
continuus, 23
contio, 122, 216 (note)
contionari, 261
contra dicere, no
contrariae partes, 16
controversia, 108
contumacia, 151
contumelia, 168
convalescere, 37
convenientia et consensus, i
convertere ex graeca, 134
in rem suam, 56
iter, 254
oculos, 27
odium in se, 161
se ad aliquem, 59 (note)
signa, 253
convivium, 192
copia orationis, 125
pugnandi, 260
verborum, 136
copiae, 247
cor, 157 (note)
coram, 122 (note), 196
cordi esse, 157
corrigere, 68 (note), 81, 96
corroborata aetas, 32
corrumpere tabulas, 242 (note)
corrumpi, 74
cotidianus sermo, 128, 133, 196
eras, 23
crassa Minerva, 97
creare, i (note)
creber sententiis, 125
credere, 203
creditor, 206
cremare, 5, 41
crimen, 242
crinis, 25
cruciari, 34, 147, 155
crudelitas, 156
crux, 245
cubitum ire, 37
cujas, 31
culmen, 3
culpa, 243
cultus, 96, 177
cumulus, 50, 146
cunabula, 43 (note)
cuneus, 265
cuniculus, 259
cupere, 58
cura, 150
curae esse, 157
habere, 157
curationes, 37
currere, 120
curriculum, 31 (note)
curru vehi, 14
INDEX
289
cursus (navis), 274
(stellae), 7
(vitae), 31
custodia, 245
Damnare, 243
damnum, 57
dare ansas ad, 49
consilium, 85
copiam, 48
crimini, 66
dotem, 198
epistulam, 144
fabulam, 118
facultatem, 48
fenori, 203
fidem, 159
frenos, 15
in praeceps, 52
iusiurandum, 179
laudi, 65
locum, 48
ludos, 41
mandatum, 62
manus, 26
negotium, 62
nomen, 246
nuptum, 198
occasionem, 48
operam, 70
optionem, 82
oraculum, 183
palmam, 61
poenam, 244
responsum, 131, 183
salutem, 197
se ignaviae, 73
se in conspectum, 28
se in fugam, 266
se in viam, 12
se somno, 37
senatum, 235
signum, 260
spatium, 18
stipendium, 248
suspicionem, 160
tempus, 18
terga, 266
tesseram, 256
dare testes, 239
vela, 274
veniam, 243
verba, 171
debere, 203, 206
debitor, 206
decedere, de iure, 237
de officio, 172
de potestate, 232
de provincia, 14 (note)
de scena, 118
de sententia, 78
loco, 14
vita, 14 (note), 39
decessus, 5
declamatio, 129 (note)
declarare, 233
declinare de via, 12
declivis, 3
decrescere, 6
decretum, 10 1
decurrere, 16
se dedere desidiae, 73
libidinibus, 167
litteris, 92
victori, 259
vitiis, 165
deditio, 259
deducere a fera vita, 96
coloniam, 186 (note)
de capite, 24, 186 (note)
de domo, 186
de fide, 159
de sententia, 78, 186 (note)
naves, 186 (note)
deesse occasion!, 48
officio, 48 (note), 172
defectio solis, 6
defendere, 168, 215
deferre honores, 232
imperium, 226
negotium, 62
palmam, 61
principatum, 216
regnum, 227
defervescere, 32, 163
defigere, 251 (note)
definitio, 104
defunctus, 216
U
290
LATIN PHRASE BOOK
defungi calamitatibus, 51
periculis, 53
sua morte, 39 (note)
degenerare, 165
degere, 31. 55
deicere de gradu, 152, 216
de possessione, 187
iugum, 228
oculos, 27
se, 16
spe, 154
delabi, 100
delectari, 74, 146
delenire, 74
delere, 70, 89,
deleri incendio, 5
deliberare, 18, 85
delicatus, 190
deliciae, 157
deligare, 245, 275
demere, 81, 160
deminutio capitis, 25 (note)
demoliri, 185
demorari, 277
denegare, 62
denique, 277
denuntiare, 170
depellere de gradu, 152, 216
de sententia, 78
dolorem, 147
famem, 34
depellere vim vi, 169
depingere, 76, 126
deponere consilium, 84
dolorem, 147
errorem, 81
inimicitias, 63
librum, 142 (noti.)
luctum, 149
magistratum, 232
memoriam, 88
spem, 154
vestem, i8g (note)
depravari, 165
deprecari, 245
deprehendere, 144, 239
deprimere, 275
deridere, 171
derivare, 4, 137 (note)
derogare, 206, 218
descendere, 15, 54 (note), 177, 260
desciscere, 80, 165
describere, 113
descriptio civitatis, 210
juris, 238
temporum, 22
terrae, 112
vitae, 31
deserere agros, 208
honestatem, 165
ofificium, 172
proelium, 262
deserta loca, 3
desiderium, 157
desidia, 73
desipere, 146
desperare, 153 (note)
desperatio, 153
despicere, 6 (note), 42
despondere, 198
destringere, 251
desudare, 71, 98
deterreri, 78, 84
detrahere, 68
detrectare, 246, 260
detrimentum, 57
deturbare animum, 152
deus, 177/.
deverti, 193
devincire, 59, 166
dextra, 197
dialectica, 102
dicendi ars, 120
dicere causam,
contra aliquem, no
dictatorem, 233
diem, 237
falsa, 171
in aurera, 24
sacramentum, 246
sententiam, 79
dicio, 271
dictator, 233
dictum, 132
dies, 22
differre diem, 87
ignem, 6
in tempus, 18
INDEX
291
difficultas, 42, 133 (note)
dififiuere, 4, 74
diffundere, 2, 17
diffusus, 81, 105
digcrere, 180, 140
digitus, 25
dignitas, 64
digressio, 128
diiudicare, 80, 108
dilatare, 261
dilectus (subst.), 246
diligens, 80, 113, 133
diluculum, 22
dimicare, 262 /".
dimittere concilium, 217
e manibus, 26, 49, 267
exercitum, 247
hostes, 267
impunitum, 245
occasionem, 48
senatum, 236
in directum, 16
dirigere, 12, 175
dirimere, 108, 236
diripere, 259
discedere a latere, 25
a lege, 218
a sententia, 78
a signis, 254
a virtute, 165
ab armis, 250
ab officio, 172
e loco, 13
ex animo, 89
in diversas partes, 16
in duas partes, 221
in sententiam, 236
victum, 267
vita, 39
discessio, 236
discordia, 223
discrepare, 109
disertus, 121
disiungere, 11
displicere sibi, 132
disponere eleganter, 103
equites, 261
praesidia, 255
dispositio, 130
disputare, 107
disputatio, 107
dissentire, 109, 221
disserere, 102, 108
dissidere, 109, 162
dissimulare, 170 (note)
dissimulatio, 170
dissipare, 192
dissolvere acta, 219
aes alienum, 207
amicitiam, 63
argentariam, 204
crimina, 242
nomina, 207
pontem, 208
dissuere, 63
distare, i i
distentum esse, 72
distineri et divelli, 147
diurnus, 13
diuturnitas, 23, 149
diverbium, 119
diversus, 16
dives, 125 (note)
dividere, 10, 104
divinitus, 178
divitiae, 55
sub divo, 6
divortium, 199
divulgari, 67
docti, 94
doctrina, 94, 102
documentum, 280
ex dodrante, 200
dolere, 146
dolor, 146
dolus, 171
domesticas, 112
domicilium, 188
dominatio, 221, 226 (note)
dominatus unius, 221
domus, 186
donum, 239
dormire, 37
dos, 198
sine dubio, 82
dubitatio, 82
ducere aliquo, 12
animam, 31
292
LATIN PHRASE BOOK
ducere argumentuni, io6
bellum, 252
familiam, 120 (note)
fossam, 256
funus, 40
infra se, 65
initium, 43
laudi, 65
nomen, 137
originem, 31
spiritum, 31
tempus, 18
uxorem, 198
ductus aquae, 4
dupliciter dici, 138
Edax, 189
edere animam, 39
exernpluni, 100
fabulam, 118
librum, 140
in lucem, 30
munus gladiatorium, 120
oraculum, 183
risum, 35
spiritum, 39
testes, 239
in vulgus, 66
edicere, 235, 239
ediscere, 88 (note)
edita loca, 3
educari, 96
educere exercitum, 260
gladium, 251
efferre fruges, 2
laudibus, 65
se insolentius, 151
signa, 253 (note)
efferri fortuna, 50
funere, 40
gaudio, 146
iracundia, 163
efficere legiones, 247
efiflorescere, 45
effluere, 89
effrenatus, 167
effugere, 26 (note)
effundere dolorem, 147
iram, 163
effundere lacrimas, 35
sanguinem, 40
effusa fuga, 146 (note), 266
laetitia, 146
effusae habenae, 15
effusi imbres, 7
sumptus, 146, 191
egestas, 55
egressio, 128
eicere e civitate, 225
e senatu, 234
histrioneni, 119
in exilium, 225
in litus, 274
sententiam, 102
elaborare, 71
elatio orationis, 124
elegantia, 102, 124
elementa, i, 97
elidere, 72 (note)
eligere, 99,
elogium, 41
eloquens, 121
eluere, 70
eluvio, 4 (note)
emendate scribere, 135
emere, 201
emergere, 4
emetiri, 12
emigrare, 189
eminus, 251
emissio telorum, 262 (note)
eniti, 72
enodare, 137
enuntiatio, 135
epicus, 113 (note)
epistula, 144
epulae, 192
equestri loco natus, 214
equus, 14
erigere ad spem, 154
animum, 151
aures, 24
turrim, 208
eripere dolorem, 148
e periculo, 53
errorem, 81
libertatem, 227
potestatem, 48
1
INDEX
293
enpere spem, 154
erogare, 202, 218
errantes stellae, 7
error, 81
errores Ulixis, 12
eructare, 8
erudire, 96
eruditus, 93
erumpere, 35 (note)
eruptio, 8,
escendere, 122
esse (live), 32
esurire, 34
eventus, 44
cvertere bonis, 188
oppidum, 259
rationem, 104
rem publicam, 224
evincere, 106
evocare copias, 247
evocati, 247 (note)
evomere, 8, 163
exacta aetas, 33
exactio, 242 (note)
exaggerata oratio, 124
exalbescere, 149
exanclare, 50
exaniniari, 31, 140
excedere dicimum annum, 33
ex pueris, 32
finibus, 10
modum, 174
vita, 39
excepti et expensi tabula, 204
excerpere, 142
excidere oppidum, 259
excipere hospitio, 193
impetum, 262
vulnus, 268
excitare a mortuis, 177
ad spem, 154
ad virtutem, 165, 261
admirationem, 158
animum, 151
bellum, 252
clamores, 118
e somno, 38
ignem, 5
libidinem, 167
excitare motus, 145
odium, 162
turrim, 208
excolere, 95
excruciari, 174
excubare, 256
excultus, 95
excurrere, 10, 13
excursio, 256, 258
excusare, 37
excutere iugum, 228
risum, 35
exedere, 51 (note)
exemplum, 99, 143
exercere artem, 114
crudclitatem, 156
imperium, 187
inimicitias, 63
iudicium, 51 (note)
metalla, 51 (note)
navem, 51 (note)
vectigalia, 51
exercitatus in armis, 248
in dicendo, 121
in re publica, 213
exercitus, 247 /I
exhaurire, 40
exheredari, 199
exigere fabulam, 118
nomina, 207
pecuniam, 203
existimatio, 68, 69 (note), 220
existimator, 114
exitium, 52
exitus, 39, 44
expedire arma, 250
navem, 275
negotium, 72
salutem, 54
expedita oratio, 124
expeditus ad, 121, 123
expellere ex urbe, 225
regno, 227
expendere poenas, 244
experientia, 90 (note)
experiri, 90
expetere poenas, 163
expiare manes, 182
scelus, 166
294
LATIN PHRASE BOOK
expiari, 244 (note)
explore animum, 163
cupiditates, 167
famem, 34
odium, 162
expleta forma, 78
explicare aciem, 261
frontem, 25
scholas, 102
sententias, 125
volumen, 140
explodere, 119
explorare, 254
explorata victoria, 269
exploratum habere, 83
explosae sententiae, 102
expolitus, 95
exponere merces, 202
praemium, 61
vitam, 126
exportare, 202
exposcere signum, 260
expostulare, 66
exprimere, 77 (note)
exprimere ad verum, 115
litteras, 140
verbis, 125
verbum e verbo, 134
exprobrare, 66
expugnare, 259
exsanguis oratio, 124
exsequiae, 40
exsequi consilium, 86
funus, 40
negotium, 72, 201
officium, 171
exsibilare, 118
exsilium, 225
exsolvere, 207
exspectatio, 98, 155
exstinguere bellum, 50 (note)
motus, 145
odium, 162
exstirpare humanitatem, 156
perturbationes, 167
vitia, 166
exstruere aedificium, 208
mensas, 192
vallum, 256
exsulare, 225
exsultare, 146
exsurgere, 124
extendere fines, 10
extenuare, 128
exterminare, 225
extollere in maius, 128
laudibus, 65
extorquere, 26, 81
extrahere bellum, 252
errorem, 81
religionera, 179
exturbare, 188
exuere armis, 257
humanitatem, 156
servitutem, 228
vestem, 189
Fabricator mundi, i
fabula, 112, 118
fabulam fieri, 67
fabularis historia, 112
fabulator, 115
facere aes alienum, 207
amicitiam, 62
argentariam, 204
audientiam, 123, 196
bellum, 252 y.
certiorem, 67
coniecturam, 79
contra rem publicam, 223
copiam, 48
cum aliquo, 221
cuneum, 265
detrimentum, 57
discessionem, 236
divitem, 55
eruptionem, 258
excursionem, 258
expectationem, 155
facinus, 166
fidem, 160
foedus, 271
fugam, 266
funus, 40
gratum, 58
heredem, 199
hospitium, 193
iacturam, 57 (note)
INDEX
295
facerc ignem, 5
indutias, 270
initiuni, 43
insidias, 169
irruptionem, 259
iter, 12
iussa, 62
iusta, 40
lectisternium, 183
leges, 219
ludos, 119
mentionem, 67
mercaturam, 201
messem, 209
modos, 117
moram, 87
naufragium, 274
navem, 273
officium, 171
opera, 258
opus, 71
orbem, 265
pactionem, 271
periculum, 53
periurium, 180
poema, 115
potestatem pugnandi, 48 (note),
260
potestatem sui, 48, 196
proelium, 261
quaestum, 202
sacra, 182
scelus, 166
sementem, 209
spem, 153
sponsionem, 160
stipendia, 248
stragem, 268
suae dicionis, 271
summam, 205
sumptum, 191
testamentum, 199
turrim, 208
vallum, 256
verba, 122, 136
verbum nullum, 138
versuram, 203
versus, 115
viam, II
facere vim, 169
vota, 182
facessere, 73
facete dicere, 132
facilitas, 193
facinus, 166
facta et consilia, 164
factio, 220
factum sui iuris, 32
faex populi, 215
fallacia, 171
fallere, 81, 160
spem, 154
falsae tabulae, 242
fama, 66
fames, 34
familia (histrionum), 118, 120
(schola), 102
familiaris homo, 63
res, 187
sermo, 133
familiaritas, 63, 194
fas, 238
fasces praeferre, 234
fasti 22
favere, 58, 219
favor, 58, 219
febris, 36
felicitas, 50
fenerari, 203
fenori dare, 203
fenus, 206
fera, 264
ferire foedus, 271
frontem, 25
hostias, 182
securi, 245
ferre arma, 246
auxilium, 54
centuriam, 231
condiciones, 270
et agere, 257
expensum, 204
fruges, 2
in maius, 128
in oculis, 28
legem, 211
opem, 54
personam, 119
296
LATIN PHRASE BOOK
fcrre poenam, 244
prae se, 94, 170
repulsam, 231
salutem, 54
signa, 253
suffragium, 217
victoriam, 269
ferri impetu caeco, 176
instinctu, 116
libidine, 167
ferro ignique, 257
fessus, 12
fides, 159, 206
fides rerum, 112
fidibus discere, 116
fiducia, 159
figere oculos, 27
filia, 198
fines, 10
fingere animo, jj
verba, 137
vultum, 29
fingendi ars, 117
finis, 40, 43
finitimum esse, 10
firmare, 256
firmata aetas, 32
ut fit, 201
flagitium, 166 (note)
flagrare bello, 252
cupiditate, 166
desiderio, 157
incendio, 5
invidia, 161
flamma, 5
flare, 8
flectere animum, 145
equum, 15
iter, 254
fietus, 35
florere aetate, 32
antiquitate, 214
arte dicendi, 121
auctoritate, 64
gratia, 58
laude, 67
opibus, 55
flores dicendi, 125
flos, 32, 209
flosculi, 136
fluctuari, 4
fiuctus, 4
fluens oratio, 124
flumen, 4
pro aris et focis, 186
foedus, 270 f.
fons, 25 (note), 45
forensis lux, 98 (note)
fores, 186
foris, 186
forma, 78, 113
forma rei publicae, 210
for mare verba, 137
formidines, 181
fortis, 264
fortuna, 51
fortunae, 55, 188
forum fugere, 212
fossa, 256
fragor, 8
frangere animum, 151
cervices, 25
fidem, 160
pacem, 270
fraus, 57 (note)
freni, 15
frequentare domum, 185
scholam, 97
triumphum, 269
frigere, 85, 92 (note)
frigus, 8
frondescere, 2
frons, 25
fructus, 56, 209
fruges, 2
frugi esse, 187 (note)
frumentum, 209, 249
sine fuco, 171
fuga, 266
fugare, 266
fugere, 267
me fugit, 82
fulmen, 8
fundamentum, 208
fundere et fugare, 266
fundere fruges, 2
versus, 115
fundi (property), 188
INDEX
297
funebris oratio, 41
fungi munere, 232
suo officio, 171
supremo officio, 40
funus, 40
furiae, 174
furor, 164
in futurum, 20
Galea, 250
gaudium, 146
gemma, 2
generare, 2, 31
genere Gallus, 31
genus dicendi, 123
vitae, 98
(genus), 104
geographia, 113
geometria, 113
gestare in manibus, 26
sinu, 157
gestire, 146
gestum agere, 129
gignere, 2
gladiatorium munus, 120
gladius, 251
glarea, 11
gloria, 67
gradus, 15
graece loqui, 134
grammaticus, 135
grammatista, 135 (note)
granditas, 124
grates, 60, 181
gratia, 59, 219
gratiosus, 59, 219
gratulari, 197
gratus, 60
grave caelum, 6
grex, 118, 210
gnbernacula rei publicae, 211
gubernaculum, 274
gurges, 4
gustare, 93
gymnici ludi, 120
Habenae, 15
habitare, 188
habitus animi, 145
hactenus, 279
haerere, 129
equo, 15
in animo, 89, 100
in complexu, 26 (note)
in tergis, 267
haesitare, 129
hasta, 251
haurire calamitatem, 50
e fontibus, 45
luctum, 149
voluptates, 74
haustus, 34
hebescere, 73
hebetes sensus, 29
herbae, 2
in herbis esse, 209
hereditas, 199
heroicus, herous, 112 (note)
hesternus dies, 23
hiberna, 255
hiems, 22
historia, iii
historicus, iii (note)
histrio, 119
hodie, 23
homines huius aetatis, 34
honestas, 165
honor, 215
hora, 23
horrere, 25
hortus, 4
hospitium, 192
hostia, 182
hue et illuc, 16
humanae res, 42
humanitas, 96, 156
humi, 17
humiles res, 77
ICERE foedus, 271
ici fulmine, 8
idiota, 114 (note)
idoneus locus, 256
ventus, 273
ignarus, 83
ignavia, 73
ignis, 5
ignominia, 70
298
LATIN PHRASE BOOK
illata vis, ii6
illecebrae, 74
illudere, 64, 171
illustris, 214
imago, 7
imbecillitas, 75
imber, 7
imbuere, 103 (note)
imitari, 100
imitatio, 115
imminere, 170 (note)
imminuere auctoritatem, 64
famam, 68
fidem, 159
gratiam, 220
immodestia, 250
immolare, 182
immortalitas, 68, 106
immunitas, 239
immutatio, 139
impeditus, 13
impendere, 25 (note), 170 (note)
imperare, 246
imperator, 231
imperitus, 91
imperium, 250
impertire civitatem, 214
laudem, 65
salutem, 197
impetrare, 62, 86
impetus, 262
impietas, 180
implacabilis, 162
imponere in navem, 273
importari, 202
impotens dominatio, 227
impotens sui, 167
imprudens, 255
impunitus, 245
impurus, 124 (note)
inanima, 2
incendere, 5
incendium, 5
inceptum, 86
incertus, 86
incidere in aes alienum, 207
in aetatem, 34
in aliquem, 14
in manus, 26
incidere in mentionem, 67
in morbum, 36
in sermonem, 195
in vituperationem, 66
incidere in aes, 218
linum, 144
nervos, 72
incipere, 43
incitare, 166
incitatio mentis, 158
inclinare, 235
includere, 128
incognitus, 239
incolere, 188 (note)
incommodum, 57
inconditus, 116, 123
inconstantia, 109
incorruptus, 29
increbrescere, 66, 263 (note)
inculta loca, 3
incumbere, 70, 212
incunabula, 43
incursio, 262 (note)
incutere, 149, 179
indagare, 137
index, 141
indicare (se), 79 (note)
indicio est, 280
indicta causa, 241
indignatio, 164
indignitas, 162
indoles, 98, 176
inducere animum, 86
in mores, 200
in scenam, 118
in spem, 154
verbum, 137
induere galeam, 250
personam, 119
vestem, 189
industria, 70, 87
indutiae. 270/.
inedia, 34
ineleganter, 103
ineptiae, 76
ineptus, 133
inerrantes stellae, 7
inexorabilis, 59 (note)
inexpiabilis, 179
INDEX
299
infamia, 69
infaustus, 184
inferi, 177
inferre bellum, 253
calamitatcni, 51
damnum, 57
gradum, 262
ignem, 258
infamiam, 69
iniuriam, 168
signa, 253 (note)
vim, 169
inferum mare, 5 (note)
infinitus, 99
infirmare, 159
infirmitas, 75
infitiari, 278
infixus, 100, 147
inflare, 117
inflammare animos, 123
cupiditate, 69
odium, 162
urbem, 5
inflammatio, 158
inflatus, 116, 151
informare, 77, 96
ingenium, 75
ingerere, 258
ingratus, 59
ingravescere, 32, 2>7 (note), 209
inhaerere, 161
inhibere navem, 274
inhumatus, 41
inicere manus, 26
mentionem, 67
pontem, 208
spem, 153
timorem, 149
inimicitia, 63
iniquitas, 42, 51
inire consilium, 84
gratiam, 58, 220
magistratum, 232
rationem, 204
societatem, 193
viam, 12
initiari, 178
initium, 43
iniungere, 227
iniuria, 52, 168
innatus, 77, 180
inopia, 55, 136
inops, 85
inquinata oratio, 124
vita, 166
inquisitio, 80
inscribere librum, 141
sepulcro, 41
statuas, 117
inscriptio, 141
insculptus, 180
insequente anno, 21
insequi hostes, 267
inserere, 128
insidiae, 169
insinuare se, 194
insistere, 16
insitus, 77, 180
insolentia, 151
inspicere libros, 184
instaurare, 120
instinctus, 116
institor, 201 (note)
instituere religiones, 179
sermonem, 195
institui, 96
instituta ac leges, 210
institutio, 97
ex instituto, 201
institutum, 176
instructa domus, 185
instruere aciem, 261
convivium, 192
insidias, 169
navem, 273
insula, 274
insusurrare, 24
integer, 47 (note)
integritas orationis, 124
sermonis, 134
intellegens, 114
intellegentia, 75
intellegere, 68
intemperans, 167
intempesta nox, 22
intentus, 73
intercalaris, 22
intercessio, 234
300
LATIN PHRASE BOOK
intercipere, 144,
intercludere, 249
interdicere, 225
interesse consiliis, 85
proelio, 262
rebus divinis, 177
scholis, 102
interficere, 39
interimere, 39 (note)
interiora Asiae, 2
interire, 34
interitus, 52
intermittere iter, 12
laborem, 71
proeliuni, 262
tempus, 18, 20
internecio, 268
internum mare, 5
interpellare, 129
interpolare, 142
interponere causam, 44
fidem, 160
moram, 87
se hello, 252
interpretari, 38, 135
interpretatio nominum, 137
interregnum, 224
interrogare, 131
interserere, 44
intervallum, 11, 20
intestinus, 252
intimus, 63
intrare, 14
introire, 14
intueri, 28
inundare, 4
inurere, 70, 147
inutilis, 57
inventum, 10 1
investigari, 80
investigatio, 80, 113
inveterascere, 200
inveteratus, 79, 162
invidia, 191, 220
invitare, 192
invitus, 97
ira, 163
iracundia, 163
ire, 13
irridere, 171
irrigare, 4
irrogare, 218 (note), 245
irrumpere, 259
iter, II, 12
iterum, 20
itinere (in), 13 (note)
itineribus magnis, 254
Iacent litterae, 92
iacere ad pedes, 28
graviter, 36
in luctu, 148
in malis, 51
in oblivione, 90
iacgre ancoras, 275
fundamenta, 208
minas, 170
tela, 251
voces, 136
iacet pecunia, 203
philosophia, loi
iactare, 170
iactari casibus, 51
febri, 36
fluctibus, 4
(nummus), 203
iactatio, 223
iactura, 57 (note)
ianua, 186
ieiuna oratio, 124
ieiunium, 190
iocare, 132
iocus, 132
iubere, 216
iucunditas, 132
iudex, 238
[ iudicare, 243
iudicium, 237
iugis aqua, 4
iungere amicitiam, 51 (note), 62/
copias, 247
dextram, 197
fluvium, 208
iurare, 179
iure, 281
iuris consulti, 238
ius, 237/
ius gentium, 270
^
INDEX
301
ius vitae, 233
iusiuranduni, 179
iussa, 62
iusta facere, 40
iustis de causis, 44
iustitium, 238
iustum bellum, 252
iuvantibus dis, 181
iuventus, 246
Kalendae, 144
Labefactake, 50 (note), 179
labor, 71
laborare fame, 34
inopia, 55
pecunia, 207
pedibus, 37
labrum, 93
lacerare, 192
lacerti, 123
lacrima, 35 /1
lacteus orbis, 7
laedere, 159
laetitia, 146
languor, 73
lassitude, 38
latine doctus, 94
loqui, 134
scire, 134
scribere, 135
latinitas, 134 (note)
latinus, 94 (note), 134
latitude, 10
latus (lungs), 123 (note)
laudare, 65
laudatio, 41 (note)
laus, 64
lavari, 4
laxare, 209
lectisternium, 183
lector, 143 (note)
lectus, 36, 38
legare, 199
legentes, 143
legere, 142, 235
leges dicendi, 135
legio, 2.60 f.
legis lator, 219
legitimus, 231
lenis vox, 129
leo, 264 (note)
lepos, 132
Icpus, 264 (note)
levitas animi, 177
lex, 210, 217
liber populus, 211
liber (book), 140
libera republica, 19
liberaliter, 96
liberare obsidione, 259
libere dicere, 122
liberi, 30
libertas, 228
libido, 167
libri Sibyllini, 184
lictores, 233
limare, 142
lingua, 123, 133
lis, 241
littera, 97 (note), 140
litterae, 91, 97, 140, 144, 172
litterator, 135 (note)
litteratus, 93
loca, 3, 255
locare aedes, 234
castra, 255
insidias, 169
opus, 208
vectigalia, 229
loci argumentorum, 106
locus (motive), 48 .
(rank), 214
(situation), 9, 11
locutio, 136
longa navis, 272
longe lateque, 16, 81
longinquus, 11
longitude, 10
longus, 277
luce clarius, 280
lucere, 22
lucrum, 206
luctus, 149
lucubrare, 71
luculentus, 99
ludere aliquem, \ji
ludi circenses, 1 1 9
302
LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
ludi funebres, 41
ludibrium, 171
ludicra ars, 117
ludus discendi, 97
lucre, 244
lumina dicendi, 125
litterarum, 93
(oculi), 28
luminibus obstruere, 208
officere, 208
luna, 6
lustrare, 247
lustrum, 234
lux, 22
luxuria, 191
Machinari, 52
mactare, 182
macte, 281
macula, 70
magister, 96
magistratus, 230/.
magniloquentia, 124
maiestas, 242
male audire, 68
maleficium, 60
malum, 51
manare, 29, 45
mandare animo, loi
litteris, 140
memoriae, 88
mandatum, 62
manere, 78, 172
manes, 182
manum de tabula, 281
manus, 26, 142
mare medium, 5 (note)
nostrum, 5 (note)
maritimus, 5, 272
Mars, 263
materia, 130
mathematical 113
matrimonium, 198
maturare, 17,
matutinus, 23
mederi, 57
medicina, 54, 98
mediocritas, 175
e medio toUere, 40
meditata oratio, 121
mediterranea terra, 2
medium esse, 221
memoria, 88
mendacium, 115 (note), 171
mendicitas, 55
mendum, 143
mens, 76, 87
mensa, 192
mentio, 67
mentis compos, 152
mercator, 143 (note), 201 (note)
mercatoria navis, 272
mereatura, 201
merces, 202
merere, 248
mereri, 60
mergere, 275
meridianus, 23
meridies, 9
merito, 281
meritum, 60
messis, 209
metalla, 229
metari, 256
metere, 209
metiri, 175
metus, 149
micare, 8
migrare, 39
miles, 246/;
militia, 247
Minerva, 97
ministrare, 190
minitari, 170
miscere, 224
misericordia, 155
mitigare, 23
mittere colonos, 229
consultum, 183
foras, 186
librum, 141
tela, 251
vocem, 129
mobilis animus, 177
moderari, 15,
moderatio, 175
modestia, 250
modi, 117
I
INDEX
303
modus, 174
moenia, 258
moleste ferre, 146
molestia, 133 (note)
momentum, 20 (note), 46
mons, 3
monstra, 76, 79
monstrare, 12
montuosa regio, 3
monumentum, 89, 93
mora, 87
moratus, 175
morbus, 36
morderi, 174
mordicus, 27
morem gerere, 58
mores, 96, 175
mori, 39
his moribus, 20
nil moror, 236 (note)
mors, 39,
morsus doloris, 147
mortuus, 41
mos, 200
motus animi, 145
stellarum, 7
moventes res, 188 (note)
movere admirationem, 158
^ bellum, 252/1
bilem, 163/]
castra, 253
de sententia, 78
lacrimas, 36
loco, 16
risum, 35
sensus, 29
suspicionem, 160
tribu, 234
ne multa, 277
multa nox, 22, 195
multare, 245
multum esse, 97, 127
mundanus civis, 222
mundus, i
munire castra, 256
viam, II
munitiones, 259
murus, 16,
musica, 116
mutare consilium, 84
vestem, 189
vultum, 29
mutua accusatio, 242
mutuari, 203 /!
Narrare, 128
narratio, 195/".
natio, 31
natura adversante, 97
caeli, 6
et mores, 176
loci, 9, 254, 257
rerum, i
naturalis, 102
natus, 31
naufragium, 274
nauta, 273
navalis pugna, 275/.
navis, 272
necare, 34, 39
necessitudo, 194
nefas, 166 (note)
negare, 62
neglegere, 168, 172
negotiator, 201
negotium, 72, 201
nervus, 72 (note), 116
nescio quis, 141
nescius, 83
neutri generis esse, 138
neutrius partis esse, 221
niti, 71/
nobilis, 214
nobilitari, 68
nobilitas, 214
nocturnus, 23
nomen (debt), 207
nominare, 69, 99
nonae, 23
nota, 234
notare, 70
novae res, 223
novissimum agmen, 255
novus homo, 214
nox, 23
noxius, 57 (note)
nubere, 198
nudare, 258
304
LATIN PHRASE BOOK
nudus, 251
numen, 177
numerarc, 202
numeri, 117, 125
numerose cadere, 125
numerus, 117
nummus, 203/.
nuncupare, 182
nundinae, 217
nuntius, 67, 198
nuptiae, ig8
nutus, I, 59
Ob, 44
obducere, 147
obdurescere, 147
obiectum esse, 52
obire, 39
obligare, 59
obliquum agmen, 254
obliquus, 16
obliterari, 90
oblivio, 89_/",
obnoxium esse, 272
obnuntiare, 184
obortis lacrimis, 35
obrepere, 33
obscurus, 214
obsecrare, 61/ (note)
obsequi, 61, 173
obserare, 186
obsidere, 257
obsides, 270
obsidio, 257
obsignare, 144, 199
obsitus, 189
obsolescere, 200
obsoletus, 136, 189
obstare, 56
obstringere beneficio, 59
fide, 160
religione, 179
scelere, 166
obstruere iter, 11
luminibus, 208
portas, 259
obterere, 28
obtinere dignitatem, 215 /I
imperium, 226
obtinere ins, 237
provinciam, 230
obtingere, 230
obtrectare, 68
obtundere, 24
obvenire, 230
obversari, 76
obviam, 14
obvolvere caput, 24
occaecari, 49, 167
occasio, 48
occasus solis, 6, 9
occidens, 9
occidentalis, 9 (note)
occidere, 39
occumbere, 39
occupare aliquem, 149
locum, 255
pecuniam, 203
regnum, 226
occupatus, 73, 211
occurrere, 263
Oceanus, 5
oculus, 27, 126
odium, 161 f.
odor, 209, 224
offendere, 14, 168/.
offensio, 168/!, 220
ofificiosus, 172
officium, 172/".
oleum, 71
Olympia (ludi), 120
omen, 184/]
omittere occasionem, 48
pila, 264
timorem, 150
onerare, 168
onerarius, 272
opem ferre, 54/.
opera, 71/ (note)
opes, 55/. 220
opifex, I
opinio, 79/.
oppetere, 39
oppidum, 9, 257/.
opponere, 108/;
opportunitas loci, g
oppressum esse, 38, 207
oppugnare, 258/
INDEX
305
optimates, 222/.
optio, 82/".
opus, 71 (note), 208,
oraculum, 183
orare, 61, 240
oratio, 122, 124/
orator, 122
orbare, 28
orbatus, 213
orbem facere, 265
orbis finiens, 6
lacteus, 7
medius, 7
signifer, 7
terrarum, 2
orcus, 177
ordo equester, 214
litterarum, 140
senator ius, 214
temporum, 112
verborum, 138
Orestes, 115 (note)
oriens, 9
orientalis, 9 (note)
origo, 31
oriundus, 31
ortus solis, 6
OS, oris, 66
ostendere, 100, 154
ostium, 186
OtioSUS, 73, 21 2
otium, 73 /i, 212
ovum, 192
P ABU LATUM ire, 257
pacta merces, 61
pactio, 259, 270
paeninsula, 10
paenitere, 148 (note)
palliatus, 189
palma, 61
paludatus, 189
palus, 245
pandere, 274
panis, 190
pannus, 189
parare (with Infm. ), 43
aliquid, 86
bellum, 251
parare copias, 247
insidias, 169
nuptias, 198
perniciem, 52
parcere, 71, 191
parentare, 183
parere (obey), 167
pSrere sibj, 68
verba, 137
victoriam, 269
intra parietes, 196
parietinae, 185 (note)
par pari referre, 60
pars, 46, 107
pars maior, 235
partes (party), 221
(role), 119
(species), 104
parte virili (pro), 30
particeps, 173
partiendi spinae, 105
partiri, 105
pascere gregem, 210
oculos, 27
passim, 16
passus, II
patentia ruinis, 258
patere, 10 (note), 138, 193
paterfamilias, 187
patria, 31, 40, 225
patria urbs, 31
patricius, 222
patrimonium, 192
patronus, 241
pauper tas, 55/.
pax, 270/".
peccare, 133
pecorum modo, 264 (note)
pectus, loi, 157 (note)
pecuaria res, 210
peculatus, 242
pecunia, 202/".
pedem referre, 266
pedestre iter, 13
pedibus ire, 13
pellere animum, 145
ex urbe, 225
hostem, 265
nervos, 116
X
3o6
LATIN PHRASE BOOK
pellere sensus, 29
Penates, 186 (note)
penes, 47
penetrare, 2
pensare, 60
peragrare, 13
percipere aliquid, 95
fructum, 56, 209
laetitiam, 146
voluptatem, 74
perculsum esse, 149
percutere frontem, 25
murum, 258
rostro, 275
securi, 245
percuti de caelo, 8
perditae res, 42, 50
perdomare, 271
perducere ad exitum, 43
ad suam sententiam, 78
ad summum, 'j'j
perduellio, 242
peregre, 13
peregrinari, 13
perennis, 4
perfecte planeque, 93
perfectio, tt f.
perferre legem, 217
perfringere, 265
perfunctus honoribus, 232
periculis, 53
pergere, 12
Pericles, 19
periclitari, 52
periculum, 52/;
periodus, 135
perire, 39/!
periurium, 180
perlustrare, 126
permanere, 78
permiscere, 224
permutare, 230, 271
pernicies, 52
perorare, 122
perpendere, 85/.
perpeti, 152
perpetrare, 182
perpetua oratio, 121
perpetui sumptus, 191
in perpetuum, 20
perpolire, 142
perrumpere, 255
persequi bello, 253
hostes, 267
ius, 237
litteris, 140
negotium, 62
poenas, 163/!
vestigia, 16
viam, 12
perseverare, 78
persona, 119 (note)
persolvere fidem, 160
poenas, 244
praemium, 61
stipeudium, 248
vota, 182
perspicue dicere, 122
perstare, 78
persuadere, 83/.
pertinere, 10, 46
perturbare animum, 152
mentem, 145
rempublicam, 224
perturbationes animi, 167
pervertere, 238
pes, 28
pessumdare, 52
pestilentia, 37
pestis, 52
petitio, 241
phalanx, 265
philosophia, loi f.
physica, 102
pictura, 117
pilum, 251
pinguis Minerva, 97
plaga, 40, 268
plana, 3
Platonici, 102
plaudere, 118
plebeius, 214
plebis dux, 223
poculum, 190
poema, 115
poena, 163
poesis, 115
politicus, 212 (note)
INDEX
307
pompa, 41, 136
ponderare, 175
pondus, I
ponere ante oculos, 1-26 f.
ponere arma, 189 (note)
pons, 208
popularis, 219
porrigere dcxtram, 197
porta, 14
porlenta, 76, 79
portorium, 229
portus, loi
possessio, 187
posted, 34
posteritas, 19 (note), 89
posterum (in), 20
postridie, 23
potare, 190
potentia, 2.2.0/.
potio, 34
praebere aures, 24
occasionem, 48
potestatem, 196
speciem, 170
utilitatem, 56
praecipere, 76
praecipitare, 17, 215
praecipuum ius, 239
praecurrere, 17
praedari, 257
praedicare, 65
praedicere, 255
praeditus, 75
praeesse exercitui, 249
iudicio, 237
quaestioni, 239
rei publicae, 211
praeficere exercitui, 249
muneri, 232 -^
praeire verba, 181
praeiudicata opinio, 79
praeiudicium, 79
praematurus, 39
praemium, 61/!
praeruptus, 3
praesagire, 161
pracsens animus, 152
auxilium, 5^
medicina, 54 (note)
praesens pecunia, 54, 202
remedium, 54 (note)
praesens (in), 20
praesidium, 256
praestare ali quern, 160
benevolentiam, 58
fidem, 160
ofificium, T-Tzf.
praetendere, 45
praeterire aliquem, 83
silentio, 127
praetermittere occasionem, 48
praetexere, 45
praetoria navis, 275
precari, 181
preces, 181/!
premere argumentum, 106
servitute, 227
prensare, 230
pretium, 202/!
primarum partium actor, 119
primas deferre, 216
princeps senatus, 235
principatus, 216
principes, 213, 222
principia, i
prius habere, 8, 157
privare, 28, 39
privata causa, 240
privilegium, 239 (note)
probabilis, 80
probare, 65, 99, 106
probe scio, 83
procella, 274
proclivis, 173
procreare, i
procumbere, 17
procurare, 184
procurrere, 9
prodigia, 184
prodire, 174
producere exercitum, 260
in scenam, 118
sermonem, 195
syllabam, 139
testes, 239
proelium, 261/
proferre diem, 23
fines, lo
3o8
LATIN PHRASE ROOK
proferre in medium, 127
signa, 253 (note)
testes, 239
proficere, 98
proficisci a Platone, 102
a principiis, 104
ab aliqua re, 45
ab exiguis initiis, 43
ad bellum, 252
in Sequanos, 10
recta, 12
Romam, 17
profiteri artem, 114
disciplinam, 102
medicinam, 98
verum, 8
profligare, 266
profluens, 4
profundere, 35, 40
profundum (in), 16
profusus, 191
progressus, 98
proicere, 28, 41
promissum, 160
pronittere, 192
promovere, 315 (note)
promptus, 123, 132
promulgare, 217
promunturium, 9
pronuntiare, 116, 129
pronus, 181 (note)
propagare fines, 10
nomen, 89
propellere navem, 275
propensus, 58, 173
properare, 17
propinare, 190
propitius, 177
proponere in medio, 127
legem, 218
merces, 202
quaestionem, 131
rem, 130
sibi, 86, 100
spem, 154
vexillum, 260
proposita res, 130
propositio, 107 (note)
proprietas, 20 (note)
propulsare hostem, 265
iniurias, 168
suspicionem, 161
proripere, 17
prorogare imperium, 226
in annum, 232
proscribere, 224
prosequi amore, 156/
benevolentia, 58
exsequias, 40
honore, 88 (note)
memoria, 88
ominibus, 88
proficiscentem, 13
studiis, 88
prospectus, 3
prospicere casus, 213
futura, 20
rationibus, 56
rei frumentariae, 248
saluti, 54
prosternere ad pedes, 28
hostem, 266
humi, 17
provectus, 32
provenire, 2
proverbium, 139/, 263(note)
provincia, 229 (note)
provocare, 234, 260
proximus, 6, 21
prudentia civilis, 213
publican], 51 (note)
publicare, 224
publice, 40
publico carere, 186, 212
publicum (in), 41
publicus ager, 229
puerilis disciplina, 97
pugna, 260
pugnare inter se, no
pulsare fores, 186
pulsus, 29
pulvinar, 183
puncto temporis, 19
punctum ferre, 231
punire, 244
purgare, 243 (note)
putare, 204 (note)
Pythagoras, 102
INDEX
309
Pythia (ludi), 120
Pythium oraculum, 183
QuADRANTKS usurae, 205
quadratum agmen, 253
quaerere de, 239, 240
quaesitor, 239
quaestio, 239
quaestiones perpetuae, 237
quaestui habere, 202
quaestum facere, 202/.
quantum in me est, 47
quies, 38
quincunx, 206
quotus, 23
Radices, 2
radicitus, iSi
rami, 2
rapere agmen, 254
in errorem, 81
ratio (account), 204
(argument), 106
(method), 104
(principles), 176
(reason), 173
(regard), 45
(spirit), 20 (note)
(system), 103
(theory) 90
ratiocinatio, 107
rationes (interests), 56, 212
ratus, 218
reapse, 81
recensere, 247
receptus, 266
recessus aestuum, 5
recipere animum, 150
in amicitiam, 63 ^
in civitatem, 214
recipere (se) ad bonam frugem, 173
ex fuga, 267 (note)
recipiendi signum, 266
recitare, 116
recognoscere, 247
reconciliare, 64
recondere, 251
reconditae artes, 94
sententiae, 125
recordatio, 8g/.
recreare, 74
recta, 12
recte, 281
rector civitatis, 213
recuperare, 228
recusare, 62
reddere debitum, 39
epistulam, 143
ius, 237
latine, 134
rationem, 205
verbum pro verbo, 134
vota, 182
redigere ad artem, 103
ad irritum, 44
in memoriam, 88
in ordinem, 105
in provinciam, 272
in servitutem, 227
in statum, 42
redintegrare animum, 150
memoriam, 88
proehum, 262
spem, 153
reditus, 12
redolere, 124
redundare, 29, 56
refellere, 106
referre ad senatum, 235
ad virtutem, 164
gradum, 16
gratiam, 60
in numerum, 224
in tabulas, 204
signa, 315 (note)
victoriam, 269
reficere animum, 74
navem, 273
refrenare, 167
refringere, 228, 259
regio aspera, 3
regnum, 227
regula, 135 (note)
reicere ad populum, 236
equitatum, 265
iudices, 242
relaxare, 74
religio, 178/.
3IO
LATIN PHRASE BOOK
relinquere domum, 13 (note)
in controversia, 108
in dubio, 82
in medio, 279
signa, 254
relliquiae, 141
remiges, 273
remittere animum, 74
nihil ex, 165
nuntium, 198
studia, 93
remittit dolor, 147
ventus, 7
remunerari, 60
renuntiare amicitiam, 63
consulem, 233
hospitium, 193
renovare memoriam, 88
proelium, 262
repellere hostem, 265
repercussa vox, 7
repetere memoriam, 88
rationem, 205
res, 57
repetundae, 242
reponere in deos, 178
reportare, 269
reposcere, 205
repraesentare, 88
reprehendere, 49, 65
reprehensio, 49, 65
repudiare condiciones, 271
preces, 61
repudium, 198
repulsa, 231
reputare, 85
rerum auctor, iii
fides, 112
natura, i, 115
potiri, 227
scriptor, iir
usus, go
res, 46 (note)
res capitalis, 241
divina, 177
domestica, 187
familiaris, 187
frumentaria, 248
ita est, 42
res nummaria, 204/
pecuaria, 210
pecuniaria, 204/!
publica, 210/., 221
romana, no
res adversae, 50
civiles, 213
divinae, 177
dubiae, 42
externae, 42
fictae, 76
gestae, no/.
humanae, 42
maritimae, 273
moventes, 188
novae, 223
oculis subiectae, 29
perditae, 42, 50
repetere, 57,
restituere, 57
romanae, no
secundae, 50
rescindere acta, 219
iudicium, 243
pontem, 208
testamentum, 199
resignare epistulam, 144
testamentum, 199
resipiscere, 173
resonare, 7
respicere, 45
respirare, 150
responsum, 131, 183
respuere, 271
restinguere ardorem, 158
iram, 161
odium, 162
restituere, 57
reus, 241
revellere ianuam, 186
portas, 259
reversio, 13 (note)
reverti, 13
revocare ad artem, 90
ad rationem, 90, 103
histrionem, 118
in consuetudinem, 200
studia, 93
rheda, 4
INDEX
31'
Rhenus, 5
rhetor, 121
ridiculus, 115, 132
rigere, 8
rima, 185
ripa, 4
risus, 35
rite, 177
rogare, 230
populuni, 217
Sacramento, 246
sententiam, 235
romanus, no
rostra, 122
rude donatus, 248
rudis, 95
ruere, 17 (note)
ruina, 185
rumor, 66
rus, 13
rusticari, 13
rusticum opus, 209
nisticus, rusticanus, 13
Sacra, 177
sacramentura, 179 (note), 246
sacrificium, 182
saeculum, 20
sagum, 189
sales, 132
salubritas, 6
salutare, 230
salvere, 197
salvus, 172 (note), 218
sanare, 37
sancire, 179, 218
sanitas, 36, 173
sanus, 29
sapere, 172
sapiens, 46
satiare, 167
satis habere, 148
saxum, 3, n
scaena, 118
scaenicus, 118
scala, 258
scelus, 166 (note)
schola, 97, 102
scientia, 95
sciscere, 218
scopulus, 274
scribere emendate, 135
heredem, 199
historiam, no
leges, 219
librum, 140
milites, 246
versus, 115
scripto (de), 88
scrupulus, 82
secreto, 196
secta, 102
secunda mensa, 192
secundo flumine, 5
sedare controversiam, 108
iram, 163
sitim, 34
tumultum, 224
sedere, 15, 27
sedes belli, 253
seditio, 223
seditiosi homines, 223
segetes, 209
semel, 20
semen, i, 209
semisses, 205
senatus, 234, 235
senatus-consultum, 236
senectus, 33
senescere, 6
sensus, 29
sententia (meaning), 137
(opinion), 79/.
sententia (ex) 62
septentriones, 9
sepulcrum, 41
sepultura, 41
sequi partes, 221
sectam, 102
signa, 255
sequi tur ut, 107
serere, 209
series rerum, 105
serium, 132
sermo, izgf.
sero, 23 (note)
serpere, 66
servare de caelo, 183
312
LA TIN PHRASE BOOK
servare fidem, i6o
ofificium, 172
servire bello, 18 (note)
cupiditatibus, 167
iracundiae, 18 (note)
tempori, 18
valetudini, 18 (note)
servitus, 227
sevocare, 30
sexus, 30
Sibyllini libri, 183
sica, 252
sicarius, 242
siccitas, 124
sidus, 7
signa conferre, 253, 263
signare, 144
significare, 127
signum, 117
silentium, 22, 127 -^ .
silex, II
silva, 3
simili uti, 139
similitudo, i (note), 100
simplicitas, 59 (note)
simulacrum, 117
simulare, 170 (note)
simulatio, 170
simultas, 194
sinceritas, 124
singularis, 226, 262
singulis annis, 21
sinus, 2, loi, 157
sistere, 255
sitire, 34
sitis, 34
situs, 9
socialis, 193 (note)
societas, 193
socius, 193
socordia, 73
Socrates, 100
sol, 6
solacium, 54
solet (ut), 201
solemnis, 182
solidus, 94
solitudo, 194
sollicitare plebem, 223
sollicitudo, 147/.
solum vertere, 225
soluta oratio, 124
solutio linguae, 123
solvere epistulam, 144
navem, 274
nomen, 204
pecuniam, 203
poenas, 244
vota, 182
somnium, 38
somnus, 38
sonare, 137
sonitus verborum, 136
Sophocles, 119
sopitum esse, 38
spatium, 12, 20
specie, 81
species, 38, 78
speciosus, 80
spectare ad arma, 87
alte, 77
in orientem, 9
magna, 86
verba, 136
spectator siderum, 113
sperare, 153
spes, 153
spinae disserendi, 102
partiendi, 105
spirare, 143
spiritus, 151
splendidus, 214
splendor vitae, 70
spoliare, 227
sponsio, 160
sponte, 280
stabilire, 212
stadium, 120
statio, 256
stativa, 255
statua, 117
statuere exemplum, 100
modum, 174
pretium, 202
signa, 253 (note)
Stella, 7
sternere equum, 14
viam, II
INDEX
313
stilus 123 (note)
stimulus, 68, 97
stipendium, 248
stips, 55
stirps, 2
stomachus, 147, 163
strages, 268
stragula, 189
strictim, 126
stringere, 251
structura verborum, 135
studere alicui, 58, 221
litteris, 93
novis rebus, 223
partibus, 221
studia optima, 91
studiosus alicuius, 58, 221
antiquitatis, 19 (note)
virtutis, 164
studium artium, 114
libertatis, 228
litterarum, 91
partium, 221
suadere, 217
suavitas, 22
subdere, 15
subducere navem, 273
rationem, 85
subesse, 22
subigere, 271
subire animum, 76
calamitatem, 50
condiciones, 270
famam, 69
infamiam, 70
moenia, 258
odium, 161
periculum, 52
poenam, 244
vituperationem, 66
subiectio, 126
subita mors, 39
oratio, 121
sublime ferri, 16
submergere, 4
subsidia, 258, 261
substruere, 1 1
subtilitas disserendi, 102
subtiliter, 107
succedere, 231, 265
sudor, 71
sufficere, 231
suffragium, 217
sumere arma, 250
initium, 43
otium, 43
sibi, 151
spiritus, 151
venenum, 40
summa aqua, 3
summa belli, 249
summatim, 127
summissa vox, 129
summittere, 129
summovere, 234
sumptus, 191
superare, 3
superbia, 151
superi, 177
superiora loca, 3
supersedere, 71
superstes, 34
superstitio, 180
superum mare, 5
supervenire, 249
supinus, 181 (note)
suppeditare, 31 (note)
suppetere, 31
supplementum, 247
supplicare, 180
supplicatio, 183
supplicium, 166
supponere, 199
suppressa vox, 129
supprimere navem, 276
supra modum, 174 (note)
supremus dies, 39
surgere ad dicendum, 122 (note)
e lecto, 38
suscipere causam, 222
inimicitias, 63
liberos, 30
odium, 162
partes, 119 (notes)
scelus, 166
vota, 182
suspensum esse, 155
suspicere, 6 (note)
314
LATIN PHRASE BOOK
suspicio, i6o
syllaba, 139
symphoniacus, 117
Tabellae, 217
tabescere, 147
tabulae except! ct expensi, 204
pictae, 117
publicae,
tangere, 8
tarditas ingenii, 75
tectum, 5, 185
tegere. 79
tela fortunae, 52
telum, 251
temere agere, 173
temperantia, 175
temperare, 6, 35
temperatio, 6
tempestas, 8
tern plum, 178
tempus, 17/".
tenere animos, 123
clavum, 211
consuetudinem, 200
imperium, 187
institutum, 176
ius, 237
mediocritatem, 175
memoria, 88
principatum, 216
propositum, 86
teneri desiderio, 157
iureiurando, 80
lecto, 36
studio, loi
testibus, 240
tentare animos, 145
fortunam, 49
tentari morbo, 36
teretes aures, 24
tergum, 266
terminus, 11
terra, 2
terrestris, 13
terror, 149/.
tessera, 5^56
testamentum, 199
testari, 181
testimonium, 240
testis, 240, 280
testudo, 258
theatrum, 118
tibia, 116
timor, 149/.
titulus, 141 (note)
togatus, 189 (note)
tollere de medio, 40
in crucem, 245
liberos, 30
tolerare vitam, 55, 191
tonitru, 8
tormentum, 170, 258
torpere, 8
torqueri, 155
torreri, 8
tractare artem, 115
gubernaculum, 211
tractatio, 91
tradere artem, 115
memoriae, 112
se litteris, 92
se somno, 38
(teach), 102
traducere ad, 78
vitam, 31
tragice, 128
tragicus, 115
tragoedia, 115
transferre ad Romanes, 116
bellum, 253
ex graeco, 134
transfigere, 251
transigere, 108
transitio, 215
translatio, 135, 138
transversus, 16
triarii, 263
tribuere civitatem, 214
multum, 60
primas, 216
tribunus plebis, 234
tribus, 231, 234
tributum, 229
trinundinum, 217
triplex acies, 261
agmen, 255
trita via, 11
INDEX
315
tritae aures, 24
triuniphus, 269
trivio (in), 12
tuba, 257
tumultus, 224 (note)
tunicatus, 189 (note)
turbare mare, 5
nientem, 145
omnia, 224
ordines, 254
turbator vulgi, 223
turpis, 164
turris, 208
tus, 182
tuto (in), 53
tyrannis, 226
Ubertas, 125
ulcisci, 163/.
ultimae terrae, ii
ultro citroque, 16
umbilicus, 3
umbracula, 98 (note)
umbratilis, 94 (note)
unguiculis (ab), 32
universitas rerum, i
unus, 21 (note)
urbs patria, 31
urere, 8
usura, 203, 205
usus (experience), 90
(utility), 56
uti aliquo, 62
crudelitate, 84 (note)
magistro, 96
prudentia, 84 (note)
solacio, 55
suo consilio, 84
suo iudicio, 83
valetudine bona, 84 "(note)
verbis, 136
utilitas, 56
uxor, 198
Vacare, 72
vacatio, 247
vacillare, 88
vadum, 4
vagina, 251
vagus, 7
valedicere, 197 (note)
valere eloquentia, 121
memoria, 88
valetudo, 36 (note)
vallum, 256, 258
valva, 186
varietas caeli, 6
vasa, 257
vastare, 257
vectigal, 51
vectores, 273
vehi, 14
velle alicuius causa, 58
aliquem, 196
velum, 273
venalis, 59 (note)
vendere, 228
veneficia, 242
venenum, 40
veneo, 228 (note)
venerari, 177
venia, 156
venire ad gladium, 264
in dubium, 81
in mentem, 76
in morem, 200
in oblivionem, 89
in proverbium, 139
in sermonem, 67
in vituperationem, 66
obviam, 14
ventus, 5, 7
ver, 22
verba copulata, 139
dare, 171
facere, 122
verbi causa, 99 (note)
verbis alicuius, 136
verbum (ad), 136
vergere, 9
verisimilis, 80
Veritas, 80 (note)
verno tempore, 22
versari ante oculos, 28
in angustiis, 42
in discrimine, 53
in ore, 66
in periculo, 53
3i6
LATIN PHRASE BOOK
versari in suis nunimis, 207
versura, 207
versus, 115, 116
vertente anno, 21
vertere crimini, 66
in omen, 184
manum, 25
stilum, 123 (note)
(translate), 134
vitio, 243
vertex caeli, 7
verum, 80
vesperascente die, 22
vespertinus, 23
vestigium, 16
vestis, 189/
vestiti montes, 3
Vesuvius, 8
vetare, 139, 218
veteranus, 248
vetus, 19 (note)
vetus est, 139
vetustas, 51, 139
vexillum, 260
via, II
via et ratione, 104
vicem, 147 (note)
vicinus, 10 (note)
vicissitudines, 22, 51
victima, 182
victoria, 269
victus, 190
videre, 23, 126
videri, 170
vigere, 66
vigiliae, 256
villa, 9
vim inferre, 39, 169
vincere, 115
vincere animum, 167
argumentis, 106
causa, 241
Olympia, 120
vinculum, 63, 228, 245
vindicare ab interitu, 52
vindicare ab oblivione, 90
in libertatem, 229
vinea, 258
vires, 30, 72
viribus (pro), 72
virili parte (pro), 30
virtus, 164/.
virus, 163
vis, 169, 252
dicendi, 121
verbi, 137
vita, 31 (note), 40, 53
honesta, 164
moresque, 103
occupata, 211
rusticana, 13
vitia, 165
vitium sermonis, 133
vituperatio, 66
viva aqua, 4
vivere, 32 (note)
vivere bene, 191
in diem, 23
vocabulum, 138
vocare ad calculos, 204
ad cenam, 192
ad exitium, 52
in controversiam, 108
in dubium, 82
in invidiam, 162
in iudicium, 237
in periculum, 53
in suspicionem, 53
volubilitas, 133
volumen, 140
voluntaria mors, 39
voluntarii, 247
voluptas, 74y;
votum, 182
vox, 7, 138
vulnus, 268
vulpes, 264 (note)
vultus, 28
Zenonis schola, 132
Printed by R. & R. Clark, Edinburgh.
ELEMENTARY CLASSICS.
Pott Svo, Eighteenpence each.
^'9
The following contain Introductions, Notes, and Vocabularies, and in some
cases Exercises.
ACCIDENCE, LATIN, AND EXERCISES ARRANGED FOR BEGINNERS.—
]5v W. Welch, JSI.A., and C. G. Duffield, M.A.
AESCHYLUS.— PROMETHEUS VINCTUS. By Rev. H. M. Stephenson, M.A.
ARRIAN.— SELECTIONS. With Exercises. By Rev. John Bond, M.A., and
Rev. A. S. Walpole, M.A.
AULUS GELLIUS, STORIES FROM.— Adapted for Beginners. With Exer-
cises. By Rev. G. II. Nall, M.A., Assistant Master at Westminster.
CAESAR.— THE HELVETIAN WAR. Selections from Book I., adapted for
Beginners. W'ith Exercises. By W. Welch, M.A., and C. G. Duffield,
M.A.
THE INVASION OF BRITAIN. Selections from Books IV. and V., adapted
for Beginners. With Exercises. By the same.
SCENES FROM BOOKS V. and VI. By C. Colbeck, M.A.
TALES OF THE CIVIL WAR. By C. H. Keene, M.A.
THE GALLIC WAR. BOOK I. By Rev. A. S. Walpole, M.A.
BOOKS II. AND III. By the Rev. W. G. Rutherford, M.A., LL.D.
BOOK IV. By Clement Bryans, M.A.
BOOK V. By C. Colbeck, M.A., Assistant Master at Harrow.
BOOK VL By C. Colbeck, M.A.
BOOK VII. Bv Rev. J. Bond, M.A., and Rev. A. S. Walpole, M.A.
THE CIVIL W^AR. BOOK I. By M. Montgomrey, M.A.
CICERO.— DE SENECTUTE. By E. S. Shuckburgh, M.A.
DE AMICITIA. By the same.
STORIES OF ROMAN HISTORY. Adapted for Beginners. With Exer-
cises. By Rev. G. E. Jeans, M.A., and A. V. Jones, M.A.
CURTIUS (Quintus).— SELECTIONS. Adapted for Beginners. With Notes,
Vocabulary, and Exercises. By F. Coverley Smith.
EURIPIDES. ALCESTIS. By Rev. M. A. Bayfield, M.A.
MEDEA. By Liev. M. A. Bayfield, M.A.
HECUBA. i3y Rev. J. Bond, M.A., and Rev. A. S. Walpole, M.A.
EUTROPIUS.— Adapted for Beginners. With Exercises. By W. Welch, Jl. A. ,
and C. G. Duffield, M.A.
BOOKS T. and II. By the same.
EXERCISES IN UNSEEN TRANSLATION IN LATIN. By W. Welch, M.A.,
and Rev. C. G. Duffield, M.A.
HERODOTUS, TALES FROM. Atticised. By G. S. Farnell, M.A.
HOMER.— ILIAD. BOOK I. By Rev. J. Bond, M.A., and Rev. A. S. Wal-
pole, M.A,
BOOK VI. By Walter Leaf, Litt.D., and Rev. M. A. Bayfield.
BOOK XVIII. By S. R. James, M.A., Assistant Master at Eton.
BOOK XXIV. By W. Leaf, Litt.D., and Rev. M. A. Bayfield, M.A.
ODYSSEY. BOOK I. By Rev. J. Bond, M.A., and Rev. A. S. Walpole,
M.A.
HORACE.— ODES. BOOKS I. II. III. and IV. separately. By T. E. Page,
M.A., Assistant Master at the Charterhouse. Each Is. 6d.
LIVY.— BOOK I. By H. M. Stephen.son, M.A.
BOOK V. By M. Alford.
BOOK XXI. Adapted from Mr. Capes's Edition. By J. E. Melhuish, M.A
BOOK XXII. Adapted from Mr. Capes's Edition. By J. E. Melhuish, M.A.
SELECTIONS FROM BOOKS V. and VI. By W. Cecil Laming, M.A.
THE HANNIBALIAN WAR. BOOKS XXI. and XXII. adapted by G. C.
Macaulay, M.A.
BOOKS XXIII. and XXIV. adapted by the same. [7/i- preparation.
THE SIEGE OF SYRACUSE. Being part of BOOKS XXIV. and XXV.,
adapted for Beginners. With Exercises. By G. Richards, M.A., and
Rgv A_ S ^iVat pot V* "M" A
LEGENDS 'of ANCIENT ROME. Adapted for Beginners. With Exer
cises. By H. Wilkinson, M.A.
LUCIAN.— EXTRACTS FROM LUCIAN. With Exercises. By Rev. J. Bond
M.A., and Rev. A. S. Walpole, M.A.
MACMILLAN AND CO., LONDON.
ELEMENTARY CLASSICS.
Pott 8vo,, Eighteen pence each.
NEPOS. -SELECTIONS ILLUSTRATIVE OF GREEK AND ROMAN HIS-
TORY. With Exorcises. By G. S. Farnell, M.A.
OVID —SELECTIONS. By E. S. Shuckburgh, M.A.
EASY SELECTIONS FROM OVID IN ELEGIAC VERSE. With Exer-
cises. By H. Wilkinson, M.A.
METAMORPHOSES. BOOK L By Charles Simmons, M.A^ ^..^paration.
STORIES FROM THE METAMORPHOSES. With Exercises. By Rev.
J. Bond, M.A., and Rev. A. S. Walpole, M.A.
TRISTIA —BOOK I. By E. S. Shuckburgh, M.A. [In preparation.
BOOK III By E. S. Shuckburgh, M.A. [In preparahon.
PHAEDRUS.-By Rev. G. H. Nall, M.A. ^ ^ ^, Un preparation.
SELECT FABLES. Adapted for Beginners. By Rev A. & Walpoi e, M.A.
THUCYDroES.-THE RISE OF THE ATHENIAN EMPIRE. BOOK I.
Cn^ 80-117 and 228-238. With Exercises. By F. H. Colson, M.A.
ThS FALL OF PLATAEA, AND THE PLAGUE AT ATHENS. From
BOOKS II. and III. By W. T. Sutthery, M.A., and A. S. Graves, B.A.
VIRGIL —SELECTIONS. By E. S. Shuckburgh, M.A.
BUCOLICS. By T. E. Page, M.A.
GEORGICS. BOOK I. By T. E. Page, M.A.
BOOK II By Rev. J. H. Skrine, M.A.
BOOK III. By T. E. Page, M. A. Un preparation.
BOOK IV By T. E. Page, M.A. [^™ preparatwn.
AENEID. BOOK I. By Rev. A. S. Walpole, M.A.
BOOK 1. By T. E. Page, M.A.
BOOK II. By T. E. Page, M.A.
BOOK III. By T. E. Page, M.A.
BOOK IV. By Rev. H. M. Stephenson, M.A.
BOOK V. By Rev. A. Calvert, M.A.
BOOK VL By T. E. Page, M.A.
BOOK VII. By Rev. A. Calvert, M.A.
BOOK VIII. By Rev. A. Calvert, M.A.
BOOK IX. By Rev. H. M. Stephenson, M.A.
XmSraON -l^ABA^li^'Si^ctions, adapted for Beginners. With Exer-
cises. By W. Welch, M.A., and C. G. Duffield, M.A.
BOOK I. With Exercises. By E. A. Wells, M.A.
BOOK I. By Rev. A. S. Walpole, M.A.
BOOK II. By Rev. A. S. Walpole, M.A.
BOOK III. By Rev. G. H. Nall, M.A.
BOOK IV. By Rev. E. D. Stone, M.A.
BOOK V. By Rev. G. H. Nall, M.A.
^E^E^CTlbNl^FROM^goriv: 'w^ Exercises. By Rev. E. D. Ston^
SE^'eCTIONS from THE CYROPAEDIA. With Exercises. By A. H.
TALES'^FROM THE CYROPAEDIA. With Exercises. By C. H. Keene,
SELe6tI0NS ILLUSTRATIVE OF GREEK LIFE. By ^C. H.^ Keene.
Th^'ftilowing contain Introductions and Not^s, ^^t no Vocabulary :-
^^.^^Z^^^-rSilf^^pyU. THE EX-
^oil^l'12LTcT^Sii^^nol'Tnl-'^^^^ EPISTLES. By
SF^EC? E^pJilriNDYRS POETICA. By H. A. Dalton, M.A
PlItO -EUTHYPHRO AND MBNEXENUS. By C. E Graves, M.A
?EReScE ™ENES FROM THE ANDRIA. By F. W. Cornish, M.A.,
THE^JrEEK ELtG4'c''pOETS.-F^ CALLINUS TO CALLIMACHUS.
Selected by Rev. Herbert Kynaston. D.D. sphaCTERIA
THUCYDIDES.-BOOK IV. Chs. 1-41. THE CAPTURE OF bPHACiJimA.
By C. E. Graves, M.A.
MACMILLAN AND CO., LONDON.
BIP^DI^!G SECT.
J«*M X ^
1964
<c
CO
to
00
ID
I
I
CO
^1
o
o
.o
I
<D
CO
CO
u
o ^
<D .H
CO cd
CO h)
•H
• in
<d vn is^
University of Toronto
Library
DO NOT
REMOVE
THE
CARD
FROM
THIS
POCKET
Acme Library Card Pocket
LOWE-MARTIN CO. limited
'-A
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11